Reference

NBS

Publications

R2-2481

||

i sis of Foreign and Domestic

Material Specifications for Ships

Components

MR.qiR

AlllQfc, 2SBfl

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Bureau of Standards

National Measurement Laboratory

Fracture and Deformation Division

Washington, DC 20234

October 1 981

Issued April 1 982

Final Report

Prepared for - QC

iuu

. Ub6

32-2431

1332

States Coast Guard

merit of Transportation

igton, DC 20590

JfATrdNAL BUREAU

" . Of STANDARDS

LIBRARY

7 1983

OG“f 0—<2Q/

NBSIR 82-2481

t v, t

' ANALYSIS OF FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC

MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SHIPS

COMPONENTS

\

J. G. Early and L. D. Ballard

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Bureau of Standards

National Measurement Laboratory

Fracture and Deformation Division

Washington, DC 20234

October 1 981

Issued April 1 982

Final Report

Prepared for United States Coast Guard

Department of Transportation

Washington,. DC 20590

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE, Malcolm Baldrige, Secretary

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS, Ernest Ambler, Director
i
NOTICE

This document has been prepared for the use of the United

States Coast Guard, Department of Transportation

.

Responsibility for its further use rests with that agency.

This document is disseminated under the sponsorship of^the

Department of Transportation in the interest of information

exchange. The United States government assumes no liability

for its contents or use thereof.

The contents of this report do not necessarily reflect the

official view or policy of the Coast Guard or the National

Bureau of Standards; and they do not constitute a standard,

specification, or regulation.

This report, or portions thereof, may not be used for

advertising or sales promotion purposes. Citation of trade

names and manufacturers does not constitute endorsement or approval of such products.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABSTRACT

INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

COMPARISON CRITERIA

Composition Criteria.

Metallurgical Effects.

Size and Shape Effects

RESULTS

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

REFERENCES

SPECIFICATIONS COMPARED

Steel

Page

1

3

3

4

55

8

10

11

11

ASTM A3 6 Structural Steel

' JIS G3101 13

DIN 17100 25

ASTM A53 Black and Galvanized Steel Pipe

JIS G3454 39

DIN 1626 49

ASTM A106 Seamless Steel Pipe

JIS G3456 63

ASTM A3 12 Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe

JIS G3459 71

DIN 17440. 8 1

ASTM A426 Ferritic Alloy Steel Pipe

JIS G5202 95

ASTM A576 Carbon Steel Bars

JIS G4051 103

DIN 17200/ /DIN 17210 109

ASTM A307 Carbon Steel Fasteners

JIS G3101 Ill

DIN 267 ..' 113

DIN 17200 121

DIN 17240 125

i
Page

ASTM A307 Carbon Steel Fasteners

JIS G4 107 129

DIN 17240 133

DIN 17440 135

ASTM A105 Carbon Steel Forgings ' - JIS G3201 141

DIN 17200 149

ASTM A285 Pressure Vessel Steel Plates

JIS G3103.... A 157

DIN 17155 ' 1 161

ASTM A515 Pressure Vessel Steel Plates

JIS G3103. 169

DIN 17155 173

ASTM A216 Carbon Steel Castings

JIS G5151 183

DIN 17245 187

ASTM A217 Alloy and Stainless Steel Castings

JIS G5151 191

DIN 17245 195

ASTM A43 Gray Iron Castings

JIS G5501 199

DIN 1691 205

Nonf errous

ASTM B584 Copper Sand Castings

JIS H5 1 i 1 211

DIN 1705 217

ASTM B124 Copper and Copper Alloy Rod

JIS H3250 221

ASTM B88 Copper Water Tubes

JIS H3300 225

DIN 17671 233

ASTM Bill Copper Condenser Tubes

JIS H3632. 239

DIN 1785 245

ASTM B62 Bronze Castings

JIS H5111 251

DIN 1705 255

ASTM B43 Brass Pipe

DIN 17671 259

ii
ABSTRACT

Under United States law. United States flag vessels must

satisfy applicable United States codes and further, the materials

of construction of these vessels must satisfy the material

requirements specified in these codes. For %

r esseis manufactured

in foreign countries , a determination must be made as to whether

materials of construction produced under foreign specifications

for specific components such as piping and flanges, are acceptable

in performance to materials produced under approved U.S. specifications . The evaluation process used by inspectors for determining the

compatability between approved domestic material specifications

and foreign specifications is not always uniform. Current

procedures often emphasize only chemical and mechanical characteristics and do not always give sufficient weight to such factors

as processing differences and weldability or to the effect on

mechanical property data of location, geometry, and orientation of

test specimens.

In many of the published specification compilations,

comparisons of foreign and domestic material specifications are

made only on the basis of first, chemical composition, and

second mechanical property limits . The result of this limited

approach is often an extensive but unusable list of apparently

equivalent specifications. The absence of a more comprehensive

technical analysis of the equivalency or lack thereof necessitates

a case-by-case review and the possibility of inconsistent

determinations of acceptability.

A program has been initiated at the National Bureau of

Standards under the sponsorship of the United States Coast Guard

to develop a manual of equivalent engineering standards which

specifies those foreign specifications that are equivalent to

acceptable domestic specifications, those foreign specifications

that are not equivalent, and those that would be equivalent if

certain additional criteria are met. Results are presented here

of a detailed technical comparison between foreign specifications,

principally Deutsche Industrie-Normen (DIN) standards and Japanese

Industrial Standards (JIS) , and selected domestic material specifications issued by the American Society for Testing and Materials

(ASTM) and the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)

.

This comparison has identified technical areas of commonality,

difference, and omission that could have a significant impact on

component performance.

1
(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)

2
INTRODUCTION

Under United States law, United States flag vessels must

satisfy applicable United States codes, and further, the

materials of construction of these vessels must satisfy the

material requirements specified in these codes. For vessels

manufactured either in foreign countries or manufactured

domestically with foreign produced materials , a determination

must be made as to whether materials of construction produced

under foreign specifications for specific components such as

piping and flanges, are acceptable substitutes for materials

produced under approved U.S. specifications.

I The evaluation process used by inspectors for determining the

compatibility between approved domestic material specifications and

foreign specifications .is not always uniform. Current procedures

often emphasize only chemical and mechanical characteristics and do

net always give sufficient weight to such factors as processing

differences, weldability, or the effect of location, geometry, and

orientation of test specimens on mechanical property measurements

.

In many of the published specification compilations (l-M-)^

3^,

comparisons of foreign and domestic material specifications are

made only on the basis of first, chemical composition, and second,

mechanical property limits. The result of this limited approach is

often an extensive but unusable list of apparently equivalent

specifications. The absence of a more comprehensive technical

analysis of the equivalency or lack thereof necessitates a case-bycase review and the possibility of inconsistent determinations of

acceptability

.

PURPOSE

A program has been initiated at the National Bureaa of Standards

under the sponsorship of the United States Coast Guard to develop a

manual of equivalent engineering standards which specifies those

foreign specifications or specific grades within the specif ication

that are equivalent to acceptable domestic specifications, those

foreign specifications or grades tham are not equivalent, and those

that would be equivalent if certain additional criteria are met.

Results are presented here of detailed technical comparisons between

foreign specifications, principally Deutsche Industr ie-Normen (DIN)

standards and Japanese Industrial Standards (JIS), and selected

domestic material specifications issued by the American Society for

Testing and Materials (ASTM) and the American Society of Mechanical

Engineers (ASME). These comparisons have identified technical areas

of commonality, difference, and omission that could have a signif ican

impact on component performance.

TS

7

The isolated numbers in parentheses

am the end of this report.

net SrSTiCSS —

“5 ^c: o H

3
COMPARISON CRITERIA

The process of determining whether or not one material

specification is equivalent to another can be complex and is

dependent on the evaluation of a variety of factors and a

decision as to their relative importance. A finding that two

material specifications are equivalent implies that these

materials will be interchangeable in their many applications,

that is, they will perform in a known manner, even though

the specification documents are not principally performance

standards

.

Comparing foreign material specifications to domestic

specifications is further complicated by differences in the

philosophy of specification writing, not only for foreign

versus domestic, but different specification styles among

domestic specifications. Some specifications are highly

specific in listing typical applications or end-uses while

others are highly specific in listing end-uses for which the

specification does not apply either because of inappropriateness

or because another specification covers that application.

Some specifications contain hints about the rationale for

specific requirements or limits while others provide no

guidance. Some specifications state the environment of the

application, i.e. temperature and/or pressure conditions,

without specifying properties for these conditions, while others

specify additional requirements for these conditions. A

complete evaluation of these considerations cannot be carried

out in a vacuum, that is, without knowledge of the specific

end use of the material and its operating environment.

Thus, there are situations where the ultimate determination

of equivalence between material specifications that are not

identical will depend on the actual end use of the material

in a structure and the design parameters for that structure.

Design engineers, however, still make material selection

decisions based in part on specified material properties and these

property requirements can be compared and a generalized determination of equivalence .or suitability made on this basis. However,

it is not sufficient to simply compare lists of numbers representing

chemical and physical character istics and conclude equivalence or

lack thereof.

Evaluation of chemical composition is always the first step in

comparing specifications as measures of equivalence but cannot

stand alone and must be interpreted with other considerations,

such as knowledge about primary metal production methods and their

effect on chemistry and the interrelationship between chemistry,

mechanical properties, fabrication requirements and, in the case

of steels, such qualitative requirements as weldability. In seme

specifications, chemical requirements are not directly controlling

but are determined from the desired mechanical property requirements

and the allowed methods of primary metal production.

4
Mechanical properties such as strength and ductility are

typically referred to direcly in codes and thus are the major

comparison criteria. Mechanical properties depend nor only on

such obvious factors as chemistry and thermo/mechanical processing,

but can be strongly influenced by more subtle factor such as the

location within the material from where test specimens are taken

and the orientation of test specimens with respect to processing

directions or metallurgical effects, and the geometry (size and

shape) of test specimens and its effect on measured parameters,

or product effects. In addition, there are situations where

each specification may require the same qualitative test but use

a different acceptance criterion to determine what constitutes

passing the test. Thus, an evaluation of the acceptance criteria

must be made to determine if the difference is significant.

Caution must be exercised when direct comparisons are made between

mechanical property numbers to insure that both numbers are a

measure of the same phenomena normalized for differences in test

conditions and test specimens.

/ Composition Criteria

Chemical composition requirements are the starting poinr for

any comparison procedure because of the dominant role chemistry

has in controlling metal properties, especially mechanical

properties. Chemical requirements can be expressed as maximum or

minimum values, or as a range of acceptable values. Generally, a

determination of chemical equivalence is straight forward since a

direct absolute comparison of numbers can be carried out without

ambiguity. Most chemical requirements are specified on the basis

of ladle or heat analyses of molten samples taken from the refining

furnace, representing the homogeneous alloy composition. If the

product form covered by the specification is subject to a significant non-uniform distribution of alloying elements or chemical

segregation, then a product analysis may be permitted in which the

product is sampled and wider chemical limits allowed rc compensate

for the segregation effect. The critical facror in making

comparisons of chemical composition limits is to distinguish

between differences in alloying element concentration that

strongly affect properties, e.g. corrosion resistance, weldability,

and those that do not. This evaluation becomes particularly

difficult when the affected properties are not directly addressed

by the specification.

Metallurgical Effects

All of the typically measured mechanical properties,

i.e. ultimate tensile strength, yield strength, percent

elongation, percent reduction-in-area, bend behavior, and

impact resistance can be affected by metallurgical factors

such as the microstructure even for identical chemical

compositions

.

The thickness effect on properties in many wrought steel

products is an important example of a metallurgical effect.

5
As-cast steel ingots typically exhibit chemical segregation

zones because of the very -slow cooling rates from the molten

state. The extent of the segregation zone is dependent on

the deoxidation practice used and is smallest for killed

steels and largest for rimmed steels. As the ingots are

reduced in size, the influence of the non-uniform chemical

composition is affected. When high thickness reductions

from ingot to final product thickness occur, the micros tructural

and chemical variations found in the as-cast ingot are

minimized. Thick products tend to retain more of the chemical

and microstructural inhomogeneities from the ingot than

thin products which can result in property variations

through the thickness of the product. When comparisons are

made between specifications for products in a wide range of

sizes, two common approaches are followed. First, for

products below certain dimensions, most specifications

require full-thickness test specimens so that the effects of

inhomogeneities are averaged out. Data would then be compared

between full-thickness specimens. Second, where product

dimensions allow test specimens less than full-product

thickness, the locations within the material from which specimens

are taken may be specified to minimize the effects of chemical

and structural inhomogeneities.

Another influence of thickness results in variations in

cooling rate which affects mechanical properties. For example,

thick steel rolled products because of a slower cooling rate

through the transformation temperature will typically exhibit

lower strength and higher ductility than thin products because of

differences in their resulting microstructures. Specifications

usually deal with this problem in one of two ways. First, the

chemical limits of the major alloying elements can be held

reasonably constant and the mechanical property requirements

adjusted based on product size or thickness to compensate for the

cooling rate effect. Second, the mechanical property requirements

can be held reasonably constant and the chemistry, primarily

carbon and manganese levels for steels, adjusted to maintain the

same properties as the size or thickness changes.

As a consequence of this strong influence of cooling

rate on microstructure for both ferrous and nonferrous castings,

the casting section thickness controls the resulting as-cast

mechanical properties. If the casting is not subjected to

additional thermal treatments to further modify the microstructure

and mechanical properties, properties measured from separately

cast test bars or coupons will not necessarily be representative

of the properties of the casting. Theapproach taken in A. STM

specifications for gray iron castings attempts to adjust over a

limited range the test bar dimensions according to the controlling

or critical section thickness of the casting. In copper alloy

castings, however, the permitted test bars or test coupons have

essentially the same dimensions, independent of the casting section

thickness, with differences in mold design depending on whether the

6
alloy is a high-shrinkage or low-shrinkage type. In either

situation, however, mechanical property comparisons should

be carried out on the basis of similarly sized test bars

without regard to the correlation between test bar properties

and casting properties.

After fabrication, many wrought metal products exhibit

mechanical properties that vary depending on the orientation of

the test specimen within the product. This non-uniformity or

anisotropy of properties (5) arises generally from one of two

sources, crystallography or structural discontinuities. Although

the individual grains in a commercial alloy are very anisotropic

in strength properties because of their crystallographic nature,

a reasonably random orientation of the grains would result in

similar properties in all directions due to the averaging of the

orientation anisotropy. Sufficient plastic deformation, however,

can produce a preferred or non-random orientation of the grains

which causes anisotropic behavior in the commercial alloy similar

to that observed in the individual grains. The yield strength of

nonferrous alloys, for example, can be increased or decreased in

the direction of the principal deformation depending on the type

of preferred orientation which is produced.

Ferrous alloys are more likely to develop anisotropic

mechanical properties due to the preferred alignment of

structural discontinuities such as inclusions, voids, and

second phases in the direction of the principal deformation.

This type of microstructure is often observed in forgings

and rolled plate products. This preferred alignment cr

banding as it is often called relates to the three principal

deformation directions in these products. The longitudinal

direction is the principal direction of working and longitudinal

specimens have their axis aligned parallel to this directionThe short-transverse direction is the direction of minimum

product dimension ,- for example the plate thickness, and the

long-transverse direction is perpendicular to the longitudinal

and short-transverse directions. Often the properties in

the short-transverse direction cannot be measured because of

insufficient material for a specimen. For plate products,

longitudinal properties and/or long-transverse properties

(often just called transverse) are specified.

Although little difference between the ultimate tensile

strength and yield strength values of longitudinal and

transverse specimens have been found for forgings and plate * products, substantial variations in the tensile ductility

parameters occur. Higher values for percent elongation and

reduction-in-area of from to 10% and 50%, respectively have

been observed in longitudinal specimens compared to transverse

specimens (6-8). For some applications, properties in

certain directions assume special importance. For example,

in piping and cylindrical pressure vessels which experience

internal pressure, the transverse properties are of greater

7
importance because the largest principal stress in the

component acts in the transverse direction. Further, even

in the absence of a methodology for relating tensile ductility

parameters to component design, the transverse reductionin-area has been shown to be an indicator of steel quality,

especially for forgings, for certain types of applications

and may be the limiting design parameter. Generally, when

specifications do not specify specimen orientation the

longitudinal orientation is assumed, but in any event -only

requirements for the same orientation of specimen can be

compared

.

Size and Shane Effects

/

For over a century, investigators have reported size and

shape effects on material strength properties. In a recent

review of this phenomena, Harter (9) reveals the considerable

controversy in the literature on specimen size and shape

effects on static strength properties. Although a comprehensive

theory or model is lacking, a number of studies of size effects

cn the static strength properties of metals draw similar

conclusions. A common factor in these studies was that most

metals possessed sufficient ductility so that load redistribution

during testing can occur by plastic deformation. Templin (10)

carried out extensive tests on various strength aluminum

alloys using rectangular specimens with a range of dimensions.

The results showed that except for a few extreme cases , the

ultimate tensile strength and yield point values were

essentially unaffected by the wide variations in specimen

geometry. Similar results were repcrmed by Zlochevskii (11)

for several steels with both round and rectangular specimens.

A later study by Lyse and Keyser (12) reviewed earlier results

by Bach (13) and Moore (14) and presented additional new data

for steel. The results indicated that the size and shape of

test specimens, including round and rectangular specimens,

had no effect on either the ultimate tensile strength or

yield strength. Further, the results of all three investigators

demonstrated that for round specimens , the percent reductionin-area was practically independent of the specimen diameter.

Miklowitz (15,16) found that although the variation of true

stress at ultimate load for round specimens was slight for a

wide range of sizes, a larger effect of size was observed

for rectangular specimens. The interprecacion of the rectangular

specimen results focused cn the role of restraint by the

specimen shoulders on the strain behavior in the reduced

section. However, the overall evidence supports the conclusion

that ultimate tensile strength and yield strength are

relatively independent of specimen size and shape, assuming

the metallurgical factors like microstructure are size

independent

.

A different situation exists for the tensile ductility

parameter, percent elongation. Numerous studies (9,10,12-15)

8
have demonstrated the strong effect of specimen size and

shape on percent elongation. Oliver (17) formalized a

number of empirical relationships between percent elongation,

gage length, and cross-sectional area into the following widely

used general equation for elongation:

e <%a

[ 1 ]

where e is percent elongation, L is the specimen gage length,

A is the specimen cross-sectional area, and a and a are

constants. This equation is used by the American Society

for Testing and Materials (ASTM) to normalize percent elongation

values between the two rectangular and one round ASTM Standard

test specimens. For round specimens, A can be replaced by

the specimen diameter, D. For many types of carbon and

alloy steels in a variety of heat-treated conditions , the

value a = 0.4 has been found to give reasonable conversions

between different specimen sizes and shapes while a = 0.127

can be used for annealed austenitic stainless steels. (18)

For copper and brass, a value of a = 0.2 has been reported .( 17

)

The ASTM round specimen has a constant ratio of L/D of 4 or

the equivalent L//A of 4.51 while the rectangular specimens

have a variable L//A ratio because the specimen thickness is

generally the full-thickness of the material. In a similar

fashion, foreign standard s-writing organizations like Deutsche

Indus trie-Normen (DIN) and Japanese Industrial Standards

Committee (JIS) have developed standard test specimens. The

DIN standard specimens for wrought products , whether round or

rectangular, all have a constant ratio of 1/D of 5 or the

equivalent value of 5.65 for L//A. The JIS standard specimens

for wrought products include examples with L/ /A ratios of 4 to 9

and L/D ratios of 3.54 to 8 as well as specimens with variable

L/ /A ratios.

Oliver’s relationship can be used to convert specification

requirements for percent elongation based on one specimen to

an equivalent value based on another specimen. Since the

percent elongation is a function of gage length L and shape

through A, elongation values can be easily converted between

specimens of different sizes and shapes by writing equation

[1] for each specimen and dividing one by the other to make

a ratio. Thus, for two specimens X and Y:

e X /

A

y <7Ar4

x V C 23

For example, to convert an ASTM requirement based on a

specimen with L/D = 4 (L//A = 4.51) to an equivalent DIN

value for a specimen with L/D = 5 (L//A = 5.65) for carbon

steels, equation [2] can be solved with a = 0.4 to yield:

9
eDIN

= °* 91 eASTM

or the equivalent DIN value is only 91% of the ASTH requirement.

Bend tests are used primarily to establish a qualitative

measure of a material’s ability to undergo plastic deformation

without cracking, and thus represent a qualitative forming

limit. It is a yes/no type of test in which a specimen is

typically bent 180° about a radius of curvature and passes

the test if a crack does not develop on the outer or tensile

surface of the specimen and fails if a crack or cracks

develop. The test itself is considerably more complex than

the yes/no criterion indicates because of the strong role

that specimen dimensions have on the severity of the pest. (19)

In simple bending of a rectangular specimen, the strain

tangent to the bend radius or circumferential strain is

assumed to vary only in the thickness direction of the

specimen and has its maximum tensile value at the outer

specimen surface. The actual circumferential strain distribution

across the specimen width is fairly uniform except ai the

edges, where it is somewhat higher. However, the strain

distribution in the specimen width direction is very nonuniform,

being compressive and decreasing with distance from the

specimen edges , and thus has a greater effect as the specimen

width and thickness affect the in-plane or biaxial strain or

stress distribution within the specimen. The ability of the

specimen to undergo plastic deformation, or its ductility,

is a function of the stress state in the outer tensile

surface of the specimen. A biaxial tensile stress state

reduces the ductility of the material and so specimens

with a low width to thickness ratio (w/t) exhibit a high

strain to produce fracture because the transverse strain is

compressive and must be overcome before a tensile biaxial

siress state can be produced. As the width to thickness

ratio increases, the effect of the compressive strain decreases

and therefore the strain to produce fracture decreases until

it reaches its saturation or minimum value at about w/t = 8.

Thus, for specimens with a w/t < 3, the specimen dimensions

strongly affect the minimum bend radius below which the

material will crack on the outer tensile surface.

RESULTS

The following section contains the individual specification

comparisons included in this study. Each comparison is

between two specifications : the domestic ASTM and/or ASHE

document and the JIS or DIN document. Each comparison

stands alone and consists of two parts.

The first part contains a brief introductory discussion

or the two specifications and the conclusions about their

relative equivalence. Highlights of any general differences

10
in the typical intended applications are included along with

the determination of equivalence for each grade or class of

material within each specification.

The second part contains the detailed technical analyses

of each of the significant property requirements referred to

in the domestic specification. A brief interpretation of

the comparison process is included where necessary as well

as the methodology followed to insure that similarly measured

parameters were being compared. It is intended that the

first part containing the conclusions could be separated

from the detailed analysis part without loss of content.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS £*

The authors wish to express their thanks to Mrs. J. Koenig,

Office of Standards Information, Analysis, and Development,

for her excellent contributions to the report by rapidly and

efficiently providing current versions of the many domestic

and foreign standards necessary for this effort. Her conscientious

efforts and suggestions permitted the authors to concentrate

on the analysis and interpretation of the specifications.

Special thanks are to Mr. R. 3oreni and Mrs. D. Mills of the

Fracture and Deformation Division for their outstanding efforts

in the preparation of this report through typing of the many

comparisons and revisions for the completion of this study.

REFERENCES

(1) Handbook of Comparative World Steel Standards, Vol. 6 Steel, International Technical Information Institute,

Tokyo, Japan, i960.

(2) Stahlschussel , 10 Auflage 1974, Verlag Stahlschlussel

Wegst KG., West Germany.

(3) Worldwide Guide to Equivalent Irons and Steels, American

Society for Metals, 1979.

(4) Worldwide Guide to Equivalent Nonferrous Metals and

Alloys, American Society for Metals, 1980.

(5) Dieter, G. E. , "Mechanical Metallurgy," McGraw-Hill,

1961, pp. 269-272.

(6) Wells, C. and Mehl , R. F. , "Transverse Mechanical,

Properties in Heat Treated Wrought Steel Products,"

Trans. ASM, Vol. 41 1949, pp. 715-818.

(7) Interrante, C. G. , Early, J. G. , and Hicho , G. E.,

"Analysis of Four Tank-Car Accident Reporrs," Federal

Railroad Administration Renort , FRA ORSD 75-50, 1975,

NT IS PB 251097.

11
( 3 ) Early, J. G., "Elevated-Temperature Mechanical Behavior

of a Carbon-Manganese Pressure Vessel Steel," Jour.

Engr. Matls . and Tech., Vol. 99, 1977, pp. 359-365.

(9) Harter, H. L. "A Survey of the Literature on the Size

Effect on Material Strength," Technical Report AFFDLTR-77-11, Air Force Systems Command, Wright-Patterson

AFB

.

(10) Templin, R. L. , "Effects of Size and Shape of Test

Specimen on the Tensile Properties of Sheet Metals,"

Proc. ASTM, Vol. 26, 1926, pp. 373-403.

(11) Zlochevskii, A. 3., "Relation 3etween Deformation

Kinetics and Size Effect," Problemy Prochnosti, No. 9,

1971, pp. 19-22.

(12) Lyse, I. and Keyser, C. C. , "Effect of Size and Shape

of Test Specimen Upon the Observed Physical Properties

of Structural Steel," Proc. ASTM, Vol. 34, 1934, pp.

202-215.

(13) Bach, C., "Elastizitat und Festigkeit, Springer, Berlin,

190 5.

(14) Moore, H. F., "Tension Tesrs of Steel with Test Specimens

of Various Size and Form," Proc. ASTM, Vol. 13, 1918,

p . 4Q3.

(16) Miklowitz, J., "Influence of the Dimensional Factors on

Mode of Yielding and Fracture in Medium-Carbon SteelII," J.A.P., Vol. 17, 1950, pp. 159rl63.

(17) Miklowitz, J. , "The Influence of the Dimensional Factors

on the Mode of Yielding and Fracture in Medium-Carbon

Steel-I , " J.A.P., Vol. 15, 1943, pp . 274-237.

(13) Oliver, D.A., "Proposed New Criteria of Ductility from

a New Law Connecting the Percentage Elongation With

Size of Test-Piece," Proc. Instn. Mech. Engrs . , Vol. 2,

1923, pp. 827-364.

(13) "Standard Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing

of Steel Products - A37Q-73," American Society for

Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA, Annual Book of

Standards, Part 1G , 1974.

(19) Dieter, G. E., "Mechanical Metallurgy," McGraw-Hill,

1961, pp . 557-562.

12
JIS G3101-76//ASTM A36-77a

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are very similar

and refer to the same type of steel products, namely rolled carbon steel

plates, shapes, and bars intended for use in bridges, buildings, and

general structural purposes.

The structural applications of these products are for non-pressurized

environments and thus the static strength properties, ultimate tensile

strength and yield strength, are usually the principal design criteria.

The percent elongation requirement, characterizing the tensile ductility

behavior of the steel, is not usually considered to be a useful design

parameter. Percent elongation, as a measure of ductility, is not a unique parameter because it depends on specimen geometrical factors in

addition to gage length and. the materials intrinsic ductility. Percent

elongation, however, can be used for comparison purposes and to show the

effect of other variables, such as composition and/or heat treatment on material ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion,

the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence are: (1)

the strength requirements of JIS G3101 are considered equivalent to the

requirements of ASTM A36 if the JIS values fall within the range from 5%

above the A36 maximum value to 5% below the A36 minimum value; (2) the

percent elongation requirements of JIS G3101 are considered equivalent to

the requirements of ASTM A36 if the JIS values are higher than or within

15% of the A36 minimum value. Allowance of the larger difference for

percent elongation is based on (1) the actual expected JIS elongation

values would normally exceed the JIS minimum requirement and thus approach

the A36 value, (2) percent elongation is not a design parameter but

rather a measure of the relative response of the material to plastic

deformation, and (3) the unknown precision in the relationship between

gage length, cross-sectional area and percent elongation. The ultimate

determination of equivalence between material specifications that are

not identical, however, depends on the actual end-use of the material in

a structure and the design parameters for that structure.

Material furnished under specification A36-77a must conform to the

applicable requirements of ASTM A6-77b, General Requirements for Rolled

Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling, and Bars for Structural Use. (The

appropriate edition of A6 to use is that edition concurrent with the edition

of A36 of interest.) The relevant sections of A6 used in this comparison

include: Section 3, Description of Terms; Section 7, Chemical Analysis;

Section 10, Test Methods; Section 11, Tension Tests; Section 15, Retests; and

Supplementary Requirements.

13
CONCLUSIONS

(1) JXS Class I (SS34) and JIS Class 4 (SS55) from JIS G3101-76 are not

equivalent to ASTM A3 6-7 7 a except under the extreme conditions as noted.

(2) JIS Class 2 (SS41) from JIS G3101-76 is generally equivalent to ASTM

A36-77a, based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to the following

limitations

(a) The maximum carbon content (ladle analysis) should be limited

to 0.30 percent by weight to insure adequate weldability

(b) The JIS minimum yield strength for products 40 mm to 200 mm

thick falls between 13% and 17% below the A36 minimum requirement.

The strength requirements are the principal design parameters and

thus to be acceptable, JIS Class 2 products in this size range must

be shown to fall within the strength acceptance criterion.

(c) The JIS minimum percent elongation for plates over 140 mm

thick (less than 610 mm wide) falls 17% below the A3o minimum

requirement. To be acceptable, JIS Class 2 plates in this size

range must be shown to fall within the elongation acceptance

criterion.

(3) JIS Class 3 (SS50) from JIS G310L-76 is generally equivalent to ASTM

A3o-77a, based on the criteria discussed earlier, although subject to

more limitations than JIS Class 2. These limitations include:

(a) The maximum carbon content (ladle analysis) should be limited

to 0.30 percent by weight to insure adequate weldability.

(b) The JIS maximum allowable tensile strength for all products in

this class is 10% above the A36 maximum allowable tensile strength.

Material exceeding the A36 tensile strength limit would be acceptable

provided the carbon content limit and the elongation acceptance

criteria are both satisfied.

(c) The JIS minimum percent elongation for both plates (less than

610 mm wide) and shapes 6.4 mm to 16 mm thick, plates (greater than

610 mm wide) S ram to 16 mm thick, plates (less than 610 mm wide)

greater than 90 mm thick, and plates (greater than 610 mm wide)

greater than 140 mm thick fall from 15% to 26% below the A36

minimum requirement. To be acceptable, JIS Class 3 plates and

shapes in these size ranges must be shown to fall within the

elongation acceptance criteria.

(4) ASTM A36-77a allows the following exceptions:

(a) Shapes less than 1 in2 (645 mm2

) in cross-section and bars,

other than flats, less than 1/2" (13 mm) in thickness or diameter

need not be subjected to tension tests by manufacturer.

14
(b) Bearing plates over 1 1/2" (38 mm) thick except when used in

bridges do not require -mechanical tests provided they contain 0.20

to 0.33 percent carbon and satisfy sulfur and phosphorous requirements.

(c) No rinsned or capped steel shall be used for plates and bars

over 1/2 M (13 mm) thick or for shapes other than Group 1 (see Table A,

A6-77b)

.

15
(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)

16
JIS G3101—76/ /ASTM A3 6-7 7

a

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

JIS Class 1 (SS34)

JIS Class 2 (SS41)

JIS Class 3 (SS50)

The JIS chemical composition requirements for these three classes are limited to maximum levels for phosphorus and sulfur. The carbon and

manganese levels are not specified. The absence of extensive chemical

composition requirements allows wider chemistry limits on important elements

such as carbon and manganese and thus reduces the cost of these products

since both chemical requirements and mechanical property requirements do not

have to be satisfied. For hot-finished carbon structural steels, the

mechanical properties and fusion weldability are usually the important

criteria. When this steel is produced to mechanical property requirements,

typical practice allows the carbon and manganese levels to vary in order to

compensate for the effect of product thickness. Typically in these steels,

strength properties decrease and tensile ductility (often measured by percent

elongation) increases as product thickness increases. However, an upper

limit on the carbon content is necessary in order to maintain adequate

weldability because A36 refers to the use of thxs steel in welded construction.

Thus, based on a ladle analysis, the carbon content of these three JIS classes

should not exceed 0.30 weight percent.

The higher JIS maximum allowed phosphorus level should not have a significant influence on the properties of these steels and the sulfur

requirement is identical to that of A36.

JIS Class 4 (SS55)

The JIS phosphorus and sulfur limits are identical with the A36

requirements. The JIS maximum carbon and manganese limits of this class

exceed or are at the maximum levels specified in A36 for all products. The

higher carbon and manganese levels are consistent with the higher strength

properties and lower tensile ductility properties (percent elongation) of

this class compared to A36. JIS Class 4 products at the highest carbon and

manganese levels would probably not satisfy the A36 tensile property

requirements regardless of product.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

JIS Class 1 (S334)

Strength Requirements

This JIS Class for plates and sheets, strips and flats, and bars will

not in general satisfy the tensile strength requirements or the minimum

yield point or yield strength requirements of A36. However, material at

the high end of the JIS tensile strength range could satisfy A36 and because

17
of the higher tensile strength these materials could exhibit a sufficiently

high yield point or yield strength, to also meet A3 6 requirements.

Ductility Requirements

The JIS percent elongation minimum for plates and sheets, strip and

flats 5 mm or less in thickness is based on a test specimen (50 mm gage

length, 25 mm wide) which has no ASTM equivalent. The permitted ASTM

test specimens (see Section 11, A6-77h) is rectangular, 12.5 mm wide

with a 50 mm gage length. Using the relationship between percent elongation,

gage length, and cross-sectional area, and the reduction in percent

elongation permitted by section 11.6.1 of A6 for thin plates, the JIS

specimen must exhibit an elongation of 22% or greater to satisfy the A36

50 mm gage length requirement. Thus for plates, sheets, strip and flats

5 mm or less in thickness, the JIS minimum elongation satisfies the A36

requirement.

The JIS percent elongation minimum for plates and sheets, strip and

flats over 5 mm to 16 mm in thickness and over 16 mm to 50 mm in thickness

satisfies the A36 requirements. (The 50 mm thickness limit is probably

in error and should he 40 mm based on the next size category specified.)

The JIS percent elongation minimum for plates and sheets and flat

steel over 40 mm in thickness is based on a test specimen with a gage

length 3.54 times the diameter. The equivalent ASTM specimen has a gage

length that is four times the diameter. Using the relationship between

percent elongation, gage length and cross-sectional area, the equivalent

ASTM elongation would be about 95 % of the JIS value. Thus for plates

over 40 mm to 90 mm in thickness, and sheets and flat steel, the JIS

minimum elongation satisfies A36.

For plates over 90 mm thick, the JIS elongation requirement is

lowered 1% for each 25 mm additional thickness up to a maximum of 3%

at 165 mm thick, and remains constant for thickness above 165 mm. In

all cases, the JIS requirement satisfies A36.

The JIS percent elongation minimum for bars not over 25 mm in

diameter, side or distance across fiats is based on a test specimen

which has no ASTM equivalent. However, the JIS specimen has a gage

length 8 times the diameter so that for equal diameters, the JIS elongation

value will be about 75% of the ASTM value based on the relationship

between percent elongation, gage length, and cross-sectional area :or a standard specimen where the gage length is only 4 times the diameter.

Based on this analysis and, because the JIS minimum value already exceeds

the A3 6 requirement, the JIS elongation minimum satisfies A36.

The JIS percent elongation minimum for bars over 25 mm in diameter,

side or distance across flats satisfies the A36 requirement.
JIS Class 2 (SS41)

Strength Requirements

This JIS Class for plates and sheets, strip, flats and shapes, and

bars satisfies the tensile strength range requirements of A36. The JIS

minimum yield strength requirements for plates and sheets, strips, flats

and shapes, and bars up to 40 mm in thickness or greater than 200 mm in

thickness satisfy or are within about 5% of the A36 requirements. The

minimum JIS yield strength requirements for materials over 40 mm to

200 mm in thickness are between 13% and 17% below the A36 minimum requirement.

Ductility Requirements <

The JIS percent elongation minimum for plates and sheets, strips,

flats and shapes 5 mm or less in thickness is based on a test specimen

(50 mm gage length, 25 mm wide) which has no ASTM equivalent. The

permitted ASTM test specimen (see Section 11, A6-77b) is rectangular,

12.5 mm wide with a 5Q mm gage length. Using the relationship between

percent elongation, gage length, and cross-sectional area, and the

reduction in percent elongation permitted by section 11,5.1 of A6 for

thin plates the JIS specimen must exhibit an elongation 22% or greater

for plates less than 610 mm wide or 20% or greater for shapes and plates

greater than 610 mm wide. Thus for plates and sheets, strips, flats and

shapes 5 mm or less in thickness, the JIS minimum elongation satisfies

the A3 6 requirement.

The JIS percent elongation minimum for plates and sheets, strips,

flats and shapes over 5 mm to 16 mm in thickness is 9% less than the A36

requirement for shapes above 7 mm in thickness or for plates less than

610 mm wide but above 7 mm in thickness. For plates wider than 610 mm,

the JIS requirement is within 5% of the A36 requirement.

The JIS percent elongation minimum for plates and sheets, strips,

flats and shapes over 16 mm to 50 mm in thickness satisfies the A36

requirement. (The 50 mm thickness limit is probably in error and should

be 40 mm based on the next size category specified.)

The JIS percent elongation minimum for plates and sheets, flats and

shapes over 40 mm in thickness is based on a test specimen with a gage

length 3.54 times the diameter. The equivalent ASTM specimen has a gage

length four times the diameter. Using the relationship between percent

elongation, gage length and cross-sectional area, the equivalent ASTM

elongation would be about 95% of the JIS value. Thus for plates over

40 mm to 90 mm in thickness and sheets, strips, flats and shapes, the

JIS requirement satisfies A36 for plates wider than 610 mm and for all

shapes. For plates less than 61Q mm wide, the JIS requirement is within

5% of the A36 minimum.

19
For plates over 9.0 mm thick, the JIS elongation requirement is

lowered 1% for each 25 mm additional thickness up to a maximum of 3% at

165 mm thick, and remains constant for thicknesses above 165 mm. For

plates over 9'0 mm to 115 mm thick, the JIS requirement satisfies A36 for

plates wider than 610 mm and is 9% smaller than the A36 requirement for

plates less than 610. mm wide. For plates over 115 mm to 140 mm thick,

the JIS requirement is within 5% of the A36 requirement for plates wider

than 610 mm and is 13% smaller than the A36 minimum for plates less than

610 mm wide. For plates ever 140 mm thick, the JIS requirement is about

10% and 17% smaller than the A36 requirement for plates more than 610 mm

wide and less than 610 mm wide, respectively.

The JIS percent elongation minimum for bars not over 25 mm in

diameter, side or distance across flats is based on a test specimen

which has no direct ASTM equivalent. However, the JIS specimen has a gage length 8 times the diameter so that for equal diameters, the JIS

elongation value will be about 75% of the ASTM value for a standard

specimen with a gage length 4 times the diameter (gage length = 50 mm)

.

3ased on this discussion, the JIS elongation minimum satisfies the A36

requirement.

The JIS percent elongation minimum for bars over 25 mm in diameter,

side or distance across fiat, satisfies A36.

JIS Class 3 ( SS50)

Strength Requirements

This JIS class for plates and sheets, strips, flats, bars, and

shapes satisfies in general the tensile strength range requirements of

A36. The maximum JIS allowed tensile strength exceeds the A36 maximum

by 10% but this is not a problem if the tensile ductility requirements

of A36 as measured by percent elongation are satisfied. The JIS yield

strength requirements satisfy the A36 requirements.

Ductility Requirements

The JIS percent elongation requirement for products 5 mm or less in

thickness is based on a test specimen (50 mm gage length, 25 mm vide)

which has no direct ASTM equivalent. For reasons discussed earlier tor

JIS Class 2 (SS41), the JIS minimum elongation is 14% below the A36

requirement for plates less than 610 mm wide and within 5% of the A36

requirement for plates greater than 610 mm wide and for shapes.

The JIS percent elongation minimum for plates and sheets, strips,

flats, and shapes over 5 mm to lb ran thick is within 15% of the A36

requirements for shapes or plates over 5 mm to 6. 4 mm thick less than

610 mm wide, and from 15% to 25% below the A36 requirement for shapes or plates over 6.4 mm to 16 mm thick less than 610 mm wide. For plates

wider than 610 mm, the JIS requirement satisfies or is within 15% of the

A36 requirement for plates up to 3 mm thick and is 17% smaller than the

A36 value for plates 8 mm to 16 mm thick.

20
The JIS percent elongation minimum for plates and sheets, strips,

flats and shapes over 16 mm to 5Q mm thick, satisfies the A36 requirement

for shapes and plates wider than 610 mm and is within 5% of the A36

requirement for plates less than 610 mm thick. CIhe 50 mm thickness

limit is probably in error and should be 40 mm based on the next size

category specified.)

The JIS percent elongation minimum for plates and sheets, flat bars

and shapes over 40 mm thick is based on a test specimen with a gage

length C>0 mm) 3.54 times the diameter. The equivalent ASTM specimen

has a gage length. C5Q mm) 4 times the diameter. Using the relationship

between percent elongation, gage length and cross-sectional area, the

equivalent ASTM elongation would be about i5% of the JIS value ^ Thus,

the JIS requirement satisfies A36 for wide-flange shapes greater than

426 Ib/ft and is within 5% of the A36 value for all other shapes and

plates over 40 mm to 90 mm thick wider than 610 mm. The JIS requirement

is 13% smaller than the A36 requirement for plates over 40 mm to 90 mm

thick less than 610 mm wide.

For plates over 90 mm thick, the JIS elongation requirement is

lowered 1% for each 25 mm additional thickness up to a maximum of 3% at

165 mm thick, and remains constant above 165 mm thick. For plates over

30 mm to 115 mm thick, the JIS requirement is about 9% and 17% smaller,

respectively, than the A36 requirement for plates more than 610 mm wide

and lass than 610 mm wide. For plates over 115 mm to 140 mm thick, the

minimum JIS requirement is about 14% and 22% below the minimum A36

requirement, respectively, for plates more than 610 mm wide and less

than 610 mm wide. For plates over 140 mm thick, the minimum JIS requirement

is aoout 19% and 26% below the minimum A36 requirement, respectively,

for plates more than 610 mm wide and less than 610 mm wide.

The JIS percent elongation minimum for bars not ov,er 25 mm in

diameter, side or distance across flats is based on a test specimen

which has nc direct ASTM equivalent. However, the JIS specimen has a gage length 8 times the diameter so that for equal diameters, the JIS

elongation value will be about 75% of the ASTM value foT a standard

specimen with a gage length 4 times the diameter (gage length = 50 mm)

.

Based on this discussion, the JIS elongation minimum satisfies the A36

requirement.

The JIS percent elongation minimum for bars over 25 mm in diameter,

side or distance across flat is almost 9% smaller than the A36 requirement.

JIS Glass 4 (SS55)

Strength Requirements

This JIS class for plates and sheets, strips, flats, bars, and

shapes has a minimum tensile strength requirement that is only 3% below

21
the maximum strength limit allowed for A36. In general, it would be

expected that material produced to this class would exceed this maximum

A36 value and thus not satisfy A36. The JIS minimum yield strength

requirement far exceeds the A36 minimum and thus satisfies A36.

Ductility Requirements

The JIS percent elongation requirement for plates and sheets,

strips, flats, and shapes 5 mm or less in thickness is based on a test

specimen which has no direct ASTM equivalent. For reasons discussed

previously for JIS Class 2 (SS41), the JIS minimum elongation is 19%

below the A36 requirement for plates less than 610 mm wide, and 11%

below the A36 requirement for plates greater than 610 mm wide anc^ for

shapes. «“

The JIS percent elongation requirements for plates and sheets (less

than 610 mm wide), strips, fiats, and shapes over 5 mm to 16 mm thick is

from 20% to 35% below the A36 minimum. For plates wider than 610 mm,

the JIS requirement is about 9% smaller than the A36 requirement for

plates from 5 mm to less than 6 mm thick, and is from 16% to 28% smaller

than the A36 requirement for plates 6 mm to 15 mm thick.

The JIS percent elongation requirement for plates and sheets,

strips, flats and shapes over 16 mm to 40 mm thick is within 5% of the

A36 value for plates more than 610 mm wide. For plates less than 610 mm

wide, the JIS requirement is 15% less than the A36 minimum.

The JIS percent elongation minimum for bars not over 25 mm in

diameter, side, or distance across flat is based on a test specimen

which has no direct ASTM equivalent. However, the JIS specimen has a gage length 8 times the diameter so that for equal diameters, the JIS

elongation value will be about 75% of the ASTM value for a standard

specimen with a gage length 4 times the diameter (gage length = 50 mm)

.

Based on this discussion, the JIS minimum is 28% below the A36 minimum

value.

The JIS percent elongation minimum for bars over 25 mm to 40 mm in

diameter, side, or distance across flat is 26% below the A36 minimum

requirement

.

Table 1 contains a summary of the comparison results for chemical and

mechanical properties.

22
Bend Test

A36 Supplementary Requirement S14 Bend Test

See A6-77h for requirements.

JIS Class 1 CSS34}

For constant specimen width/ thickness- ratio, the JIS requirement

satisfies A6 requirements for materials greater than 19. mm thick and does

not satisfy A6 for materials 19 mm or less in thickness.

t 6 JIS Class 2 CSS41)

For constant specimen width/ thickness ratio, the JIS requirement

satisfies A6 requirements foT materials greater than 51 mm thick and

does not satisfy A6 for materials 51 mm or less in thickness.

JIS Class 3 (SS50)

JIS Class 4 (SS55)

For constant specimen width/ thickness ratio, the JIS requirement

does not satisfy A6 requirements.

23
Tensile

Requirements

x

0) jsxa

p—1

33 as 33 n

p a c r-4 Q

i-4 Js!

i_l

a

X •H 00 C“ rj Mi 0

rH P M s a o

-C

a rH

CJaa

a

Pm >o

33a . _i a X -3

f-M

—i a. 3 — p

CJa o X 1—1 1) xs a c X 33 X a a j:

>> >- j_i

33 =

mj 5

Sfl 03 3 0 14 a JZL i — o

J3 SO 4JO C'J c CO 3m

jT^. —1

X 3 Ml ClO 3 X U D SC Mi H c Mi cn -U a a. =

C. 1—i

;q 3ma I

CO

a -3 MJ CJ c CJ 0) X X o

CJ

X U-T -Ha <r

L4

a o H *3

Xa XJ 2

MJ c O

CO

X

X c 2 a

0) I—1 X S <aX

-u

a

A J3

a

•o ca

a

a U-)

X

a c i*4 A ”3 3 X X G- a i-4 a X a rH

•o 3 a

a

X C. 3

/MN

M -4

aa pj

C

a 3 1 XX CL -x o cj a rH c 3

•-4 •H

p

a

a

A

X J3 3 j3 p O sc a un U 1-4 A XJ A 5-5 2 O X5 -o Mi! iH 2 o u-l p S

r;

a 3 p

a E X> c X •H

C

O

X x:

p o a

X

rH vO c JO aia 2 rH

X J=

vO »TM4

X MJ

a vO

a

x: •H

X

O 03 c 0 MJ X J= X rH c > a

a

X -LJX

a

a X5X

a 3 a a rH a p 0 <—H

Mi s a rH

p

C

a • o 2 CO 2 Mi § a X V p > X X Mi 0 a CJ a a X <T a a O a a •H ( x o E a • !m •H <r E XJ j3 ‘ X 3

P—

V

vC SO JO rH

p

a

a -U ,“4 s a E a a 3 n 3 *H

O c -X a m a 2 x> a 3 3 X 02 a p X X a! 2 n X rH a «c 1-4 p JO X a a < > g 03 Ml U Jz a a a a O X MJ C ~~ sc a <r a 25 O

rH P o>a

X

a

— 3 m

g

O. 0) S=

a ,0;

v o a P < 5 u 2 c a • X a p ij a 25 Ml ca X X CJ iH p a X 0) •H

Cl a; o a T3a JO 2 > x .3

a

u rH MJ

a •H Ca vO E o 2 u •H

a CO so

a -H E x c a a X C vO cn -C U>4 a CO a a X — x X a —i so c o a a a 2 a a 3^ < m A o p X a rH p Vj m < X ca p a X O A p CJ a m a a r—t r— 0 a > p .3 rH a

>* CO so sc

a sO 2 0 un

Q 5 a XL a c u a a —4 > J3 a o HJ 0

SO

H •H

—

J - X 3J

a CO

X ,3

XV q-5 J-) 1 a >s -n C 3 CJ

n

O 1 3 c rH

a ra -J

X 03 SO 33 -C 3 a a u (—

0)

a -u

C

a

X ZC .3

a c a -U a a o JmJ CO a 0) X c. a u —• > o _3 a) a 3 p CO w a a — cn 2 OJ o

rM

X

X

D 3 a 3 .3 E

iH

a > T3 •H E a

X —4a

a

X rH —4 •H

X 3 w

X

CO

A ^3 3 x

aX

a •—4

X 3 *« cn

a 3 > •H •H

C 3 a

a

—

a > 31

a

a 3 t 4—4

X —4

X 2 a >, >• Sh o >- 2-4 2 3 >- -J 2 JJ 2 -U iJ 3 3 -

3 3

CJ xCa 2 a

a

-J

— 3 2 — 2 5 2 a 2 3 a < a 3 a a 3 —4 3 a <_4 a — u u 2 "3 2 a *H a 2 •H •H

—* • w

—

r

a 3 3 3 3 X —H -3 X a 3“ U 3“ xC CT* 3" 3 a 3 3 pH—V 3. a CJ cn a a 2 aJ iJ 2 3 X 4~ 3 U < u U

>1 aJ •H 3 —j —T CN 3

Ut 3 2 a •3 3 X . cn

— cn

a cn ZTj -J a a —4 a 3 Q >, r— 1) —4

SI 4 X "3 -J r-4 u -3 3 —• •3 _3 “1 iJ 3 3 — —m 3 a •H CO c — > 3 pH—S

3- > a 3 1 1 1 1 a o CJ X 3 X 3

33

w

a

a

u Cj "0X

X

CJ 3- 3 3 m 3 a CJ 3 3 0 3 3 > • 3 — >- 2 >- 2

_0

—

r c ** cC “3 —4

CO *4

X

X 3 3 2 X 3 3 a 03 !— —

>> CJ CO 4mJ >- = r-0 3 3 —

a

—

—

—

CN

m <r cC

u 3 u

_ 3-a 0 X 3 3 3 CJ •j 3 — 3 X CO 3 CO u — C —•

“3 3 3 3 3 —) u

—

—

-H —4

—

— cn CJ

—

Cn
DIN 17100-66/ /ASTM A36-77a

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications (Scope and Definition

sections in DIN 17100) are similar and refer to the same type of steel

products, i.e. rolled carbon steel plates, shapes, and bars intended for use in bridges, buildings, and general structural purposes.

The structural applications of these products are for non-pressurized

environments and therefore the ultimate tensile strength and yield strength

properties are generally the principal design parameters. The percent

elongation requirement, characterizing the tensile ductility behavior of the

steel, is not usually considered to be a useful design parameter because of

the dependence of elongation on specimen geometry in addition to gage length

and the material’s intrinsic ductility. Percent elongation, however, can be

used for comparison purposes and to show the effect of other variables, such

as composition and/or heat treatment on material ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion,

the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence are: (1) the

strength requirements of DIN 17100 are considered equivalent to the requirements

of ASTM A36 if the DIN values fall within the range from 5% above the A36

maximum value to 5% below the A36 minimum value; (2) the percent elongation

requirements of DIN 17100 are considered equivalent to the requirements of

ASTM A36 if the DIN values are higher than or within 15% of the A36 minimum

value. Allowance of the larger difference for percent elongation is based

on: (1) the actual expected DIN elongation values would normally exceed the

DIN minimum requirement, (2) percent elongation is not a design parameter but

rather a measure of the relative response of the material to plastic

deformation, and (3) the unknown precision in the relationship between gage

length, cross-sectional area and percent elongation. The ultimate determination

of equivalence between material specifications that are not identical, however,

depends on the actual end-use of the material in a structure and the design

parameters for that structure.

Material furnished under specification A36-77a must conform to the

applicable requirements of ASTM A6-77b, General Requirements for Rolled Steel

Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling, and Bars for Structural Use. (The appropriate

edition of A6 to use is that edition concurrent with the edition of A36 of

interest.) The relevant sections of A6 used in this comparison include:

Section 3, Description of Terms; Section 7, Chemical Analysis; Section 10,

Test Methods; Section 11, Tension Tests; Section 15, Retests, and Supplementary

Requirements

.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) DIN grades St 33-1 and St 33-2 from DIN 17100 are not equivalent to

ASTM A36-77a because as a result of the lack of chemical limits for St 33-1

and the absence of carbon or manganese limits for St 33-2, the minimum

yield point for these DIN grades falls too far below the A36 minimum value.

25
(2) DIN grades USt 34-1, RSt 34-1, USt 34-2, and RSt 34-2 are not

equivalent to ASTM A36-77a because their maximum carbon content is too

low compared to the A36 limits resulting in a tensile strength range

which does not generally satisfy the A36 minimum requirements.

(3) DIN grades USt 37-1, RSt 37-1, USt 37-2, RSt 37-2, and St 37-3 are

not generally equivalent to ASTM A36-77a because only the top 50% of the

DIN tensile strength range satisfies A36 and the DIN minimum yield point

values fall from 6% to 14% below the A36 minimum requirements.

(a) DIN grades USt 37-1 and USt 37-2 (for plates and bars less

than 13 mm thick, and certain shapes), and RSt 37-1, however, with

higher permitted carbon levels could exhibit tensile strength

values at the high end of the DIN range with accompanying higher

minimum yield points. To be acceptable, these DIN grades must be

shown to fall within the strength acceptance criteria.

(4) DIN grades USt 42-1, RSt 42-1, USt 42-2, RSt 42-2, and St 42-3 are

generally equivalent to ASTM A36-77a, based on the criteria discussed

earlier, subject to the following limitations:

(a) DIN grades USt 42-1 and USt 42-2 are not allowed for plates

and bars over 13 mm thick or for shapes other than Group 1 (Table A,

ASTM A6-77b).

(b) For products greater than 100 mm thick, the DIN yield point

requirements are subject to agreement and must equal at least

25 Kg/mm2 for plate above 100 mm to 200 mm thick and shapes and

bars above 100 mm thick, and at least 21 Kg/mm2 for plate above

200 mm thick.

(5) DIN grades RSt 46-2 and St 46-3 are generally equivalent to ASTM

A36-77a, based on the criteria discussed earlier.

(6) DIN grade St 52-3 is generally equivalent to ASTM A36-77a, based on

the criteria discussed earlier. Although the maximum allowed DIN

tensile strength exceeds the A36 maximum value by 9%, DIN St 52-3 is

acceptable because (1) its carbon limit is well within the A3b limits

and (2) its minimum elongation values fall within the elongation acceptance

criterion.

(7) DIN grades St 50-1 and St 50-2 are generally equivalent to ASTM

A36-77a, based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to the following

limitations

(a) The maximum carbon content (ladle analysis) should be limited

to 0.30 percent by weight to insure adequate weldability.

(b) The DIN maximum allowable tensile strength is 7% above the A36

tensile strength limit. Material exceeding the A36 tensile strength

limit would be acceptable provided both the carbon content limit

and the elongation acceptance criteria are both satisfied.

26
(c) The DIN minimum percent elongation for hot-rolled plates 5 mm

or more in thickness and greater than 610 mm wide, falls from 16%

to 22% below the A36 minimum requirement. To be acceptable, DIN

St 50-1 and St 50-2 hot-rolled plates in this size range must be shown

to fall within the elongation acceptance criteria.

(8) DIN grades St 60-1, St 60-2, and St 70-2 are not equivalent to ASTM

A36-77a because the minimum DIN tensile strength values for these grades

exceed the maximum A36 tensile strength requirement by more than 5% and

the DIN minimum percent elongation values for most products are well

below the elongation acceptance criteria.

(9) ASTM A36-77a contains the following general requirements:

^ /

(a) Shapes less than 1 in2 (645 mm2

) in cross-section and bars,

other than flats, less than 1/2" (13 mm) in thickness or diameter

need not be subjected to tension tests by manufacturer.

(b) 3earing plates over 1 1/2" (38 mm) thick except when used in

bridges do not require mechanical tests provided they contain 0.20

to 0.33 carbon and satisfy sulfur and phosphorus requirements.

(c) No rimmed or capped steel shall be used for plates and bars over 1/2" (13 mm) thick or for shapes other than Group 1 (see

Table A, ASTM A6-77b)

.

27
,

(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)

28
DIN 17100-66/ /ASTM A36-77a

STEELMAKING PROCESS

ASTM A36-77a does not allow rimmed or capped steel for plates and

bars over 13 mm thick or for shapes other than Group 1 (see Table A,

ASTM A6-77b) because rimmed steel is characterized by a lack of chemical

homogeneity especially for carbon, sulfur, and phosphorus (see ASTM A6)

.

Therefore, DIN steel grades USt 34-1, USt 34-2, USt 37-1, USt 37-2,

USt 42-1, and USt 42-2 are not equivalent to A36 for these products.

Further, according to A36, the product tolerance limits do not apply to

bar-sized shapes and flat bars 13 mm or less in thickness because^ rimmed

steels are permitted in which extensive segregation would be expected.

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The DIN chemical composition requirements are limited to maximum

levels of carbon, phosphorus, sulfur, and nitrogen. The manganese and

silicon levels are not generally specified. The nitrogen level, not

specified in A36, is often related to the phenomenon of strain aging in

plain carbon steels. The amount of nitrogen available to cause strain

aging depends not only on the deoxidation practice through the addition

of aluminum and/or silicon but also on the subsequent thermal treatment of

the steel. Nitrogenized steels provide increased yield strength without

raising the carbon content.

The DIN chemical requirements establish the maximum carbon level

but allows the manganese level to vary so as to provide some flexibility

in meeting both chemical and mechanical property requirements. For hotfinished carbon structural steels, the mechanical properties and weldability

are usually the important criteria, when this steel is produced to

mechanical property values, usual practice allows the carbon and manganese

levels to vary to compensate for the effect of product thickness.

Typically in these steeis, strength properties decrease and tensile

ductility (often measured by percent elongation) increases as the product

thickness increases. The maximum carbon levels for DIN grades USt 34-1,

RSt 34-1, USt 34-2, RSt 34-2, USt 37-2, RSt 37-2, St 37-3 lie 28% or more below the maximum carbon levels for any product allowed by A36.

Thus, it is expected that these DIN grades probably would not satisfy

the minimum A36 tensile strength and yield strength requirements, especially

as the product thickness increases. However, an upper limit on the

carbon content is necessary to insure adequate fusion weldability

because A36 refers to the use of this steel in welded construction.

Thus, based on a ladle analyis, the carbon con:ent should not exceed

0.30 weight percent.

The maximum sulfur level for all DIN grades based on ladle analyses

satisfies the requirements of A36. The maximum phosphorus level for

all DIN grades based on ladle analyses exceeds the A36 heat analysis

limits. The DIN phosphorus limit based on check analyses exceeds the

A6 product tolerance limits for all DIN grades except St 37-3, St 42-3,

29
St 46-3, and St 52-3. Since the structural applications identified in

A36 involve only mild forming (i.e. no deep drawing) a greater latitude

is often permitted in the levels of sulfur and phosphorus. The somewhat

higher phosphorus levels in the DIN grades should not have a major

influence on the properties of these steels for structural applications.

The DIN maximum carbon limit based on ladle analyses for grades

St 60-1, St 60-2, and St 70-2 exceeds the maximum A36 carbon content for

any product and further exceeds the maximum A36 carbon content for any

product and further exceeds the limit set for adequate fusion weldability.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Strength Requirements rf

DIN grades St 33-1 and St 33-2 will not consistently satisfy the

minimum tensile strength requirements or the minimum yield point requirements of A36 although material at the high end of the DIN tensile strength

range would satisfy A36. However, the DIN minimum yield point requirement

falls from 25% to 34% below the A36 minimum requirement, depending on thickness, and probably would not satisfy A36 even for material at the

high end of the DIN tensile strength range.

DIN grades USt 34-1, RSt 34-1, USt 34-2, and RSt 34-2 will not in

general satisfy the minimum tensile strength requirements or the minimum

yield point requirements of A36. Only the top 14% of the DIN tensile

strength range exceeds the A36 minimum requirement while the DIN minimum

yield point requirement falls between 15% and 18% below the A36 minimum

depending on product thickness.

DIN grades USt 37-1, RSt 37-1, USt 37-2, RSt 37-2, and St 37-3 will

not consistently satisfy the minimum tensile strength requirements or the minimum yield point requirements of A36. However, material in the

highest 50 percent of the DIN tensile strength range does satisfy A36

and the DIN minimum yield strength value for products up to 16 mm thick

is within 6% of the A36 minimum, for products over 16 mm to 40 mm thick

the DIN value is within 10%, and for products over 40 mm to 100 mm

thick, the DIN value is within 14%. Above 100 mm thick, the DIN requirements

are subject to agreement and thus must equal 25 Kg/mm2 for plate above

100 mm to 200 mm thick, for shapes and bars above 100 mm thick, and

21 Kg/mm2 for plate above 200 mm thick. Material at the high end of

the DIN tensile strength range would probably have a sufficiently high

yield point to satisfy A36.

DIN grades USt 42-1, RSt 42-1, USt 42-2, RSt 42-2, and St 42-2

satisfy the tensile strength requirements of A36. The DIN minimum yield

strength value satisfies or is within 6% of the A36 requirement for all

products up to 100 mm. Above 100 mm thick, the DIN requirements are subject to agreement and thus must equal 25 Kg/mm2 for plate above

100 mm to 200 mm thick, shapes and bars above 100 mm thick, and 21 Kg/nnnfor plate above 200 mm thick.

30
DIN grades RSt 46-2 and St 46-3 satisfy the tensile strength requirements

and mi nimum yield strength requirements of A36.

DIN grade St 52-3 generally satisfies the tensile strength requirements

of A36. The maximum DIN allowed tensile strength exceeds the A36 maximum

by 9% but this should not be a problem if the tensile ductility requirements of A36 as measured by percent elongation are satisfied. The DIN

minimum yield strength value satisfies the A36 requirement.

DIN grades St 50-1 and St 50-2 generally satisfy the tensile strength

requirements of A36. The maximum DIN tensile strength value is 7%

higher than the maximum allowable A36 value but this should not be a problem if the carbon limits and tensile ductility requirements o| A36 are satisfied. «

The minimum tensile strength for DIN grades St 60-1, St 60-2, and

St 70-2 exceeds the maximum allowed tensile strength for A36 by more

than 5%.

Ductility Requirements

The dimensions of the DIN standard tensile -test specimens are scaled so as to maintain a constant ratio of gage length to diameter

equal to 5 for round specimens or the equivalent ratio of gage length to

the square root of the cross-sectional area equal to 5.65 for specimens

of other shapes. For all products equal to or greater than 19 mm thick,

ASTM A6 allows either rectangular or round test specimens. The standard

ASTM round specimen maintains a constant ratio of gage length to diameter

equal to 4 with a gage length of 50 mm. Thus the DIN min imum elongation

values represent 91% of the A36 minimum values for 50 mm gage length.

The analysis in Table 1 is based on this comparison.

0 Table 1. Products equal to or greater than 19 mm Thick

Satisfy A3 6 Minimum Requirement

DIN

Grade

Plates

<610 mm wide >610 mm wide >426

Shapes

i lb/ft Other

3ars

St 33-1, -2 15%

Below

24%

Below

Yes Yes, within

5%

15%

Below

JTSt 14-1 . -2

RSt 34-1 '-2 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

USt 37-1, -2

RSt 37-1, -2

St 37-3

Yes Yec Yes Yes Yes

USt 42-1, -2

RSt 42-1, -2

St 42-3

RSt 46-2

St 46-3

St 52-3

Yes Yes, for normalized

and within 6% for

hot rolled

Yes Yes Yes

31
Table 1. (continued)

Products equal to or greater than 19 mm Thick

Satisfy A36 Minimum Requirement

DIN Plates Shapes Bars

Grade <510 mm wide >610 mm wide >426 lb/ft Other

St 50-1, -2 Yes, within

5%

6% below for

normalized and

16% below for

hot-rolled

Yes

St 60-1, -2 28% below 32% below for 13% below

normalized and

43% below for

hot-rolled

SC 70-2 52% below 58% below for 42% below

normalized and

68% below for

hoc-rolled

Yes Yes, within 5%

*

rf

21% 28% below

below

47% 52% below

below

For che roucine cesting of place, scrip and wide flacs over 5 mm

Chick DIN 17100 allows flac specimens of variable widen wich a gage

lengch of 200 mm Co be used. Resulcs from chese specimens are correcCed

for differences in Che raCio of gage lengch Co square rooc of crossseccional area. For place 5 mm Chick Co less Chan 19 mm Chick, A6

allows only flac specimens 40 mm wide wich 200 mm gage length or 12.5 mm

wine with 50 mm gage lengch. For place less Chan 8 mm chick, A36 lowers

the minimum elongation requirements for the 200 mm gage length specimen.

The analysis in Table 2 is based on a comparison of che A36 minimum

elongaCion values for 20G mm gage length, 40 mm wide specimen wich che

DIN minimum values corrected for che 200 mm gage length specimen of the

same width and thickness. For Che worst case, Che correction value is

taken to be 0.8 from Table 4, DIN 17100.

32
Table 2. Satisfies A36 Minimum Requirement

Plates

DIN >5 mm to <8

<610 mm wide

mm thick

>610 mm wide

>8mm to

<610 mm wide

<19 mm thick

>610 mm wida

St 33-1, -2 Yes for 5 mm

thick and 3%

to 16% below for

other thicknesses

Within 16% for

normalized and

within 14% for

6 mm and smaller

hot-rolled and

more than 15%

below for hotrolled plates

greater than

6 mm thick

21% below

t s

22% below

USt 34-1, -2

RSt 34-1, -2

Yes Yes Yes Yes

USt 37-1, -2

RSt 37-1, -2

St 37-3

Yes Yes Yes Yes

USt 42-1, -2

RSt 42-1, -2

St 42-3

RSt 46-2

St 46-2

St 52-3

Yes Yes, normalized

and within 6%

for hot rolled

Yes, within

5%

Yes, within 5%

for normalized

and 12% below

for hot rolled

St 50-1, -2 Yes, or within

7%

With 7% for

normalized and

within 16% for

hot rolled

3.3% below 12% below for

normalized and

22% below for

hot rolled

St 60-1, -2 From 20% to

30% below

From 20% to 32%

below for

normalized and

from 32% to 43%

below for hot

rolled

35% below More than 37%

below for normalize

47% below for

hot rolled

St 70-2 From 45% to 53%

below

From 50% to

58% below for

normalized and

56% below 61% below for

normalized and 70%

below for hot

from 62% to rolled

68% below for

hot rolled

33
For shapes and bars less than 19 mm thick or side, A6 allows only flat

specimens 40 mm wide with 200 mm gage length or 12.5 mm wide with 50 mm

gage length. The DIN specimen is scaled so as to maintain a ratio of

gage length to square root of cross-sectional area equal to 5.65 and thus

if the thickness of the ASTM specimens is adjusted to create the same

ratio, a direct comparison can be made. The analysis in Table 3 is based on

this assumption for 200 mm gage length specimens.

Table 3. Satisfies A36 Minimum Requirement

DIN >3 mm co <19 mm thick

Grade Shapes and Bars a St 33-1, -2 Within 10%

USt 34-1, -2

RSt 34-1, -2

Yes

USt 37-1, -2

RSt 37-1, -2

St 37-3

Yes

USt 42-1, -2

RSt 42-1, -2

St 42-3

RSt 46-2

St 46-2

St 52-3

Yes

St 50-1, -2 Yes

St 60-1, -2 25% below

St 70-2 50% below

34
For shapes and flats less than, 8 mm thick, A36 and A6 lower the

TTvin-iTTniTn elongation requirements for both the 200 mm and 50 mm gage

length specimens. The DIN values are based on a standard test specimen

with a ratio of gage length to square root of the cross-sectional area

equal to 5.65 for all thicknesses. However, the 200 mm ASTM specimen

has a minimum thickness of 5 mm. For the range in thickness from 5 mm

to 8 mm, the 200 mm gage length ASTM specimen has a ratio from about 14

to 11. Based on this difference in gage length area ratio, the ASTM

specimen would measure elongation values equivalent to about 69%. (for

5 mm thick) to 76% (for 8 mm thick) of the DIN values. For the range of

thicknesses from 3 mm to 5mm, the 50 mm gage length ASTM specimen has a ratio from about 8 to 6. Based on this difference in gage length ratio,

the ASTM specimen would measure elongation values equivalent to al?out

86% (for 3 mm thick) to 96% (for 5 mm thick) of the DIN values. ;lhe

analysis in Table 4 is based on this assumption.

Table 4. Satisfies A36 Minimum Requirement

DIN

Grade

St 33-1, -2

USt 34-1, -2

RSt 34-1, -2

USt 37-1, -2

RSt 37-1, -2

St 37-3

USt 42-1, -2

RSt 42-1, -2

St 42-3

RSt 46-2

St 46-2

St 52-3

St 50-1, -2

St 60-1, -2

St 70-2

>3 mm to <5 mm thick 5 mm to <8 mm thick

Shapes Flats Shapes and Flats

Yes Yes 17% or more below

Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes, or within 8%

Yes Yes Within 7% at

to within 16%

5 mm thick

at 8 mm thick

Within 3% at

3 mm to within

11% at 5 mm

Within 16% at

3 mm to within

21% at 5 mm

30% below at 5 below at 8 mm

mm to 37%

37% below at

3 mm to 40%

below at 5 mm

44% below at

3 mm to 47%

below to 5 mm

54% below at 5 below at 8 mm

mm to 53%

35
For plate above 3 mm thick to 5 mm thick, DIN permits flat specimens

of variable width with a 100 mm gage length and corrects the results for

differences in the ratio of gage length to square root of cross-sectional

area. The ASTM specimen for this thickness range has a width of 12.5 mm

and a 50 mm gage length. Based only on the difference in gage length,

assuming equal specimen widths, the comparison in Table 5 is made between

the DIN minimum values corrected for the fixed 100 mm gage length and

A36. The worst case correction factor is taken to be 0.8 from Table 4,

DIN 17100.

Table 5. Satisfies A36 Minimum Requirement

i r Plates >3 mm to <5 mm thick

DIN

Grades <610 mm wide >610 mm wide

St 33-1, -2 Yes Yes

USt 34-1. , -2

RSt 34-1, -2

Yes Yes

USt 37-1, -2

RSt 37-1, -2

St 37-3

Yes Yes

USt 42-1, -2

RSt 42-1, -2

St 42-3

RSt 46-2

St 46-2

St 52-3

Yes Yes

St 50-1, -2 Yes Yes

St 60-1, -2 Yes or within 12% Yes for normalized

for 3 mm and within

17% for 5 mm. For

hot-rolled, 21% or more below

St 70-2 32% or more below 41% or more below fi normalized and 60% or more below for hot-rolled

36
For plates 3 mm thick, DIN requires a flat specimen 20 mm wide with

a gage length of 80 mm. The ASTM specimen has a width of 12.5 mm and a 50 mm gage length. The analysis in Table 6 is based on the relationship

between gage length and cross-sectional area.

Table 6. Satisfies A36 Minimum Requirement

Plates 3 mm thick

DIN

Grades <610 mm wide >610 mm w:

St 33-1, -2 Yes Yes

USt 34-1, -2

RSt 34-1, -2

Yes Yes

USt 37-1, -2

RSt 37-1, -2

St 37-3

Yes Yes

USt 42-1, -2

RSt 42-1, -2

St 42-3

RSt 46-2

St 46-2

St 52-3

Yes Yes

St 50-1, -2 Yes Yes

St 60-1, -2 Yes, within 7% Yes , within

normalized but 32%

for hot-rolled

St 70-2 41% below 55% below for normalized

and 75% below for hot-rolled

37
A36 Supplementary Requirement S14 Bend Test

See A6-77b for Requirements

The ratio of specimen width to thickness is assumed to be equal and

constant for both the DIN and ASTM specimens in the analysis in Table 7.

Table 7. Equivalent to A36 (A6)

DIN

Grades

St 33-1, -2 Yes for products over 51 mm thick

USt 34-1, -2

RSt 34-1, -2

Yes

USt 37-1, -2

RSt 37-1, -2

St 37-3

Yes for products over 19 mm thick

USt 42-1, -2

RSt 42-1, -2

St 42-3

Yes for products >38 mm thick

RSt 46-2

St 46-3

No

St 52-3 No

38
JIS G3454-76//ASTM A53-78

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are quite similar and

refer to carbon steel pipe for pressure service. Specification ASTM A53-78

includes two grades of seamless and three grades of welded black (uncoated)

and hot-dipped galvanized pipe in nominal sizes from 6 mm to 660 mm diameter

in a variety of wall thicknesses. The pipe can be furnished as furnace-butt

welded, electric-resistance (2RW) , or seamless. Specification JIS G3454-76

contains two grades of seamless and two grades of welded black (uncoated)

pipe in nominal sizes from 6 ram to 500 mm diameter in a variety of wall

thicknesses. The JIS pipe, however, can be furnished only as sedmless or electric-resistance welded. f

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these materials

are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength and yield strength.

In addition, qualitative tests for material soundness, pressure tightness, and

weld ductility are also specified. These include hydrostatic tests, bend tests,

flattening tests, and nondestructive tests. The percent elongation requirement,

characterizing tensile ductility, is not usually considered to be a useful

design parameter because it is not a unique parameter, depending on specimen

geometry and gage length as well as the material's intrinsic ductility. Percent

elongation, however, can be used for comparison purposes and to show the effect

of other variables, such as composition, and/or heat treatment on material

ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion the

acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence are: (1) the strength

requirements of JIS G3454 are considered equivalent to the requirements of ASTM

A53 if the JIS values exceed or are within 5% of the A53 minimum value; (2)

the percent elongation requirements of JIS G3454 are considered equivalent to

the requirements of ASTM A53 if the JIS values exceed or are within 15% of the

A53 minimum values; (3) JIS G3454 pipe to be equivalent must satisfy the

qualitative test requirements of A53. Allowance of the larger difference for

percent elongation is based on: (1) the actual expected JIS elongation values

would normally exceed the minimum requirement; (2) percent elongation is not a design parameter but rather a measure of the relative response of the material

to plastic deformation; and (3) the unknown precision in the relationship

between gage length, cross-sectional area, and percent elongation. The ultimate

determination of equivalence between material specifications that are not

identical, however, depends on the actual end-use of the material in a structure

and the design parameters for that structure.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) JIS class 2 (STPG 38) from JIS G3454-75 is generally equivalent to ASTM

A53-78 Grade A based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to the following

limitations

(a) To be acceptable, longitudinal tests on JIS seamless pipe and ERW

pipe, and transverse tests on ERW base metal and weld metal must be

carried out.

39
(1) For ERW pipe to be acceptable, the transverse JIS elongation

requirements for class 2 pipe, for both base metal (pipe OD >219 mm)

and weld metal (pipe OD >_200 mm), for wall thickness greater than

7.1 mm must be shown to satisfy the percent elongation acceptance

criteria.

(b) To be acceptable, JIS class 2 ERW pipe must pass the total collapse

flattening test.

(c) To be acceptable, JIS class 2 seamless pipe must pass the flattening

test with a maximum surface strain of 0.09 rather than 0.08 as required

by JIS G3454 for class 2, and also pass the total collapse flattening

test. <

ft (d) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 20 class 2 pipe with 50 mm, 65 mm,

80 mm, 90 mm, and 350 mm outside diameter must satisfy the A53 Grade A

hydrostatic test pressures.

(e) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 40 class 2 pipe with 32 mm, 40 mm,

50 mm, 65 mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, 100 mm, 125 mm, 350 mm, 450 mm, and 500 mm

outside diameter must satisfy the A53 Grade A hydrostatic test pressures.

(f) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 60 class 2 pipe with 32 mm, 40 mm,

50 mm, 65 mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, and 100 mm outside diameter, must satisfy the

A53 Grade A hydrostatic test pressures.

(g) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 80 class 2 pipe with 50 mm, 65mm, and

90 mm outside diameter must satisfy the A53 Grade A hydrostatic test

pressures

.

(h) To be acceptable, JIS class 2 ERW pipe 50 mm and larger outside

diameter must pass the nondestructive test requirements of A53 Section 11.

(2) JIS class 3 (STPG 42) from JIS G3454-76 is generally equivalent to ASTM

A53-78 Grade B based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to the following

limitations

(a) To be acceptable, the weld seam in JIS ERW pipe must be heat treated

after welding to 540 C or above or so processed so that untempered

martensite is not present.

(b) To be acceptable, longitudinal tests on JIS seamless pipe and ERW

pipe, and transverse tests on ERW base metal and weld metal must be

carried out.

(1) For ERW pipe to be acceptable, the transverse JIS elongation

for class 3 pipe for both base metal (pipe 0D _>219 mm) and weld

metal (pipe 0D >200 mm), for wall thickness greater than 6.4 mm

must be shown to satisfy the percent elongation acceptance criteria.

(c) To be acceptable, JIS class 3 ERW pipe must pass the total collapse

flattening test.

40
(d) To be acceptable, JIS class 3 seamless pipe must pass the total

collapse flattening test.-

(e) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 20 class 3 pipe with 50 mm, 65 mm,

80 mm, 90 mm, 100 mm, 400 mm, and 500 mm diameters must satisfy the A53

Grade B hydrostatic test pressures.

(f) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 30 class 3 pipe with 300 mm and 350 mm

diameters must satisfy the A53 Grade B hydrostatic test pressures.

(g) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 40 class 3 pipe with 50 mm, 65 mm,

80 mm, 90 mm, 100 mm, 125 mm, 150 mm, and 200 mm diameters must satisfy

the A53 Grade B hydrostatic test pressures. ( n (h) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 60 class 3 pipe with 50 mm, 65 mm,

80 mm, 90 mm, 100 mm, 125 mm, and 150 mm diameters must satisfy the A53

Grade B hydrostatic test pressures.

(i) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 80 class 3 pipe with 50 mm, 65 mm,

90 mm, 100 mm, 125 mm, and 150 mm diameters must satisfy the A53 Grade 3

hydrostatic test pressures.

( j } To be acceptable, JIS class 3 ERW pipe 50 mm and larger outside

diameter must pass the nondestructive test requirements of A53 Section 11.

41
(THIS PAGE IS 3LANK)
JXS G3454-76//ASTM A53-78

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analysis for JIS class 2

(STPG 38) pipe satisfy the chemical limits for ASTM A53 grade A pipe. The

JIS maximum carbon level is identical to the A53 requirement while the maximum

JIS levels of the impurities sulfur and phosphorus are below the A53 maximum

levels. The maximum JIS manganese limit is slightly below the A53 maximum

limit but is not significant provided the ASS mechanical property requirements

are satisfied. The silicon content of A33 grade A is not specified because it

depends on the deoxidation practice employed. The silicon limit permitted by

G3454 is typical for killed steels and is not inconsistent with A£3.

n The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for JIS class 3

(STPG 42) pipe satisfy the chemical limits for .ASTM A53 grade B pipe. The JIS

mavi mtiTTi carbon level is identical to the A53 requirement while the maximum JIS

levels of the impurities sulfur and phosphorus are below the A53 maximum

levels. The maximum JIS manganese level is below the A53 maximum level but is

not significant provided the A53 mechanical property requirements are satisfied.

The silicon content of A53 grade B is not specified because it depends on the

deoxidation practice employed. The silicon level permitted by G3454 is typical

for killed steels and is not inconsistent with A53.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Heat Treatment

Electric-resistance welded pipe produced to ASTM A53 grade B must have the

weld heat treated so that no untempered martensite remains. The higher maximum

carbon level in grade B pipe combined with the high weld cooling rates

experienced in electric-resistance welding increases the possibility of the

formation of untempered martensite, a brittle, undesirable structure, in the

weld region. In JIS G3454, heat treatment of the weld in electric-resistance

welded pipe is not mandatory and thus untempered martensite could be present

resulting in weld cracking.

Strength Requirements

The ASTM test specimen requirements are taken from both ASTM A53 and ASTM

A3 70, Sections S5 and S6. For both seamless pipe and ERW pipe, longitudinal

specimens (parallel to pipe axis) are required and can be either rectangular

(preferred and w/curved cross-section) located 90 from weld (for ERW) or full

sections. Longitudinal specimens containing the weld are not required. For

the transverse orientation, base metal and weld metal specimens are required

for ERW pipe and are to be taken from flattened ring sections. Transverse

tests are not required for seamless pipe. Finally, the Longitudinal and

transverse strength requirements in A53 for both the base metal and weld metal

of ERW pipe and seamless pipes, for each grade, are equaL.

43
In JIS G3454, longitudinal and transverse tests are required for both

seamless and ERW pipe, although for ERW pipe, no specific distinction is

made between base metal and weld metal. For both seamless pipe and ERW pipe,

longitudinal specimens can be either rectangular (w/ curved cross-section)

located at an unspecified location from weld or full section, as in A53.

Transverse specimens are to be taken from a flattened pipe section in a similar manner to the requirement in A53. Thus, the strength requirements of

the two specifications can be directly compared, provided both weld metal and

base metal from ERW pipes are tested. • -

The minimum ultimate tensile strength and yield strength requirements

specified for JIS G3454 class 2 (STPG 38) exceed the A53 minimum requirements

for Grade A for either seamless or ERW pipe.

f The min imum ultimate tensile strength and yield strength requirements

specified for JIS G3454 class 3 (STPG 42) exceed or are within 1% of the A53

minimum requirements for Grade B for either seamless or ERW pipe.

Ductility Requirements

These two specifications contain differing approaches to the question of

tensile ductility as measured by percent elongation for 50 mm gage length

from ultimate tensile strength and specimen cross-sectional area through an empirical equation as follows:

e - 625,000

A

U

0.2

o79

where A = specimen cross-sectional area

U = ultimate tensile strength for grade

e = percent elongation in 50 mm

Thus, the minimum percent elongation for each grade of A53 pipe is different

and depends on the type of test specimen used and pipe wall thickness as shown

in A53 Table X7 . There is no distinction between longitudinal and transverse

specimen requirements. Longitudinal tensile tests are required for all sizes

of both seamless pipe and ERW pipe. Transverse tests are required only for

the ERW welds for pipes 200 mm or greater in diameter and for ERW pipe base

metal for pipes greater than 219 mm in outside diameter.

In JIS G3454, a minimum percent elongation is specified for longitudinal

and transverse specimens for each grade based on ultimate tensile strength

but independent of pipe wall thickness and specimen cross-sectional area. No

distinction is made between seamless and ERW pipe and thus it is assumed that

longitudinal tests are required on all sizes while transverse tests are required

for all pipe 200 mm or more in outside diameter. Further, G3454 does not

require pipe less than 20 mm in diameter to satisfy the elongation requirements.

The preferred ASTM test specimens for longitudinal tests are strap

specimens with the curved cross-section between the 50 mm gage marks and

standard specimen widths of 19 mm, 25 mm, and 38 mm. For pipe with very thick

wall sections, the standard round 50 mm gage length, specimen (L/D = 4) is

permitted. Also if desired, full sections with 50 mm gage length can be used.

44
For transverse tests of both ERW welds and base metal, the preferred ASTM

specimen is flattened, 38 mm wide, 50 mm gage length, and full wall thickness.

The preferred JIS test specimens for longitudinal tests are also strap

specimens with curved cross-sections, 50 mm gage length, and standard widths

of 19 mm, 25 mm, and 38 mm. For pipe with very thick, wall sections, a standard

round 50 mm gage length specimen (L/D = 3.54) is permitted. Also, full sections

with 50 mm gage length can be used. For transverse tests, the preferred JIS

specimen is also a flattened, 50 mm gage length, specimen but the width is only

25 mm.

The comparison of the elongation requirements for these two specifications

was carried out in the following manner. For longitudinal requirements, the

preferred specimens from A53 and G3454 are the same and thus can be directly

compared. Using Table X7 in A53, the percent elongation range for Grade A pipe,

seamless or ERW, lies between 24% and 36% depending on wall thickness. The

percent elongation range for Grade B pipe lies between 19 1/2% and 29 1/2%

depending on wall thickness. These ranges can be compared with the JIS

requirement based on the pipe size - specimen size requirements of Table 5 in

JIS G3454. For the longitudinal requirements, the JIS class 2 minimum

elongation requirement exceeds or is within 15% of the A53 Grade A minimum

requirement for all pipe sizes. Similarly, the JIS class 3 elongation

requirements exceed or are with 15% of the A53 Grade B mini mum requirement for

all pipe sizes.

For comparison of transverse requirements, an adjustment must be made

because the cross-sectional area of the JIS test specimen is only 66% of the

ASTM specimen. Using the empirical relation between percent elongation

and specimen area, the JIS equivalent elongation is 92% of the ASTM elongation.

Based on this adjustment, the minimum JIS class 2 elongation requirement for all

pipe diameter with a wall thickness equal to or smaller than 7.1 mm exceed or are within 15% of the requirements for A53 Grade A pipe. The minimum JIS class 3

elongation requirement for all pipe diameters with a wall thickness equal to or smaller than 6.4 mm exceed cr are within 15% of the requirements for A53 Grade B

pipe.

Bend Test Requirements

Bend tests of various types are typically used as qualitative measures of

material ductility, especially with respect to forming operations. Generally,

the material must be bent to some minimum angle around a mandrel, and passes

the test if no cracking is observed and fails the test if cracks occur. For

pipe or tubing, bend tests are usually required only for small outside diameter

sizes and the lower range of wall thicknesses. For larger diameter pipe and

thick-walled pipe, a flattening test replaces the bend test as a measure of

ductility and soundness. Thus, although the type of test required is strongly

influenced by the pipe dimensions, both are a measure of the same qualitative

behavior.

The bend test requirements in A53 for Grade A and Grade B pipe, both

seamless and ERW pipe for regular or close coiling usage, are required for pipe

45
50 mm or smaller in diameter. Specification JIS G3454 contains the identical

requirements for class 2 and class 3 pipe 40 mm or smaller in diameter. For

pipe larger than these two sizes, both A53 and G3454 require flattening tests.

There appears to be no basis for concluding for this one size of pipe, i.e.

JIS 50 mm, that one test is more severe than the other because these tests

are only qualitative M gc/no go" tests.

Flattening Test Requirements

Specification A53 requires flattening tests on all pipe, both seamless

and ERW, over 50 mm in nominal outside diameter add weight classes Schedule 80

and lighter. The test is a multipart test which qualitatively measures ductility

of both weld and base metal and pipe soundness. t

For electric-resistance welded pipe, A53 contains a three-part test. Part 1, a measure of weld ductility,, calls for a section of pipe with the weld located at

various positions with respect to the direction of force, to be flattened to a fixed fraction of the pipe diameter without cracking. In Part 2, a measure of

base metal ductility, the pipe must be flattened further to a smaller fraction of

the pipe diameter without base metal cracking. Finally, in Part 3, a measure of

internal soundness, the pipe is totally collapsed and examined for evidence of

delamination in the base metal or an incomplete weld. For ERW pipe greater than

50 mm diameter, both A53 Grade A and Grade B and JIS G3454 class 2 and class 3

have almost identical requirements for the Part 1 and Part 2 tests. In JIS

G3454, the weld must be located 90 from direction of force, the most severe

location, while A53 requires, in addition, other less severe weld orientations.

If the JIS pipe satisfies the other ductility requirements, both quantitative

and qualitative, this deficiency in the JIS requirements should not be

substantial. However, JIS G3454 is deficient because it does not contain the

A53 Part 3 test.

For seamless pipe, A53 contains only a two-part test due to the absence of

the weld. Part 1, a measure of pipe ductility, requires a section of pipe to

be flattened to a fraction of the pipe diameter without cracking. This critical

height is a function of pipe diameter, wall thickness, and maximum allowed

strain. The equation relating these parameters can be derived from theoretical

analysises of bending of a curved section. This equation can be written as:

where H = distance between flattening plates

t = wall thickness

D = pipe outside diameter

e = maximum strain at outer pipe surface

Both A53 and JIS G3454 base their flattening test requirements on this exact

equation. This equation does not account for the experimental observation that

the actual maximum strain experienced in flattening pipe exceeds substantially

the calculated value from the above equation. This effect, called "peaking",

is not important for this discussion since both ASTM and JIS use only the

theoretical equation.

1 - H

D

46
The maximum strain required by the test is 0,07 for both A53 Grade B and

JIS G3454 class 3 and thus the requirements are identical. However, for

Grade A, A53 requires a maximum surface strain of 0.09 compared to 0.08 required

for JIS G3454 class 2. The A53 Grade A pipe must experience greater strain

(greater flattening), about 12% more, before cracking than JIS class 2.

Finally, Part 2 of the A53 test, a measure of internal soundness of

seamless pipe, requires that the pipe be totally collapsed and examined for

evidence of delamination. However, JIS G3454 is deficient because it does

not contain this requirement.

Hydrostatic Test Requirements

t Specification A53 requires all lengths of pipe to be hydrostatically

tested at pressures depending on pipe size and wall thickness without leaking.

Specification JIS G3454, also requires a hydrostatic test but permits the

hydrostatic test to be replaced by an unnamed but equivalent nondestructive

test. For this comparison, the hydrostatic test requirement for JIS pipe will

be taken as applicable.

All pipe sizes of JIS schedule 10 pipe in class 2 and class 3 satisfy the

A53 requirements for Grade A and Grade B, respectively. For JIS schedule 20

class 2 pipe, all sizes satisfy the A53 requirements for Grade A pipe except

the 50 mm, 65 mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, and 350 mm diameters which are from 10% to

53% below the A53 requirements. For JIS schedule 20 class 3 pipe, all sizes

satisfy the A53 requirements for Grade B pipe except the 50 mm, 65 mm, 80 mm,

90 mm, 100 mm, 400 mm and 500 mm diameters which are 8% to 43% below the A53

requirements. For JIS schedule 30 class 2 pipe, all sizes satisfy the A53

requirements for Grade A pipe. For JIS schedule 30 class 3 pipe, all sizes

satisfy the A53 requirements for Grade B pipe except the 300 mm and 350 mm

diameters which are 9% and 11%, respectively, below the A53 requirements.

For JIS schedule 40 class 2 pipe, all sizes satisfy the A53 requirements for

Grade A pipe except the 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 65 mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, 100 mm,

125 mm, 350 mm, 450 mm, and 500 mm diameters which are 11% to 60% below the

A53 requirements. For JIS schedule 40 class 3 pipe, all sizes satisfy the A53

requirements for Grade B pipe except the 50 mm, 65 mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, 100 mm,

125 mm, 150 mm and 200 mm diameters which are 9% to 43% below the A53

requirements. For JIS schedule 60 class 2 pipe, all sizes satisfy the A53

requirements for Grade A pipe except the 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 65 mm, 80 mm,

90 mm, and 100 mm diameters which are 12% to 43% below the A53 requirements.

For JIS schedule 60 class 3 pipe, all sizes satisfy the A53 requirements for

Grade B pipe except the 50 mm, 65 mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, 100 mm, 125 mm, and 150 mm

diameters which are 13% to 31% below the A53 requirements. For JIS schedule

80 class 2 pipe, all sizes satisfy the A53 requirements for Grade A pipe except

the 50 mm, 65 mm, and 90 mm diameters which are 9% to 26% below the A53

requirements. For JIS schedule 80 class 3 pipe, all sizes satisfy the A53

requirements for Grade B pipe except the 50 mm, 65 mm, 90 mm, 100 mm, 125 mm,

and 150 mm diameters which are 7% to 20% below the A53 requirements.

47
Nondestructive Test Requirements

The weld quality of ERW pipe 50 mm and larger must be checked according

to A53 by an ultrasonic or electromagnetic technique capable of detecting

flaws in the weld with a sufficient sensitivity as contained in A53. Flaws

that do no reduce the wall thickness by more than 12 1/2 % of the wall thickness

are allowed by A53 . Specification JIS G3454 permits but does not require the

use of such nondestructive tests.

48
DIN 1626-65/ /ASTM A53-78

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are quite similar

and refer to carbon steel pipe for pressure service. Specification

A53-78 includes two strength grades of seamless pipe and three strength

grades of welded black (uncoated) and hot-dipped galvanized pipe in

nominal sizes from 6 mm to 660 mm outside diameter in a variety of wall

thicknesses. The A53-78 welded pipe can be furnished as either furnace

- butt welded or electric-resistance welded (ERW) . Specification DIN

1626-65 contains four strength grades of plain end, welded black pipe in

nominal sizes from 6 mm to 1016 mm outside diameter in a Variety of wall

thicknesses. The DIN welded pipe can be furnished as either fusion

welded, pressure welded (furnace-butt welded) or pressure electric

welded (ERW)

.

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these

materials are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength

and yield strength. In addition, qualitative tests for material

soundness, pressure tightness, and weld ductility are also specified.

These include hydrostatic tests, bend tests, flattening tests, and

nondestructive tests. The percent elongation requirement,

characterizing tensile ductility, is not usually considered to be a useful design parameter because it is not a unique parameter, depending

on specimen geometry and gage length as well as the material's intrinsic

ductility. Percent elongation, however, can be used for comparison

purposes and to show the affect of other variables, such as composition,

and/or heat treatment on material ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous

discussion, the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence

are: (1) the strength requirements of DIN 1626 are considered

equivalent to the requirements of ASTM A53 if the DIN values exceed or are within 5% of the A53 minimum value; (2) the percent elongation

requirements of DIN 1626 are considered equivalent to the requirements

of ASTM A53 if the DIN values exceed or are within 15% of the A53

minimum values; (3) DIN 1626 pipe to be equivalent must satisfy the

qualitative test requirements of A53. Allowance of the larger

difference for percent elongation is based on: (1) the actual expected

DIN elongation values would normally exceed the minimum requirement; (2)

percent elongation is not a design parameter but rather a measure of the

relative response of the material to plastic deformation; and (3) the

unknown precision in the' relationship between gage length,

cross-sectional area, and percent elongation. The ultimate

determination of equivalence between material specifications that are not identical, however, depends on the actual end-use of the material in

a structure and the design parameters for that structure.

Specification DIN 1626-65 classifies welded steel pipes into three

quality categories: commercial quality, quality specification, and

specially tested pipes with quality specifications. Commercial quality,

the lowest category, is described in Sheet 2 of DIN 1626-65 with

primarily chemical, tensile test and hydrostatic test requirements.

49
Quality specification, the intermediate level described by Sheet 3,

contains additional requirements including flattening and bending tests

for fusion welded pipe and flattening tests for butt-welded pipe to

insure weld quality and base metal soundness. In the highest quality

category, described in Sheet 4, additional requirements for

nondestructive tests for weld quality are included. Generally, this

comparison will focus on the Sheet 4 requirements but where necessary

reference will also be made to the lower quality categories.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) DIN grades St 37 (1.0110) and St 42 (1.0130) of SheeJ 2 quality

from DIN 1626-65 with butt-welded joints are not generally equivalent to

ASTM A53-78 Type F pipe because these DIN grades have marginal

longitudinal ductility and inadequate transverse ductility as measured

by percent elongation, lack any flattening test requirements, and have

severely deficient hydrostatic test requirements.

(2) DIN grade St 34-2 (1.0102) of Sheet 3 quality from DIN 1626-65 with

a butt-welded joint is not generally equivalent to ASTM A53-78 Type F

pipe because of a severely deficient hydrostatic test requirement for

most pipe sizes.

(3) DIN grade St 34-2 (1.0102) of Sheet 4 quality from DIN 1626-65 with

a butt-welded joint is generally equivalent to ASTM A53-78 Type F pipe

based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to the following

limitations

(a) To be acceptable, longitudinal strength and percent elongation

requirements for DIN pipe with outside diameters greater than 200

mm must satisfy the respective acceptance criteria for A53 Type F.

(b) To be acceptable

,

all sizes of the 1DIN pipe •must pass the part

2 and part 3 requirements in A53 for the flattening test.

(c) To be acceptable

,

the following pipe sizes must satisfy the

A53 Type F hydrostatic test requirement:

10.2 mm CD, wall thickness greater than 2.3 mm

13.5 m 0D, wall thickness greater than 2.9 mm

17.2 mm CD, wall thickness greater than 3.2 mm

21.3 mm 0D, wall thickness greater than 7.1 mm

27.2 mm OD, wall thickness greater than 7.1 mm

33.7 mm OD, wall thickness greater than 8.8 mm

42.4 mm 0D, wall thickness greater than 3.6 mm

48.3 mm CD, wall thickness greater than 3.6 mm

60.3 mm OD, wall thickness greater than 4.0 mm

88.9 min OD, wall thickness greater than 5.6 mm

101.6 mm OD, wall thickness greater than 4.0 mm

DIN grades St 34-2 (1.0102) and iSt 37-2 (1.0112) of Sheet 3 quality

from DIN 1626-65 with electric-resistance weld joints are not generally

equivalent to ASTM A53-78 Type E grade A because of a lack of mandatory

NDE tests for weld quality, and severely deficient hydrostatic test

requirements for most pipe sizes.

50
(5) DIN grade St 34-2 (1.0102) of Sheet 4 quality from DIN 1626-65 with

an electric-resistance weld joint is generally equivalent to ASTM A53-78

Type E grade A based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to the

following limitations:

(a) To be acceptable, longitudinal strength and percent elongation

requirements for DIN pipe with outside diameters greater than 200

mm must satisfy the respective acceptance criteria for A53 Type E

grade A.

(b) To be acceptable. all sizes of DIN pipe must pass the part 2 and part 3 requirementsi in A53 for the flattening te§t.

(c) To be acceptable, the following pipe sizes must satisfy the

A53 Type E grade A hydrostatic test requirement:

10.2 mm 0D, wall thickness greater than 2.3 mm

13.5 mm 0D, wall thickness greater than 2,9 mm

17.2 mm 0D, wall thickness greater than 3.2 mm

21.3 mm 0D, wall thickness greater than 7.1 mm

27.2 mm 0D, wall thickness greater than 7.1 mm

33.7 mm 0D, wall thickness greater than 7.1 mm

42.4 mm 0D, all wall thicknesses

48.3 mm 0D, all wall thicknesses

60.3 mm 0D, all wall thicknesses

88.9 mm 0D, all wall thicknesses

101.6 mm 0D, wall thickness greater than 3.2 mm

114.3 mm 0D, wall thickness greater than 3.2 mm

139.7 nrm 0D, wall thickness greater than 3.6 mm

168.3 Trim OD, wall thickness greater than 4.5 mm

219.1 mm 0D, wall thickness greater than 6.3 mm

273 mm 0D, wall thickness greater than 8.8 mm

323 mm 0D, wall thickness greater than 10 mm

355.6 mm OD, wall thickness greater than 11 mm

406.4 mm 0D, wall thickness greater than 14. 2 mm

457.2 mm 0D, wall thickness greater than 14. 2 mm

508 mm OD, wall thickness greater chan 12. 5 mm

609.6 mm 0D, wall thickness greater chan 17. 5 mm

660.4 mm 0D, wall thickness greater chan 14. 2 mm

(d) To be acceptable

,

the sensitivity of: the DIN nondes Cructive

tests must satisfy the requirements of A53.

DIN grade st :37-2 (1.0112) of Sheet 4 quality from DIN 1626-65 with

electric-resistance weld joint is generally equivalent to ASTM A53-78

Type E grade A based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to the

following limitations:

(a) To be acceptable, the longitudinal strength and percent

elongation elongation requirements for DIN pipe with outside

diameters greater than 200 mm must satisfy the respective

acceptance criteria.

51
(b) To be acceptable, the transverse percent elongation for DIN

pipe must satisfy the elongation acceptance criterion for A53 Type

E grade A.

(c) To be acceptable, all sizes of DIN pipe must pass the part 2

and part 3 requirements in A53 for the flattening test.

'(d) To be acceptable, the pipe sizes identified in' Section (5)(c)

of this Conclusion section must satisfy the A53 Type E grade A

hydrostatic test requirements.

(e) To be acceptable, the sensitivity of the DIN nondestructive

tests must satisfy the requirements of A33.

(7) DIN grades St 42-2 (1.0132) and St 52-3 (1.0841) of Sheet 4 quality

from DIN 1626-65 with ERW joint is generally equivalent tc ASTM A53-78

Type E grade B based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to the

following limitations:

(a) To be acceptable, the longitudinal strength and percent

elongation requirements for DIN pipe with outside diameters greater

than 200 mm must satisfy the respective acceptance criteria for A53

Type E grade B.

(b) To be acceptable, the weld seam in DIN ERW pipe must be heattreated to 540 °C or above after welding, or so processed to ensure

untempered martensite is not present.

(c) To be acceptable, all sizes of DIN pipe must pass the part 2 and part 3 requirements in A53 for the flattening test.

» (d) To be acceptable, the following pipe sizes must satisfy the

A53 Type E grade B hydrostatic test requirements:

10.2 urm 0D, wall thickness greater than 2.3 mm

13.5 mm OD, wall thickness greater than 2.9 mm

17.2 mm OD, wall thickness greater than 3.2 mm

21.3 mm 0D, wall thickness greater than 7.1 mm

27.2 mm ODj wall thickness greater than 7.1 mm

33.7 mm OD, wall thickness greater than 8.8 mm

42.4 mm 0D, all wall thicknesses

48.3 mm 0D, all wall thicknesses

60.3 mm 0D, all wall thicknesses

88.9 mm OD, all wall thicknesses

101.6 mm 0D, all wall thicknesses

114.3 mm 0D, all wall thicknesses

139.7 mm 0D, all wall thicknesses

168.3 mm 0D, all wall thicknesses

219.1 mm 0D, all wall thicknesses

273 mm 0D, wall thickness greater than 7.1 mm

323 mm 0D, wall thickness greater than 8 mm 355.6 mm 0D, wall thickness greater than 8.8 mm

406.4 mm OD, wall thickness greater than 11 mm

52
457.2 mm OD, wall thickness greater than 11 mm

508 mm OD, wall thickness greater than 12.5 mm

609*6 mm OD, wall thickness greater than 14.2 mm

660.4 mm OD, wall thickness greater than 14.2 mm

(d) To be acceptable, the sensitivity of the DIN nondestructive

tests must satisfy the requirements of A53.

53
(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)

'

54
.DIN 1626-65//ASTM A53-78

FABRICATION PROCESS

The welded pipes covered by A53 can be fabricated by either of two

processes. Furnace butt-welded pipe (Type F) has the longitudinal joint

forge welded by mechanical pressure developed in rolling. Electricresistance welded (ERW) pipe (Type E) has the longitudinal joint

produced by heat from the resistance of the pipe to the passage of

electric current. Neither the furnace butt welding or ERW process are fusion processes, that is, a molten weld zone is not formed. In DIN

1626, three welding processes can be used: fusion welding, pressure

welding (similar to furnace butt-welding), and pressure electric welding

(similar to ERW) . This comparison will be limited to the furnace buttwelded pipe and ERW pipe as contained in A53. All three grades in DIN

Sheet 2 quality pipe can be fabricated by either furnace butt-welding or ERW methods. In Sheet 3 quality, grades St 34-2 and St 37-2 can be

fabricated by either furnace butt-welding, grades St 34-2 anc St 37-2 can be fabricated by either furnace butt-welding or ERW while grades St

42-2 and St 52-3 can only be fabricated by ERW methods. Sheet 4 quality

requires all grades, St 34-2, St 37-2, St 42-2, and St 52-3 to be

fabricated by ERW methods.

Further, although both A53 Type F pipe and DIN 1626 Sheet 2 pipe

are not intended for flanging, A53 requires flattening and bending tests

while DIN Sheet 2 does not. DIN Sheet 3 and Sheet 4 pipe include these

tests in addition to permitting flanging. Thus A53 Type F pipe can be

compared with grades St 37 and St 42 as Sheet 2 quality and grades St

34-2 and St 37-2 as DIN Sheet 3 quality while Type E pipe can be

compared with St 34-2, St 37-2, St 42-2, and St 52-3 as Sheet 3 or Sheet

4 quality.

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

Specification DIN 1626-65 includes seven grades based on chemical

composition. DIN Sheet 2 covers three grades, St 33 (1.0033), St 37

(1.0110), and St 42 (1.0130) and DIN Sheet 3 and Sheet 4 cover the same four grades, St 34-2 (1.0102), St 37-2 (1.0112), St 42-2 (1.0132) and 3c

52-3 (1.0841). Specification A53-78 includes three grades: one grade

for Type F pipe and two grades for Type E pipe. Grade A and Grade B.

The chemical composition requirements for six of the seven DIN

grades are limited to carbon, phosphorus, and sulfur while A53 Type F limits only phosphorus and sulfur and A53 Type E limits manganese as well as carbon, phosphorus, and sulfur. DIN grade St 52-3 has a maximum

manganese level of 1.5%. Typically, for hot-finished carbon steels the

mechanical properties are influenced by the product thickness. Thus,

when steel is produced to mechanical property requirements, usual

practice allows the carbon level or manganese level or both to vary to

compensate for the effect of product thickness. The absence of a manganese limit for six of the seven DIN grades or carbon and manganese

limits for A53 Type F provide this flexibility in meeting both chemical

and mechanical property requirements. Therefore, the intent of the

55
general chemical composition limits for these two specifications are similar.

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for grade

St 37 and St 42 from Sheet 2 and St 34-2 and St 37-2 from Sheet 3 satisfy the chemical limits for ASTM A53 Type F pipe. The DIN maximum

permitted phosphorus and sulfur levels are identical to or below the AS

3

requirements.

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for DIN

grades St 34-2, St 37-2, St 42-2, and St 52-3 from Sheets 3 and 4

satisfy the chemical limits for ASTM A53 Type E, Grades A and B pipe.

The DIN maximum carbon, phosphorus, and sulfur levels for 34-2 and

52-3 are identical to or below the A53 requirements. Although the

manganese limit for St 52-3 is higher than the A53 requirements (0.95%

max for Grade A and 1.2% max for Grade B) , this is balanced by the lower

carbon maximum permitted by DIN St 52-3. The DIN maximum carbon and

sulfur levels for St 37-2 and St 42-2 are identical to or below the A53

requirements while the DIN phosphorus maximum for these two grades is

slightly higher than the A53 maximum value. This somewhat greater

phosphorus limit for these two DIN grades should not be a problem

provided the DIN grades pass the flattening and bend tests as a measure

of weld quality and base metal soundness.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Heat Treatment

Electric-resistance welded pipe produced to ASTM A53 grade B must

have the weld heat treated so that no untempered martensite remains.

The higher maximum carbon level in grade 3 pipe combined with the high

weld cooling rates for ERW increases the possibility of the formation of

untempered martensite, a brittle, undesirable structure. In DIN 1626,

heat treatment of 'the ERW grades after fabrication is optional and thus

untempered martensite could be present resulting in weld cracking.

Strength Requirements

The ASTM test specimen requirements are taken from both ASTM A53

and ASTM A370, Sections S5 and S6. For both butt-welded pipe and ERW

pipe, longitudinal specimens (parallel to pipe axis) are required and

can be either rectangular (preferred and w/curved cross-section) located

90° from weld or full pipe section specimens. For the transverse

orientation (perpendicular to the weld) , weld metal specimens are required for both butt-welded pipe and ERW pipe 200 mm or large in

outside diameter while base metal specimens are required for ERW pipe

219 mm or large in outside diameter. The longitudinal and transverse

strength requirements in A53 for both base metal and weld metal of buttwelded pipe and ERW pipe, for each grade, are equal.

The test specimen requirements for DIN 1626-65 are specific for

each level of quality as described in Sheets 2, 3, and 4. For Sheet 2 quality, only base metal properties from longitudinal specimens from an undefined location are guaranteed. For Sheet 3 and Sheet 4 qualities,

56
base metal properties from longitudinal specimens located 90° from the

weld are required for pipes with outside diameter equal to or less than

200 mm while transverse specimen tests on base metal and weld metal are required for pipes greater than 200 mm outside diameter. These specimen

requirements are independent of the welding process used to fabricate

the pipes. Flat rectangular test specimens with curved cross-sections

are required for both longitudinal and transverse tests although for

small diameter pipe, full section specimens are permitted. The strength

requirements for each DIN grade are the same for both longitudinal and

transverse specimens and both butt-welded and ERW pipe.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength and yield strength

requirements for DIN 1626 grades St 34-2 and St 37-2 exceed or are within 1% of the A53 minimum requirements for Type E grade A pipe.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength and yield strength

requirements for DIN 1626 grades St 42-2 and St 52-3 exceed or are within 1% of the A53 minimum requirements for Type E grade B pipe.

Ductility Requirements

These two specifications contain differing approaches to the

question of tensile ductility as measured by percent elongation. ASTM

A53 calculates the minimum percent elongation for 5C mm gage length from

ultimate tensile strength and specimen cross-sectional as follows:

i±e = 625.000 0.9

where A =* specimen cross-sectional area

U = ultimate tensile strength for grade

e = percent elongation in 50 mm

Thus, the L//A ratio (L = gage length) varies for each specimen and the

minimum percent elongation for each pipe grade of A53 is different and

depends on type of test specimen and pipe wall thickness as shown in A53

Table X7 . There is no distinction between longitudinal and transverse

requirements. Longitudinal tensile tests are required for all sizes of

both butt-welded and ERW pipe. Transverse tests of welds are required

for ERW and butt-welded pipe 200 mm or greater in outside diameter and

for ERW base metal for pipes greater than 219 mm in outside diameter.

In DIN 1626, a minimum percent elongation is specified for

longitudinal specimens for each grade based on ultimate tensile strength

but independent of pipe wall thickness and specimen cross-sectional

area. The transverse requirements are lower by two units. No

distinction is made between butt-welded pipe and ERW pipe and

longitudinal tests are required on on pipe <_ 200 mm outside diameter

while transverse tests are required only on pipe >200 mm outside

diameter

.

The preferred ASTM test specimen for longitudinal tests are strap

specimens with a curved pipe cross-section between 50 mm gage marks,

full wall thickness, and standard specimen widths of 19 mm, 25 mm, and

38 mm. For pipe with very thick wall sections, the standard round 50 mm

gage length specimen (L/D = 4) is permitted also, if desired, full

sections with 50 mm gage length can be used. For transverse tests, the

57
sections with 50 nun gage -length can be used. For transverse tests, the

preferred specimen is flattened, 38 mm wide, 50 mm gage length, and full

wall thickness.

The preferred DIN test specimen for both longitudinal and

transverse tests is a flat specimen, full wall thickness, with a changing gage length to yield a constant L//a ratio of 5.65 or L/D ratio

of 5. The transverse specimen is taken from flattened pipe rings. As a result of the two approaches to establishing the minimum percent

elongation requirements, a direct comparison between A53 and DIN 1626

cannot be easily made. However, since for all DIN specimens, L//a is

5.65, it is possible using A53 Table X7 to calculate the specimen area

for constant L = 50 mm at the same L//a and then compare for any ASTM

specimen the resulting expected percent elongation. Assuming the

correlation between gage length and specimen area does not change over

the range of pipe wall thicknesses in A53, then the conclusion can be

drawn that if requirements of both specifications are satisfied at the same L/vA ratio, then the requirements will be satisfied as the specimen

dimensions change. With this approach, the minimum percent elongation

for Type F pipe is 26.5%, Type E grade A pipe is 25%, and Type E grade B

pipe is 20%.

The minimum longitudinal percent elongation for Sheet 2 DIN grades

5t 37 and St 42 are 13% and 25%, respectively, below the A53 minimum

requirement for Type F pipe. Assuming the DIN transverse minimum values

are 2% below the longitudinal values, the minimum transverse percent

elongation for Sheet 2 DIN grades St 37 and St42 are 21% and 32%,

respectively, below the A53 minimum requirements for Type F pipe.

The minimum longitudinal percent elongation for Sheet 3 and Sheet 4

DIN grades St 34-2 and St 37-2 are 2% and 13%, respectively, below the

A53 minimum requirement for Type F pipe. The minimum transverse

elongation requirements for Sheet 3 and Sheet 4 DIN grades St 34-2 and

St 37-2 are 9% and 21%, respectively, below the A53 minimum requirement

for Type F pipe

.

The minimum longitudinal elongation requirements for Sheet 3 and

Sheet 4 DIN grades St 34-2 and St 37-2 satisfy or are within 8% of the

A53 minimum requirement for Type S grade A pipe. The minimum transverse

percent elongation for Sheet 3 and Sheet 4 DIN grades St 34-2 and St

37-2 are 4% and 16%, respectively, below the A53 minimum requirement for

Type E grade A pipe.

The minimum longitudinal elongation requirements for Sheet 3 and

Sheet 4 DIN grades St 42-2 and St 52-3 satisfy or are within 2% of the

A53 minimum requirements for Type S grade 3 pipe. The minimum

transverse percent elongation for Sheet 3 and Sheet 4 DIN grades St 42-2

and St 52-3 are 12% and 2%, respectively, belcw the A53 minimum

requirements for Type S grade 3 pipes.

Bend Test Requirements

Bend tests of various types are typically used as a qualitative

measure of material ductility, especially with respect to forming

58
operations. Generally, the material must be bent to some minimum angle

around a mandrel, and passes the test if no cracking occurs and fails

the test if cracks develop. For pipe or tubing, bend tests using whole

pipe sections are usually required only for small outside diameter sizes

and the lower range of wall thicknesses. For larger diameter pipe and

heavier section pipe, a flattening test replaces the bend test as a measure of ductility and metal soundness. Thus, although the type of

test required may depend on the pipe dimensions , both tests are a measure of similar qualitative behavior.

The bend test requirements in A53 for Type F pipe and Type E grade

A and grade B pipe for regular or close coiling usage are required for

pipe 50 mm or smaller in nominal diameter. In A53, full sections of

Type F or Type E pipe for regular usage must be bent cold without

cracking 90° around a mandrel whose diameter is twelve times the pipe

diameter. For close coiling, full sections of Type E pipe must be bent

cold without cracking through 180° around a mandrel whose diameter is

eight times the pipe diameter.

Specification DIN 1626, for Sheet 3 and Sheet 4 qualities, contains

a bend test requirement for fusion welded pipe only. Further, this is a test of plate specimens rather than full pipe sections and thus has

different mandrel diameter requirements. Thus, there is no bend test

requirements in DIN 1626 equivalent to the A53 requirements.

Flattening Test Requirements ,

Specification A53 requires flattening tests on all pipe, both buttwelded and ERW, over 50 mm in nominal outside diameter and weight

classes Schedule 80 (Extra Strong) and lighter. The test is a multipart

test which qualitatively measures ductility of both weld and base metal

and pipe soundness.

For electric-resistance welded pipe (Type E) , A53 contains a three

part test. Part 1, a measure of weld ductility, calls for a section of

pipe, with the weld located at various positions with respect to the

direction of force, to be flattened to a fixed fraction (2/3) of the

pipe diameter without weld cracking. In part 2, a measure of base metal

ductility, the pipe must be further flattened to a smaller fraction

(1/3) of the pipe diameter without base metal cracking. In the third

part, a measure of internal soundness, the pipe is totally collapsed to

look for evidence of delamination in the base metal or an incomplete

weld.

For butt-welded pipe (Type F) , A53 also contains a three part test.

The pipe section is oriented so that the weld is 90° from the line of

force, and for the first part, the pipe is flattened to a distance, 3/4,

of the original pipe outside diameter without weld cracking. For the

second part, the pipe is further flattened to a distance of 0.6 of the

original pipe diameter without base metal cracking. Finally, in the

last part, the pipe is totally collapsed to evaluate metal soundness.

On DIN 1626 Sheet 3 and Sheet 4 qualities, flattening tests are required on all pipe sizes with the weld located at both 90° to the

59
direction of force and in line with the applied force. For ERW pipe

greater than 50 mm nominal diameter, both A53 grade A and grade B and

DIN 1626 have almost identical requirements for part 1 of the test. The

DIN requirements are more severe than the A53 Type F requirements.

Although A53 also calls for intermediate weld positions for ERW pipe and

DIN 1626 does not, this deficiency should have no significant effect.

For part 2 of the test, DIN 1626 also requires further flattening, but

down to a distance that varies but not smaller than 1/3. The actual

distance is calculated from an equation derived from theoretical

analyses of bending of a curved section which is:

where H = distance between flattening plates

t = wall thickness *

r. /

D = pipe outside diameter

e = maximum strain at outer pipe surface

Depending on the combination of pipe diameter and wall thickness, the

distance H can be greater or smaller than 1/3. (This equation is

identical to that used in A53 for seamless pipe where e = 0.09 for St

34-2 and St 37-2 and e = 0.07 for St 42-2 and St 52-3 corresponding,

respectively to A53 grade A and grade 3) . Thus, for both Type F and

Type E pipe, the distance H from DIN 1626 may not satisfy either of the

A53 requirements for part 2 of the flattening test. DIN 1629 does not,

however, require the third part, or total collapse test.

Although A53 requires a bend test for weld ductility for pipe 50 mm

diameter or smaller and DIN 1626 requires a flattening test for all pipe

sizes, there appears to be no basis for concluding that one test is more

severs than the other because these tests are used as qualitative rather

than quantitative measures of ductility.

Hydrostatic Test Requirements

Specification A53 requires ail lengths of pipe to be

hydrostatically tested at pressures, depending on pipe type and grade,

pipe size and wall thickness, without leaking. Specification D1626 also

requires all pipe to be tested but uses a different fixed pressure for

each quality level, i.e. Sheet 2, Sheet 3, and Sheet 4.

For Sheet 2 quality, the DIN test pressure is 19% or more below the

lowest permitted A53 pressure for either Type E or Type F pipe. For

Sheet 3 quality, the DIN test pressure satisfies the A53 requirements

for Type F and Type E grade A and grade 3 pipe for diameters 10.2 mm,

13.5 mm, 17.2 mm, 21.3 mm, and 33.7 mm in the Schedule 40 wall

thickness. For all other diameters in Schedule 40 pipe and for all

diameters in all other wall thickness schedules , the DIN pressure is 16% or more below the A53 requirement for either Type F or Type E pipe. For

Sheet 4 quality, the DIN test pressure satisfies the A53 requirements

for the following pipe:

10.2 mm CD , up to 2.3 mm wall thickness for Type F and Type E

grades A and 3

13.5 mm CD, up to 2.9 mm wall thickness for Type F and Type E

grades A & 3

60
17.2 mm OD, up to 3.2 mm wall thickness for Type F and Type E

grades A & B

21.3 mm OD, up to 7. 1 mm wail thickness for Type F and Type E

grades A St B

27.2 mm OD, up to 7. 1 mm wall thickness for Type F and Type E

grades; A S B

33.7 mm OD, up to 3.3 mm wall thickness for Type F and Type E

grades A & B - - 42.4 mm OD, up to 3.6 mm wall thickness for Type F only

48.3 mm OD, up to 3.6 mm wall thickness for Type F only

60.3 mm OD, up to 4.0 mm wall thickness for Type F only

88.9 mm OD, up to 5 . 6 mm wall thickness for Type F only

101.6 mm OD, up to 4 mm wall thickness for Type F C 101.6 mm OD, up to 3.2 mm wall thickness for Type E grade A

114.3 mm OD, up to 4.0 mm wall thickness for Type F

114.3 mm OD, up to 3.2 mm wall thickness for Type E grade A

139.7 mm OD, up to 3.6 mm wall thickness for Type 2 grade A only

168.3 mm OD, up to 4.5 mm wall thickness for Type E grade A only

219.1 mm OD, up to 6.3 mm wall thickness for Type E grade A

219.1 mm OD, up to 5.6 mm wail thickness for Type E grade 5

273 mm OD, up to 3.8 mm wall thickness for Type 2 grade A

273 mm OD, up to 7,1 mm wall thickness for Type E grade 3

323 mm CD, up to 10 mm. wall thickness for Type 2 grade A

323 mm OD, up to 8 mm wall thickness for Type E grade 3

355.6 mm OD, up to 11 mm wall thickness for Type 2 grade A

355.6 mm OD, up to 8.8 mm wall thickness for Type E grade 3

406.4 mm OD, up to 14.2 mm wall thickness; for Type E gradei A

406.4 mm OD, up to 11 mm wall thickness for Type E grade o 457.2 mm CD, up to 14.2 mm wall thickness; for Type E grade\ A

457.2 mm OD, up to 11 mm wall thickness for Type 2 grade 3

508 mm OD, up to 12.5 mm wall thickness; for Type E gradeis A and 3

609.6 mm OD, up to 17.5 mm wall thickness; for Type E grade: A

609.6 mm OD, up to 14.2 mm wall thickness; for Type E grade! 3

660'. 4 mm OD, up to 14.2 mm wall thickness; for Type E grade:s A ana B

For all other wall thicknesses in these outside diameters, the DIN

pressure is 3% or more below the A53 requirement for either Type F or Type E pipe.

Nondestructive Test Requirements

The weld quality of ERW pipe 50 mm and larger outside diameter must

be checked according to A53 by an ultrasonic or electromagnetic

technique capable of detecting flaws in the weld with a sufficient

sensitivity as contained in A53. Flaws that do not reduce the wail

thickness by more than 12*s% are allowed by A53.

Specification DIN 1626 Sheet 3 quality allows undefined

nondestructive tests to be carried out on a spot check basis. Sheet 4

quality requires that all welds shall be totally inspected

nondestructively to insure that no appreciable defects are present. The

sensitivity of these nondestructive tests is not specified in DIN 1626.

61
(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)
JIS G3456-78//ASTM A106-79

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are quite similar

and refer to carbon steel pipe for high-temperature service.

Specification ASTM A106-79 contains three grades of seamless pipe, hot

and/or cold finished depending on diameter in nominal sizes from 6 mm to

660 mm diameter in a variety of wall thicknesses. Specification JIS

G3456-78 contains three grades or classes, two of which can be hot or cold finished electric-resistance welded pipe or seamless pipe and one grade available as hot or cold finished seamless pipe, in nominal sizes

from 6 mm to 500 mm diameter in a variety of wall thicknesses*

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these

materials are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength

and yield strength. In addition, qualitative tests for material

soundness, pressure tightness, and weld ductility are also specified.

These include hydrostatic tests, bend tests, flattening tests, and

nondestructive tests. The percent elongation requirement,

characterizing tensile ductility, is not usually considered to be a useful design parameter because it is not a unique parameter, depending

on specimen geometry and gage length as well as the materials intrinsic

ductility. Percent elongation, however, can be used for comparison

purposes and to show the effect of other variables, such as composition,

and/or heat treatment on material ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous

discussion, the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence

are: (1) the strength requirements of JIS G3456 are considered

equivalent to the requirements of ASTM A106 if the JIS values exceed or are within 5% of the A106 minimum value; (2) the percent elongation

requirements of JIS G3456 are considered equivalent to the requirements

of ASTM A106 if the JIS values exceed or are within 15% of the A106

minimum values; (3) JIS G3456 pipe to be equivalent must satisfy the

qualitative test requirements of A53. Allowance of the larger

difference for percent elongation is based on: (1) the actual expected

JIS elongation values would normally exceed the minimum requirement; (2)

percent elongation is not a design parameter but rather a measure of the

relative response of the material to plastic deformation ; and (3) the

unknown precision in the relationship between gage length,

cross-sectional area, and percent elongation. The ultimate

determination of equivalence between material specifications that are

not identical, however, depends on the actual end-use of the material in

a structure and the design parameters for that structure.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) JIS class 2 (STPT 38) from JIS G3458-78 is generally equivalent to

ASTM A106-79 grade A based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to

the following limitations:

(a) All JIS cold-finished pipe must be heat treated at 650 C or higher to remove effects of cold work.

63
(b) The JIS percent elongation values for pipe less than 20 mm

outside diameter must satisfy the A106 acceptance criteria.

(c) The flattening test on JIS pipe must be carried out to

complete collapse of the pipe.

(d) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 10 pipe, schedule 30 pipe,

schedule 40 pipe, schedule 120 pipe, and schedule 140 pipe in all

diameters must satisfy the A530 hydrostatic requirements for grade

A pipe.

(e) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 20 pipe less than 31S mm

outside diameter must satisfy the A530 hydrostatic requirements for

grade A pipe.

(f) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 60 pipe less than 508 mm

outside diameter must satisfy the A530 hydrostatic requirements for

grade A pipe.

(g) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 80 pipe less than 457 mm

outside diameter must satisfy the A530 hydrostatic requirements for

grade A pipe.

(h) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 160 pipe more than 114.3 mm

outside diameter must satisfy the A530 hydrostatic requirements for

grade A pipe.

(2) JIS class 3 (STPT 42) from JIS G3456-78 is generally equivalent to

ASTM A106-79 grade S based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to

the following limitations:

(a) Ail JIS cold-finished pipe must be heat treated at 650 C or higher to remove effects of cold work.

(b) The JIS percent elongation values for pipe less than 20 mm outside diameter must satisfy the A1C6 acceptance criteria.

(c) The flattening test on JIS pipe must be carried out to

complete collapse of the pipe.

(d) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 10 pipe, schedule 30 pipe,

schedule 40 pipe, schedule 60 pipe, schedule 30 pipe, schedule 100

pipe, schedule 120 pipe, and schedule 140 pipe in all diameters

must satisfy the A530 hydrostatic requirements for grade B pipe.

(e) To be acceptable, all JIS schedule 20 pipe except 457.2 mm

outside diameter must satisfy the A530 hydrostatic requirements for

grade B pipe.

(f) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 160 pipe greater than 114.3 mm outside diameter must satisfy the A530 hydrostatic requirements for

grade B pipe.

64
(3) JIS class 4 (STPT 49) from JIS G3456-78 is generally equivalent to

ASTM A106-79 grade C based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to

the following limitations:

(a) All JIS cold-finished pipe must be heat treated at 650 C or higher to remove effects of cold work.

(b) The JIS percent elongation values for pipe less than 20 mm

outside diameter must satisfy the A106 acceptance criteria.

(c) The flattening test on JIS pipe must be carried out to

complete collapse of the pipe.

n (d) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 10 pipe, schedule 20 pipe,

schedule 30 pipe, schedule 40 pipe, schedule 60 pipe, schedule 80

pipe, schedule 100 pipe, schedule 120 pipe, and schedule 140 pipe

must satisfy the A530 hydrostatic requirements for grade C pipe.

(e) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 160 pipe greater than 114.3 mm

outside diameter must satisfy the A530 hydrostatic requirements for

grade C pipe.

65
'

(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)
JIS G3456—78//ASTM A106-79

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses fcr JIS

class 2 (STPT 38) and class 3 (STPT 42) pipe satisfy the chemical limits

for ASTM AI06 grade A and grade 3 pipe, respectively.

The JIS maximum carbon levels are identical with the A106

requirements while the maximum JIS levels of the impurities phosphorus

and sulfur are below the A106 permitted maximum levels. The JIS

manganese range falls within the permitted A106 limits for both grades.

/ F The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for JIS

class 4 (STPT 49) pipe. satisfy the chemical limits for ASTM A106 grade C

pipe. The JIS carbon level is slightly below the maximum allowed by

A106 while the maximum JIS levels of the impurities phosphorus and

sulfur are below the A106 permitted maximum levels. The JIS manganese

range falls within the permitted A106 limits.

The minimum of the JIS silicon range for all three grades satisfies

the A1C6 minimum requirement and the JIS range is consistent with the

A106 requirement for killed steel deoxidation practice.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Heat Treatment

All cold finished pipe is required to be annealed at 650 C or higher by A106 while JIS G3456 requires only an undefined low

temperature anneal. This requirement is necessary because of the strong

effect of cold drawing on the resulting mechanical properties.

Strength Requirements

The ASTM test specimen requirements are taken from both A106 and

A370 , Sections S5 and S6. For pipe 200 mm or larger nominal diameter,

either longitudinal or transverse tests are required while only

longitudinal tests are required for pipes smaller than 200 mm nominal

diameter. The preferred longitudinal specimen is rectangular with

curved cross-section although the standard round 50 mm gage length

specimen is allowed, while transverse specimens are to be taken from

flattened ring sections.

Similarly, in JIS G3456, longitudinal or transverse tests are required for pipe 200 mm or larger in nominal diameter while only

longitudinal tests are required for smaller diameter pipe. The

preferred longitudinal specimen is rectangular with curved cross-section

although a round 50 mm gage length specimen is allowed while transverse

specimens are taken from flattened ring sections.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength and yield strength

requirements specified for JIS G3456 class 2 (STPT 38)

,

class 3 (STPT

67
42) , and class 4 (STPT 49-) exceed or are within 1% of the A106 minimum

requirements for grade A, grade 3, and grade C, respectively.

Ductility Requirements

These two specifications contain similar approaches to tensile

ductility as measured by percent elongation. In JIS G345S, a minimum

percent elongation is specified for longitudinal and transverse

specimens of five different geometries for each class based on ultimate

tensile strength independent of pipe wall thickness above 8 mm and

independent of cross-sectional area. For wall thickness below 8 mm, a reduction in minimum percent elongation is allowed while pipe below 20

mm outside diameter need not guarantee the minimum percent/ elongation.

In ASTM A106, a minimum percent elongation is specified for longitudinal

and transverse specimens of two different geometries for each grade

based on ultimate tensile strength independent of pipe wall thickness

above 8 mm and independent of cross-sectional area. For wall

thicknesses below 8 mm, a reduction in minimum percent elongation is

allowed.

The preferred ASTM test specimens for longitudinal and transverse

tests are strap type specimens of full wall thickness with curved

cross-section between 50 mm gage marks and a fixed width of 38 mm. Where pipe wall thickness permits, the standard round 5C mm gage length

specimen (L/D =4) is also permitted for both longitudinal and

transverse tests.

The preferred JIS specimens for longitudinal tests are also strap

type specimens of full wall thickness with curved cross-sections, 50 mm

gage length and standard widths of 19 mm, 25 mm, and 38 mm depending on pipe diameter. For transverse tests, the specimen is full wall

thickness, 50 mm gage length and a width of 25 mm. For pipe of

sufficient wall thickness, a standard round 50 mm gage length specimen

(L/D = 3.54) is also allowed for both longitudinal and transverse tests.

The comparison of the elongation requirements was carried out in

the following manner. For the longitudinal requirements, the preferred

ASTM and JIS specimens are not always the same because the ASTM specimen

has one geometry independent of pipe diameter while the JIS specimen has

three geometries based on pipe diameter. However, if a comparison is

made assuming all JIS tests are conducted on a 38 mm wide strap

specimen, then the JIS class 2 minimum elongation requirement is 14% or

less below the A106 grade A minimum requirement for all pipe diameters

and wall thickness. The JIS class 3 and class 4 minimum elongation

requirement is 16% or less below the A106 grade 3 and grade C minimum

requirement for all pipe diameters and wall thickness. However, a comparison can be made using round specimens where the JIS specimen has

a gage length 3.54 times the diameter and the ASTM specimen has a gage

length four times the diameter. Using the relationship between percent

elongation, gage length, and cross-sectional area, the equivalent ASTM

elongation would be about 95% of the JIS value. Thus, based on round

specimens, the JIS class 2, class 3, and class 4 minimum longitudinal

elongation requirements exceed, respectively, the A106 grade A, grade 3,

and grade C minimum requirements for all pipe diameters.

68
The comparison of transverse requirements, an adjustment must be

made because the cross-sectional area of the JIS flat specimen is only

66% of the ASTM specimen. Using the relationship between percent

elongation, gage length, and cross-sectional area, the JIS equivalent

elongation is 92% of the ASTM elongation value. Based on this

adjustment, the JIS class 2, class 3, and class 4 minimum transverse

elongation requirement exceeds, respectively, the A106 grade A, grade B,

and grade C minimum requirements for all pipe diameters and wall

thickness.

Bend Test Requirements

3end tests of various types are typically used as qualitative

measures of material ductility, especially with respect to forming

operations. Generally, the material must be bent to some minimum angle

around a mandrel, and passes the test if no cracking is observed and

fails the test if cracks occur. For pipe or tubing, bend tests are usually required only for small outside diameter sizes and the lower

range of wall thicknesses. For larger diameter pipe and thick walled

pipe, a flattening test replaces the bend test as a measure of ductility

and soundness. Thus, although the type of test required is strongly

influenced by the pipe dimensions, both are a measure of the same qualitative behavior.

The bend test requirements in A106 for grade A, grade B, and grade

C pipe for regular or close coiling usage, are required for pipe 50 mm

or smaller in diameter. * Specification JIS G3456 contains the identical

requirements for class 2, class 3, and class 4 pipe 40 mm or smaller in

diameter. For pipe larger than these two sizes, both AS 3 and G3456

require flattening tests. There appears to be no basis for concluding

for this one size of pipe, i.e. JIS 50 mm that one test is more severe than the other because these tests are only qualitative "go/no go"

tests

.

Flattening Test Requirements

Specification A106 requires flattening tests on all pipe over 50 mm nominal outside diameter. The test is a two-part test which

qualitatively measures both ductility and pipe soundness. Part 1, a measure of pipe ductility, requires a section of pipe to be flattened to

a fraction of its original diameter without cracking. This critical

height is a function of pipe diameter, wall thickness, and maximum

allowed strain. The equation relating these parameters can be derived

from theoretical analyses of bending of a curved section and can be

written as:

where H = distance between flattening plates

t = wall thickness

D = pipe outside diameter

e = maximum strain at outer pipe surface

Specification JIS G3456 requires flattening tests for all pipe over 4C mm nominal outside diameter and bases the test requirements on the

identical equation. This equation does not account for the experimental

69
observation that the actual maximum strain experienced in flattening

pipe exceeds substantially the calculated value from the above equation.

This effect, called ’peaking", is not important for this discussion

since both ASTM and JIS use only the theoretical equation.

The maximum strain required by the test is 0.08 for A106 grade A

and JIS class 2, while the maximum strain is 0.07 for A106 grade 3 and

grade C and JIS class 3 and class 4. Thus, the ASTM and JIS test

requirements are identical.

Finally, in part 2 of the A106 test, a measure of internal

soundness, the pipe is totally collapsed to look for evidence of

delamination. However, JIS G3456 is deficient because it/cloes not

contain this requirement.

Hydrostatic Test Requirements

Specification A106 requires all lengths of pipe to be

hydrostatically tested without leaking at pressures calculated by the

requirements of ASTM A530, General Requirements for Specialized Carbon

and Alloy Steel Pipe. The maximum test pressures are 17.2 MPa for pipes

with outside diameters 88.9 mm or less and 19.3 MPa for pipes over 88.9

mm. Specification JIS G3454 also requires a hydrostatic test at

pressures determined by the pipe wall thickness independent of strength

class

.

The test pressures for all pipe sizes of JIS schedule 10 pipe in

class 2, class 3, and class 4 are from 5% to 58% below the requirements

for A106 grade A, grade 3, and grade C. For JIS schedule 20 pipe only

the 318.5 mm, 406.4 mm, 457.2 mm, and 508 mm sizes satisfy the A106

grade A requirements, while only the 457.2 mm size satisfies the A1C6

grade 3 requirement. None of the JIS sizes satisfy the A106 grade C

requirements. For JIS schedule 30 pipe, the test pressures are from 16%

to 54% below the A106 requirements for grade A, grade 3, and grade C.

For JIS schedule 40 pipe, the test pressures are from 7% to 60% below

the A106 requirements for grade A, grade 3, and grade C. For JIS

schedule 60 pipe, only the 508 mm size satisfy the A106 grade A

requirements, while for other pipe sizes the test pressures are from 4%

to 37% below the A106 requirements for grade A, grade 3, and grade C.

For JIS schedule 80 pipe, only the 457.2 mm and 508 mm size satisfy the

A106 grade A requirements, while for other pipe sizes the test pressures

are from 3% to 34% below the A106 requirements for grade A, grade 3, and

grade C. For JIS schedule 100 pipe, all diameters satisfy the A106

grade A requirements, while the test pressures are from 10% to 14% below

the A106 requirements for grade B and grade C for all pipe diameters.

For all sizes of JIS schedule 120 pipe, the test pressures are from 5%

to 9% below the A106 requirements for grade A, grade 3, and grade C.

For all sizes of JIS schedule 140 pipe, the test pressures are 9% below

the A106 requirements for grade A, grade 3, and grade C. For JIS

schedule 160 pipe, only the 21.7 mm, 27.2 mm, 34 mm, 42.7 mm, 48.6 mm,

60.5 mm, 76 mm, and 89.1 mm sizes satisfy the A106 requirements for

grade A, grade 3, and grade C, while for other pipe sizes the test

pressures are 9% below the A106 requirements for grade A, grade 3, and

grade C.

70
JIS G3459-78//ASTM A3 12-77

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are quite similar

and refer to stainless steel pipe for high temperature service in

corrosive environments. Specification ASTM A3 12-77 includes seamless

and welded austenite stainless steel pipe in standard nominal diameters

from 6 mm to 762 mm. The pipe can only be made by the seamless process

or an automatic welding process without filler metal, and can be

finished by either hot working or cold working. Specification JIS

G3459-78 also includes seamless and welded austenitic stainless steel

pipe in standard nominal diameters from 6 mm to 500 mm. ^One ferritic

grade is also included. The JIS pipe, however, can be made by automatic

arc welding as well as the electric-resistance welding process and the

seamless process and can be hot finished or cold finished. The use of a filler during welding is not precluded.

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these

materials are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength

and yield strength. In addition, qualitative tests for material

soundness, pressure tightness, and weld ductility are also specified.

These include hydrostatic tests, bend tests, flattening tests, and

nondestructive tests. The percent elongation requirement,

characterizing tensile ductility, is not usually considered to be a useful design parameter because it is not a unique parameter, depending

on specimen geometry and gage length as well as the materials intrinsic

ductility. Percent elongation, however, can be used for comparison

purposes and to show the effect of other variables, such as composition,

and/or heat treatment on material ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous

discussion, the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence

are: (1) the strength requirements of JIS G3459 are considered

equivalent to the requirements of ASTM A3 12 if the JIS values exceed or are within 5% of the A3 12 minimum value; (2) the percent elongation

requirements of JIS G3454 are considered equivalent to the requirements

of ASTM A312 if the JIS values exceed or are within 15% of the A312

minimum values; (3) JIS G3459 pipe to be equivalent must satisfy the

qualitative test requirements of A53. Allowance of the larger

difference for percent elongation is based on: (1) the actual expected

JIS elongation values would normally exceed the minimum requirement; (2)

percent elongation is not a design parameter but rather a measure of the

relative response of the material to plastic deformation; and (3) the

unknown precision in the relationship between gage length, cross- sectional area, and percent elongation. The ultimate determination of

equivalence between material specifications that are not identical,

however, depends on the actual end-use of the material in a structure

and the design parameters for that structure.

71
CONCLUSIONS

(1) JXS SUS 329J1 TP from JIS G3459-78 is a ferritic stainless steel

and outside of the scope of ASTM A3 12-77 and thus not equivalent to any

A3 12 grade.

(2) JIS SUS 304L and SUS 316L from JIS G3 459-73 are generally

equivalent to ASTM A312-77 grade T? 304L and TP 316L based on- the

criteria discussed earlier, subject to the following limitations:

(a) For welded pipe, filler metal cannot be used.

(b) To be acceptable, the maximum silicon level should- be limited

to 0.75%.

(c) The JIS percent elongation values for pipe less than 20 mm

outside diameter must satisfy the A312 acceptance criteria.

(d) The flattening test on JIS pipe must be carried out to

complete pipe collapse.

(e) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 5S welded and seamless pipe

less than 216 mm diameter or more than 319 mm diameter must satisfy

the hydrostatic requirements of A530.

(f; To be acceptable, JIS schedule 10S welded and seamless pipe

other than 318.5 mm diameter must satisfy the hydrostatic

requirements of A530.

(g) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 20S welded pipe in all sizes

and seamless pipe less than 267 mm and more than 319 mm diameter

must satisfy the hydrostatic requirements of A530.

(h) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 40 welded pipe in all sizes and

seamless pipe less than 216 mm diameter must satisfy the

hydrostatic requirements of A530.

(i) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 80 welded pipe in all sizes and

seamless pipe less than 114 mm diameter must satisfy the

hydrostatic requirements of A530.

(j) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 120 welded pipe in all sizes

must satisfy the hydrostatic requirements of A530.

(k) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 160 welded pipe in all sizes

and seamless pipe above 90 mm diameter must satisfy the hydrostatic

requirements of A530.

(3) JIS SUS 304 TP, SUS 304H TP, SUS 309S TP, SUS 310S TP, SUS 316 TP,

SUS 316H TP, SUS 321 TP, SUS 321H TP, SUS 347 TP, and SUS 347H T? are generally equivalent to ASTM A312 grades TP 304, TP 304H, TP 309, TP

310, TP 316, TP 316H, T? 321, TP 321H, TP 347, and TP 247H,

respectively, based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to the

following limitations:

72
(a) For welded pipe, filler metal cannot be used.

(b) To be acceptable, the maximum silicon level for SUS 304 TP,

SUS 3095 TP, SUS 310S TP, SUS 316 TP, SUS 321 TP, SUS 347 TP, and

SUS 347H TP should be limited to 0.75%.

(c) To be acceptable, the maximum titanium level in JIS SUS 321 TP

and the maximum niobium plus tantalum level in JIS SUS -347 should

be held to 0.7% and 1%, respectively.

(d) The JIS percent elongation values for pipe less than 20 mm

outside diameter must satisfy the A3 12 acceptance criteria.

(e) The flattening test on JIS pipe must be carried out to

complete pipe collapse.

(f) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 5S welded pipe less than 216 mm

and more than 319 mm diameter and seamless pipe less than 267 mm

diameter must satisfy the hydrostatic requirements of A530.

(g) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 10S welded pipe in all sizes

and seamless pipe less than 406 mm diameter must satisfy the

hydrostatic requirements of A530.

(h) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 20S welded pipe in all sizes

and seamless pipe less than 267 mm or more than 319 mm diameter

must satisfy the hydrostatic requirements of A530.

(L) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 40 welded pipe in all sizes and

seamless pipe less than 318 mm must satisfy the hydrostatic

requirements of A530.

(j) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 80 welded pipe in all sizes and

seamless pipe less than 216 mm diameter must satisfy the

hydrostatic requirements of A530.

(3c) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 120 welded pipe in all sizes

and seamless pipe less than 165 mm diameter must satisfy the

hydrostatic requirements of A530.

(1) To be acceptable, JIS schedule 160 welded pipe in all sizes

and seamless pipe above 90 mm diameter must satisfy the hydrostatic

requirements of A530.

73

JIS- G3459-78//ASTM A312-77

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for JIS

stainless steel types SUS 3C4H, SUS 316H, and SUS 321H are essentially

identical to the ASTM limits for grades TP 304H, TP 316K, and TP 321H,

respectively. - •

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for JIS

stainless steel types SUS 304, SUS 304L, SUS 309S, SUS 310S, and SUS

347H satisfy the ASTM limits for grades TP 304, TP 304L, TP 309, TP

310S, and TP 347H, respectively. The A3 12 maximum carbon level for TP

304L is slightly above the JIS maximum for SUS 304L, but this difference

should not be significant. A312 does allow a higher carbon level for

tubes less than 12.7 mm outside diameter or tubes with a wall thickness

less than 1.24 mm, and thus for JIS schedule 5S tubes of 10.5 mm diameter of type SUS 3C4L, an increase in the maximum carbon level from

0.3 to 0.04 would be appropriate.

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for JIS

stainless steel types SUS 316, SUS 316L, SUS 321, and SUS 347 satisfy

the A3 12 limits for grades TP 316, TP 316L, TP 321, and TP 347,

respectively. The slightly lower nickel minimum level for JIS SUS 316

and slightly higher nickel maximum for JIS SUS 316L compared to A3 12

grades TP 316 and TP 316L should have no significant impact. The A312

carbon maximum for TP 316L is slightly above the JIS maximum for SUS

316L, but this difference should not be significant. A312 does allow a higher carbon level for small diameter tubes and thin wall tubes where

many drawing passes are needed, and thus for JIS schedule 5S tubes of

10.5 mm diameter of type SUS 3C4L, an increase i$ the maximum carbon

level from 0.03 to 0.04 would be appropriate. For JIS SUS 321 and S’JS 347, no upper limit on titanium (SUS 321) or niobium plus tantalum (SUS

347) is specified while A312 limits titanium to 0.7% for TP 321 and

niobium plus tantalum to 1% for TP 347. The upper limits on titanium

and niobium plus tantalum in A312 limit the residual levels of these

elements which reduces the formation of their oxides and other phrases

as inclusions which are undesirable in tube drawing operations. Further

residual niobium in 347 stainless steel can lead to strain- induced

precipitation at elevated temperatures and enhance the possibility of /

cracking.

The higher permitted silicon levels in JIS SUS 304, SUS 3C4L, SUS

309S , SUS 310S , SUS 316, SUS 316L, SUS 321, SUS 347, and SUS 347H

compared to the same A3 12 types are undesirable in pipe alloys because

of greater fluidity of the molten metal during welding which can result

in poorer containment of the metal as well as increased oxide inclusion

content and its effect on tube drawing.

JIS SUS 329J1 is a ferritic stainless steel and outside the scope

of ASTM A3 12 and thus not part of this comparison.

75
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Fabrication and Heat Treatment

Specification A312 permits the pipe to be fabricated as seamless

pipe on automatic welded pipe without the addition of filler metal.

Specification JIS G3459 permits pipe to be made as seamless pipe,

electric-resistance welded (ERW) pipe, or automatic arc welded pipe

without a prohibition on the addition of filler metal to the weld.

All austenitic stainless steels require heat treatment to fully

develop the desired level of mechanical properties and corrosion

resistance. The primary purpose of the heat treatment is ,,co dissolve

any second phrases present. A comparison of the recommended solution

annealing temperatures for the JIS and ASTM grades indicates good

agreement. Although the minimum temperatures for JIS SUS 321 and SUS

347 are 60 C below the A3 12 recommended values, 980 C vs. 1040 C, the

lower temperatures are still within or very close to accepted industry

practice

.

Strength Properties

The ASTM test specimen requirements are taken from both A3 12, A530

Section 16, and A370, Sections S5 and S6. For pipe 200 mm or larger

nominal diameter, longitudinal and/or transverse specimen tests are required while only longitudinal tests are required for pipes smaller

than 200 mm diameter. The preferred longitudinal specimens is a full

pipe section with a 50 mm gage length although rectangular specimens

with curved cross-sections located 90° from weld in welded pipe are permitted. For thick-walled pipe, the standard round 50 mm gage length

specimen is also allowed. Transverse specimens are taken from flattened

pipe ring sections.

Similarly, in JIS G3459, longitudinal and/or transverse specimen

tests are required for pipe 200 mm or larger in nominal diameter while

only longitudinal tests are required for smaller diameter pipe. Full

pipe sections with 50 mm gage length is the preferred specimen although

rectangular specimens with curved cross-section located away from weld

are permitted. For thick-walled pipe, a round 50 mm gage length

specimen is also allowed. Transverse specimens are taken from flattened

pipe ring sections. Neither specification distinguishes between

longitudinal or transverse strength properties.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength requirements for JIS SUS 304,

SUS 304H , SUS 309S , SUS 310S, SUS 316, SUS 316H, SUS 321, SUS 321H, SUS

347, and SUS 347H exceed the A312 minimum requirements for TP 304, TP

304H, TP 309, TP 310, TP 316, TP 316H, TP321, T? 321H, TP 347, and TP

347H, respectively. The minimum ultimate rensile strength requirements

for JIS SUS 304L and SUS 316L are within 1% of the A3 12 minimum

requirements for TP 304L and TP 316L, respectively. The slightly lower

strength is probably related to the slightly lower maximum permitted

carbon level in the JIS grades. The minimum yield strength requirements

for JIS SUS 304, SUS 304H, SUS 304L, SUS 309S , SUS 310S, SUS 316, SUS

76
316H, SUS 321, SUS 321H, SUS 347, and SUS 347H exceed the A312 minimum

requirements for these alloy grades.

Ductility Requirements

These two specifications contain similar approaches to tensile

ductility as measured by percent elongation. In JIS G3459, a minimum

percent elongation is specified for longitudinal and transverse

specimens of four different geometries for each grade of pipe with wall

thicknesses 8 mm and above, independent of cross-sectional area. For

wall thicknesses below 8 mm, a reduction in minimum percent elongation

is allowed while for pipe below 20 mm outside diameter, a^iininimum

percent elongation is not guaranteed. r*

In A3 12, a minimum percent elongation is specified for longitudinal

and transverse specimens of three geometries for all alloys regardless

of three geometries for all alloys regardless of strength requirements

for pipe wall thicknesses 8 mm and above, independent of cross-sectional

area. For wall thicknesses below 8 mm, a reduction in minimum percent

elongation is allowed.

One of the preferred ASTM test specimens for longitudinal and

transverse tests are strap type specimens of full wall thickness with

curved cross-section between 50 mm gage marks and a fixed width of 38 mm. Where wall thickness permits the standard round 50 mm gage length

specimen (L/D = 4) is also allowed for both longitudinal and transverse

tests.

The preferred JIS specimen for longitudinal tests are also strap

type specimens of full wall thickness with curved cross-sections, 50 mm

gage length and standard widths of 19 mm, 25 mm, and 38 mm depending on pipe diameter. For transverse tests, the specimen is full wall

thickness, 50 mm gage length and a fixed width of 25 mm. For pipe of

sufficient wall thickness, a standard round 50 mm gage length specimen

(L/D = 3.54) is also allowed for both longitudinal and transverse tests.

The comparison of the elongation requirements was carried out in

the following manner. For the longitudinal requirements, the ASTM and

JIS strap specimens are not always the same because the ASTM specimen

has one geometry independent of pipe diameter while the JIS specimen has

three geometries based on pipe diameter. However, JIS G3459 has a fixed

elongation requirement independent of strap specimen geometry so a direct comparison can be made as if both specimens were always 38 mm

wide. The minimum JIS longitudinal percent elongation requirement for

strap specimens for all alloy grades is identical to the A3 12 minimum

requirement for strap specimens.

A comparison can also be made based on the round specimens where

the JIS specimen has a gage length 3.54 times the diameter and the ASTM

specimen has a gage length 4 times the diameter. Using the relationship

between percent elongation, gage length, and cross-sectional area, the

equivalent ASTM elongation would be about 95% of the JIS value. Thus,

for round specimens, the longitudinal JIS percent elongation requirement

77
for all alloy grades is within 2% of the A312 minimum requirement for

all alloy grades.

For comparison of transverse requirements based on strap specimens,

an adjustment must be made because the cross-sectional area of the JIS

specimen is only 66% of the ASTM specimen. Using the relationship

between percent elongation, gage length, and cross-sectional area, the

JIS equivalent elongation is 92% of the ASTM value. Based on this

adjustment, the JIS G3459 minimum transverse elongation requirement for

strap specimens of all alloy grades exceeds the A3 12 minimum

requirements for all alloy grades. Making a comparison based on transverse round specimens, similar to the analysis for longitudinal

round specimens, the JIS minimum transverse percent elongation

requirement for all alloy grades exceeds the A3 12 minimum requirement

for all grades

.

Flattening Test Requirements

Specification A3 12 requires flattening tests on all pipe diameters

for both seamless and welded pipe. The test is a two part test which

qualitatively measures both ductility and soundness. Part 1, a measure

of ductility, requires a section of pipe to be flattened to a fraction

of its original diameter without cracking. For welded pipe, the weld is

located 90° from direction of applied force. This critical height is a function of the original diameter, wall thickness, and maximum allowed

strain. The equation relating these parameters can be derived from

theoretical analyses of bending of a curved section and can be written

as

where H = distance between flattening plates

D = pipe outside diameter

t = wall thickness

e = maximum strain at outer pipe surface

Specification JIS G3459 also requires a flattening test for all pipe

diameter and bases the test requirements on the identical equation.

This equation does net account for the experimental observation that the

actual maximum strain experienced in flattening pipe, exceeds

substantially the calculated value from the above equation. This

effect, called "peaking" is not important for this discussion since both

ASTM and JIS use only the theoretical equation. The maximum strain

required by the test, e = 0.09, is the same for both ASTM and JIS and

thus the part 1 flattening test requirements are identical.

In part 2 of the A3 12 test, a measure of internal soundness, the

pipe is totally collapsed to look for evidence of delamination

.

However, JIS G3459 is deficient because it does not contain this

requirement.

Hydrostatic Test Requirements

Specification A312 requires all lengths of pipe to be

hydrostatically tested without leaking at pressures calculated by the

requirements of ASTM A530, General Requirements for Specialized Carbon

78
and Alloy Steel Pipe and the alloy yield strength. The maximum test

pressures are 17.2 MPa for pipe with outside diameters 88.9 mm or less

and 19.3 MPa for pipe over 88.9 mm diameter. Specification JIS G3459

requires a hydrostatic test on all lengths of pipe at pressures

determined by the wall thickness independent of yield strength for

seamless pipe and at a constant pressure for all welded pipe.

For welded schedule 5S pipe for JIS grades SUS 304L and SUS 316L,

only the 216.3 mm, 267.4 mm, 318.5 mm diameter pipe satisfy the A3 12

test pressure requirements while the other sizes are from 14% to 85%

below the A312 requirements for grades TP 304L and TP 316L. For welded

schedule 10S pipe for JIS grades SDS 304L and SUS 316L, only the 318.5 mm diameter pipe satisfies the A312 test pressure requirements while the

other sizes are from 7% to 86% below the A312 requirements for grades TP

304L and TP 313L. For welded schedule 20S pipe for JIS grades SUS 304L

and SUS 316L, the test pressures are from 30% to 86% below the A3 12

requirements for grades TP 304L and TP 316L. For welded schedule 40

pipe for JIS grades SUS 304L and SUS 316L, the test pressures are from

52% to 36% below the A312 requirements for grades TP 304L and T? 316L.

For welded schedule 80 pipe for JIS grades SUS 304L and SUS 316L, the

test pressures are from 172% to 86% below the A312 requirements for

grades TP 3C4L and TP 316L. For welded schedule 120 pipe for JIS grades

SUS 304L and SUS 316L, the test pressures are from 81% to 85% below the

A3 12 requirements for grades TP 304L and TP 316L. For welded schedule

160 pipe, che test pressures are from 86% to 87% below the A312

requirements for grades TP 304L and TP 316L.

For welded schedule 5S pipe for all the other JIS austenitic

grades, only the 216.3 mm, 267.4 mm, 318.5 mm diameter pipe satisfy the

A3 12 requirements while the other sizes are from 28% to 38% below the

A3 12 requirements. For welded schedule 10S pipe for all other JIS

austenitic grades, the test pressures are from 12% to 86% below the A3 12

requirements. For welded JIS schedule 20S pipe, the test pressures are from 42% to 35% below the A312 requirements. For welded JIS schedule 40

pipe, the test pressures are from 60% to 36% below the A3 12

requirements. For welded JIS schedule 80 pipe, the test pressures are from 77% to 36% below the A312 requirements. For welded JIS schedule

120 pipe, the test pressures are from 84% to 87% below the A312

requirements. For welded JIS schedule 160 pipe, the test pressures are from 86% to 87% below the A312 requirements.

For seamless schedule 5S pipe for JIS grades SUS 304L and SUS 316L,

only the 216.3 mm, 267.4 mm, and 318.5 mm diameter pipe satisfy the A312

requirements while the other sizes are from 14% to 85% below the A3 12

requirements. For seamless JIS schedule 10S pipe, only the 318.5 mm diameter pipe satisfies the A3 12 requirements while the other sizes are from 7% to 86% below the A312 requirements. For seamless JIS schedule

20S pipe, only 267.4 mm and 318.5 mm diameter pipe satisfy the A3 12

requirements while the other sizes are from 5% to 72% below the A3 12

requirements. For seamless JIS schedule 40 pipe, only 216.3 mm through

508 mm diameter pipe satisfy the A312 requirements while the other sizes are from 6% to 60% below the A3 12 requirements. For seamless JIS

schedule 80 pipe, only 114.3 mm through 508 mm diameter pipe satisfy the

A312 requirements while the other sizes are from 7% to 26% below the

79
A312 requirements. For seamless JIS schedule 120 pipe, all diameter

satisfy the requirements of A312. For seamless JIS schedule 160 pipe,

only 21.7 mm through 89.1 mm and 318.5 mm through 508 mm diameter

satisfy the A3 12 requirements while all other sizes are from 4% to 9%

below the A312 requirements.

For seamless schedule 5S pipe for all other JIS austenitic grades

,

only the 267.4 mm through 508 mm diameter pipe satisfy the A3 12

requirements while the other sizes are from 28% to 88% below the A3 12

requirements. For seamless JIS schedule 10S pipe, only the 406.4 mm

through 508 mm diameter pipe satisfy the A3 12 requirements while the

other sizes are from 12% to 86% below the A312 requirements.* For

seamless JIS schedule 20S pipe, only the 267.4 mm and 318.5 mm diameter

pipe satisfy the A312 requirements while the other sizes are from 21% to

72% below the A3 12 requirements. For seamless JIS schedule 40 pipe,

only the 318.5 mm through 508 mm diameter pipe satisfy the A312

requirements while the other sizes are from 2% to 60% below the A3 12

requirements. For seamless JIS schedule 30 pipe, only the 216.3 mm

through 508 mm diameter pipe satisfy the A3 12 requirements while the

other sizes are from 6% to 26% below the A312 requirements. For

seamless JIS schedule 120 pipe, only the 165.2 mm through 508 mm

diameter pipe satisfy A312 requirements while the other sizes are from

6% to 12% below the A3 12 requirements . For seamless JIS schedule 160

pipe, only the 21.7 mm through 89.1 mm diameter pipe satisfy the A312

requirements while the other sizes are 9% below the A3 12 requirements.

80
DIN 17440-72/ /ASTM A312-77

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are similar only

in the reference to stainless steels. Specification ASTM A3 12-77

includes only austenitic stainless steel pipe, welded and seamless, for

high temperature service in corrosive environments in standard nominal

diameters from 6 mm to 762 mm.

Specification DIN 17440-72 however, includes all ordinary stainless

steels as hot or cold rolled products. Ferritic grades,' martensitic

grades as well as austenitic grades of stainless steel in the form of

sheet, strip, bar, wire, seamless and welded tubes, and forgings are

covered.

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these

materials are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength

and yield strength. In addition, qualitative tests for material

soundness, pressure tightness, and weld ductility are also specified.

These include hydrostatic tests and flattening tests. The percent

elongation requirement, characterizing tensile ductility, is not usually

considered to be a useful design parameter because it is not a unique

parameter, depending on specimen geometry and gage length as well as the

materials intrinsic ductility. Percent elongation, however, can be used

for comparison purposes and to show the effect of other variables, such

as composition, and/or heat treatment on material ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous

discussion, the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence

are: (1) the strength requirements of DIN 17440 are considered

equivalent to the requirements of ASTM A3 12 if the DIN values exceed or are within 5% of the A3 12 minimum values; (2) the percent elongation

requirements of DIN 17440 are considered equivalent to the requirements

of ASTM A312 if the DIN values exceed or are within 15% of the A312

minimum values; (3) DIN 17440 tubes to be equivalent must satisfy the

qualitative test requirements of A3 12. Allowance of the larger

difference for percent elongation is based on: (1) the actual expected

JIS elongation values would normally exceed the minimum requirements;

(2) percent elongation is not a design parameter but rather a measure of

the relative response of the material to plastic deformation; and (3)

the unknown precision in the relationship between gage length,

cross-sectional area, and percent elongation. The ultimate

determination of equivalence between material specifications that are not identical, however, depends on the actual end-use of the material in

a structure and the design parameters for that structure.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) DIN grades 1.4000, 1.4002, 1.4006, 1.4024, 1.4021, 1.4034, 1.1116,

1.4016, 1.4510, 1.4511, 1.4113, 1.4104, and 1.4057 from DIN 17440-72 are not equivalent to any grade in ASTM A312-77 because they are ferritic

and martensitic stainless steels and outside the scope of A312.

81
(2) DIN austenitic stainless steel grades 1.4305, 1.4303, 1.4571,

1.4580, 1.4436, 1.4435, 1.4438, 1.4311, 1.4406, and 1.4429 are not

generally equivalent to any grade in ASTM A3 12-77 based on chemical

composition requirements.

(3) DIN grade X 5 CrNi 189 (1.4301) from DIN 17440-72 is generally

equivalent to ASTM A312-77 grade TP304 based on the criteria discussed

earlier, subject to the following limitations:

(a) Filler metal is not to be used during fabrication of welded

tubes

.

p

‘* (b) To be acceptable, the maximum silicon level should be limited

to 0.75%.

(c) To be acceptable, the minimum yield strength for this DIN

grade must be shown to satisfy the strength acceptance criterion.

(d) To be acceptable, the following welded tube sizes must satisfy

the A3 12 hydrostatic test requirement.

wall thickness, mm outside diameter, mm

1 less than 25

CM

•

»

—

<

less than 31.8

1.6 less than 40

2 less than 51

2.3 less than 60.3

2.6 less than 63.5

2.9 less than 76.1

3.2 less than 82.5

3.6 less than 88.9

4 139.7 and less than

4.5 168.3 and less than

5 less than 273

5 .

6

less than 323.9

6.3 less than 273

7.1 • less than 323.9

8 less than 355.6

8.8 less than 355.6

(e) To be acceptable, the following seamless tube sizes must

satisfy the A312 hydrostatic test requirement:

wall thickness, mm outside diameter, mm

1 less than 25

1.2 less than 31.8

1.6 less than 40

2 less than 51

2.3 less than 60.3

2.6 less than 63.5

2.9 less than 76.1

3.2 less than 82.5

82
I 3.6 less than 88.9

4 less than 101.6

4.5 less than 114.3

5 less than 139.7

5.6 less than 139.7

6.3 all diameters

7.1 all diameters

8 less than 219.1

8.8 less than 219.1

10 less than 273

11 less than 355.6

12 less than 323.9

14.2 all diameters

(4) DIN grade X 2 CrNi 189 (1.4306 from DIN 17440-72 is generally

equivalent to ASTM A3 12-77 grade TP304L based on the criteria discussed

earlier, subject to the following limitations

(a) Filler metal is not to be used during fabrication of welded

tubes.

(b) To be acceptable, the maximum silicon level should be limited

to 0.75%.

(c) To be acceptable, the minimum ultimate tensile strength for

this DIN grade must be shown to satisfy the strength acceptance

criterion.

(d) To be acceptable, the following welded tube sizes must satisfy

the A3 12 hydrostatic test requirement:

wall thickness, mm outside diameter, mm

1 less than 21.3

1.2 less than 25

1.6 less than 33.7

2 less than 42.4

2.3 less than 48.3

2.6 less than 54

2.9 less than 60.3

3.2 less than 82.5

3.6 less than 88.9

4 less than 88.9

4.5 less than 114.3

5 139.7 and less than 114.3

5.6 less than 323.9

6.3 less than 219.1

7.1 less than 323.9

8 less than 355.6

3.8 less than 355.6

(e) To be acceptable, the following seamless tube sizes must

satisfy the A3 12 hydrostatic test requirement:

!

83
wall thickness, mm outside diameter,' mm

1 less than 21.3

1.2 less than 25

1.6 less than 33.7

2 less than 42.4

2.3 less than 48.3

2.6 less than 54

2.9 less than 60.3

3.2 less than 82.5

3.6 less than 76.1

4 less than 88.9

4.5 v less than 114.3 /

5 less than 139.7

"

5.6 less than 139.7

6.3 less than 139.7

7.1 less than 168.3

8 less than 219.1

8.8 less than 219.1

10 less than 273

11 less than 355.6

12.5 less than 355.6

14.2 all diameters

(5) DIN grade X 5 CrNiMo 1810 (1.4401) from DIN 17440-72 is generally

equivalent to ASTM A3 12-77 grade TP 316 based on the criteria discussed

earlrer, subject to the following limitations:

(a) Filler metal is not to be used during fabrication of welded

tubes.

(b) To be acceptable, the maximum silicon level should be limited

to 0.75%.

(c) To be acceptable, the welded tube sizes listed in Section

(3) (d) must satisfy the A312 hydrostatic test requirement.

(d) To be acceptable, the seamless tube sizes listed in Section

(3) (e) must satisfy the A312 hydrostatic test requirement.

(6) DIN grade X 2 CrNiMo 1810 (1.4404) from DIN 17440-72 is generally

equivalent to ASTM A3 12-77 grade TP316L based on the criteria discussed

earlier, subject to the following limitations:

(a) Filler metal is not to be used during fabrication of welded

tubes.

(b) To be acceptable, the maximum silicon level should be limited

to 0.75%.

(c) To be acceptable, the minimum ultimate tensile strength for

this DIN grade must be shown to satisfy the strength acceptance

criterion.

84
(d) To be acceptable, the welded tube sizes listed in Section

(4) (d) must satisfy the A312 hydrostatic test requirement.

(e) To be acceptable, the seamless tube sizes listed in Section

(4)(e) must satisfy the A312 hydrostatic requirement.

(7) DIN grade X 10 CrNiTi 189 (1.4541) from DIN 17440-72 is generally

equivalent to ASTM A3 12-77 grade TP321 based on the criteria discussed

earlier, subject to the following limitations:

(a) Filler metal is not to be used during fabrication of welded

tubes.

e (b) To be acceptable, the maximum silicon level should be limited

to 0.75%.

(c) To be acceptable, the maximum carbon level should be limited

to 0,08 weight percent to ensure good corrosion resistance.

(d) To be acceptable, the welded tube sizes listed in Section

(3

(d) must satisfy the A312 hydrostatic test requirement.

(e) To be acceptable, the seamless tube sizes listed in Section

(4)

(e) must satisfy the A312 hydrostatic test requirement.

(8) DIN grade X 10 CrNiNb 139 (1.4550) from DIN 17440-72 is generally

equivalent to ASTM A3 12-77 grade TP347 based on the criteria discussed

earlier, subject to the following limitations:

(a) Filler metal is not be used during fabrication of welded

tubes

• g

.

(b) To be acceptable, the maximum carbon level should be limited

to 0.08 weight percent, and the minimum niobium level should be

increased to 10 times the carbon content in order to maintain good

corrosion resistance.

(c) To be acceptable, the welded tube sizes listed in Section

(3)

(c) must satisfy the A312 hydrostatic test requirement.

(d) To be acceptable, the seamless tube sizes listed in Section

(4)

(d) must satisfy the A312 hydrostatic test requirement.

85
(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)
DIN 17440-72/ /ASTM A312-77

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for DIN

stainless steel grades X 5 CrNi 189 (1.4301) and X 2 CrNi 189 (1.4306)

generally satisfy the A312 chemical limits for grades TP304 and TP304L,

unstabilized 18 Cr-8 Ni alloys. The DIN maximum levels for carbon,

manganese, and sulfur are identical with or slightly below the A3 12

requirements while the DIN range for nickel is within the A3 12 range.

For chromium, the lower limit of the DIN range is slightly below the

A312 minimum. The critical element for these A312 grades is the greatly

enhanced corrosion resistance, especially in welded applications, ovpt:

the basic general purpose 18 Cr-8 Ni alloy AISI type 302 due to the

reduced maximum carbon level. Thus, the slightly lower minimum chromium

limit for these DIN grades should not significantly affect their

behavior compared to TP304 and TP304L.

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for DIN X 5 CrNiMc 1810 (1.4401) and X 2 CrNiMo 1810 (1.4404) generally satisfy the

A312 chemical limits for grades TP316 and TP316L. The DIN maximum

levels for carbon, manganese, and sulfur are identical with or slightly

below the A3 12 requirements while the DIN ranges for nickel and

molybdenum are within the A3 12 ranges. The upper limit of the DIN

chromium range is slightly above the A3 12 upper limit, but this should

have no effect on behavior.

The chemical, composition limits based on ladle analyses for DIN

stainless steel grade X 10 CrNiTi 189 (1.4541) generally satisfy the

A312 chemical limits for grade TP321, a stabilized 18 Cr-8 Ni alloy.

The DIN maximum levels for manganese, and sulfur are identical with the

A3 12 requirements while the DIN maximum titanium level can exceed the

A3 12 limit. The DIN ranges for chromium and nickel are within the A3 12

ranges. The DIN upper limit for carbon exceeds the A3 12 maximum for the

TP321 alloy and actually satisfies the requirements for the TP321H

alloy, a higher carbon version of the standard TP321 alloy. In this

alloy type, titanium is added as a carbon stabilizer to reduce the

tendency for carbide precipitation in order to enhance the corrosion

resistance, especially against grain boundary attack. The higher carbon

level allowed in the DIN grade could result in a somewhat lower

corrosion resistance if not fully stabilized by the titanium,

particularly in weld applications, and should be avoided.

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for DIN X10

CrNiNb 189 (1.4550) generally satisfy the A3 12 chemical limits for grade

TP3^7, a stabilized 18 Cr-8 Ni alloy. The DIN maximum levels for

manganese and sulfur are identical with the A3 12 requirements while the

DIN ranges for chromium and nickel are within the A3 12 ranges. For

carbon, the DIN upper limit exceeds the A3 12 maximum for TP347 (actually

satisfies requirements for the type 347H alloy, a higher carbon version

of the standard type 347 alloy) while the DIN lower limit for niobium

(plus tantalum) is less than the A3 12 minimum requirement. In this

alloy, niobium and/or tantalum are added to stabilize the carbon and

reduce the tendency for carbide precipitation in order to enhance the

87
corrosion resistance, especially of the grain boundaries. The

combination in this DIN grade of possible higher carbon and lower

niobium, tantalum levels compared to the A3 12 grade can be significant,

and should be avoided.

The higher permitted silicon levels in the DIN grades are

undesirable in tube alloys because of greater fluidity of the molten

metal during welding which can result in poorer containment of the metal

as well as increased oxide inclusion content and its affect on tube

drawing

.

The DIN austenitic grades 1.4305, 1.4303, 1.4571, 1.4530, 1.4436,

1.4435, 1.4438, 1.4311, 1.4406, and 1.4429 are not equivalent to any

grade in- A3 12 based on chemical composition.

The DIN grades 1.4000, 1.4002, 1.4006, 1.4024, 1.4021, 1.4034,

1.4116, 1.4016, 1.4510, 1.4511, 1.4113, 1.4104, and 1.4057 are ferritic

and martensitic stainless steel and outside the scope of A312 and not

part of this comparison.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Fabrication and Heat Treatment

Specification A3 12 requires the pipe to be fabricated as seamless

tube or automatic welded tube without the addition of filler metal and

to be pickled free from scale or bright annealed. Specification DIN

17440 permits tube to be made as seamless tube, electric resistance

welded (ERW) tube, or arc welded tube without a prohibition on the use

of filler metal during welding.

All austenitic stainless steels included in A3 12 require heat

treatment to fully develop the desired level of mechanical properties

and corrosion resistance. The primary purpose is to dissolve any second

phases present. A comparison of the recommended solution treatment

temperatures for the DIN and ASTM grades indicates good agreement.

Although the minimum temperatures for DIN 1.4301, 1.4306, 1.4541, and

1.4550 are 40 C and 20 C, respectively, below the A312 recommended

value, the lower temperature is still within industry practice.

Specification DIN 17440 contains many heat treatment and surface

condition descriptions because of the wide range of product forms

included in the specification. Generally, seamless and welded tube in

condition c2, d2 , d3 , h, k2, k3 , LI, and L2 would satisfy the intent of

A3 12.

Strength Requirements

The ASTM test requirements are taken from A3 12, A530-78, Section

16, and A370, Section S5 and S6 . For tube 200 mm or larger nominal

diameter, longitudinal and/or transverse specimen tests are required

while only longitudinal tests are required for tube less than 200 mm

diameter. The preferred longitudinal specimen is a full tube section

with a 50 mm gage length although rectangular specimens with curved

88
cross-sections, located 90° from weld in welded tube, are permitted.

For thick-walled pipe, the standard ASTM round specimen (L/D =4) is

also allowed. The preferred transverse specimens are rectangular and

taken from flattened tube ring sections although standard, round, 50 mm

gage length specimens are permitted for thick wall tubes.

S imi larly, DIN 17440 requires longitudinal and/or transverse

specimen tests for tube 200 mm or larger in diameter, while only

longitudinal tests are required for smaller diameter tube. Full tube

section specimens, 'rectangular specimens, or round specimens, all with

the ratio of gage length to cross-sectional area equal to 5.65, or the

ratio of gage length to diameter equal to 5.0, are permitted for the

longitudinal and transverse tests. Neither specification distinguishes

between longitudinal or transverse strength properties.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength requirement and minimum yield

strength requirement for DIN grade 1.4301 are 3% and 10%, respectively,

below the A3 12 minimum requirements for grade TP304.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength requirements for DIN grades

1.4306, and 1.4404, are 7% below the A3 12 minimum requirements while the

DIN minimum yield strength values satisfy A3 12 for grades TP304L and

TP316L respectively.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength and yield strength

requirements for DIN grade 1.4401, 1.4541, and 1.4550 are 3% below and

satisfy, respectively the A3 12 minimum requirements for grades TP3I6,

TP321 , and TP347.

Ductility Requirements

These two specifications take somewhat different approaches to

tensile ductility as measured by percent elongation. In DIN 17440, a minimum percent elongation is specified for longitudinal and transverse

specimens as a function of tube diameter, for each grade of pipe.

Permitted reductions in percent elongation for thin wall tubes is not

specified.

In A3 12, a minimum percent elongation is specified for longitudinal

and transverse specimens for all alloy grades regardless of strength

requirements, for pipe wall thicknesses 8 mm and above, independent of

cross-sectional area. For wall thicknesses below 8 mm, a reduction in

minimum percent elongation is allowed.

The comparison of minimum percent elongation requirements for both

longitudinal and transverse orientations was carried out on the basis of

the round specimen criteria with L/D = 4 for the ASTM specimen and L/D =

5 for the DIN specimen.. Using the relationship between percent

elongation, gage length, and cross-sectional area, the equivalent DIN

elongation would be about 92% of the ASTM value. Thus, for round

specimens, the longitudinal and transverse DIN percent elongation

requirement for grades 1.4301, 1.4306, 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4541, and

1.4550 for all nominal tube diameters exceeds the A3 12 minimum

requirement for alloys TP304, TP304L, TP316, TP316L, TP321 and TP347.

89
Flattening Test Requirements

Specification A3 12 requires flattening tests on all tube diameters

for both seamless and welded tube. The test is in two parts and

qualitatively measures both ductility and material soundness. Part 1, a measure of ductility, requires a section of tube to be flattened to a fraction of its original diameter without cracking. For welded pipe,

the weld is located 90° from the direction of applied force. This

critical height is a function of the original diameter, wall thickness,

and maximum allowed strain. The equation relating these parameters can

be derived from theoretical analyses of bending of a curved section and

can be written as:

i

i

.

i

D where H = distance between flattening plates —H D -1 D = tube outside diameter • —a— D t t = wall thickness

e = maximum strain at outer tube surface

In Part 2 of the A3 12 test, a measure of internal soundness, the tube is

totally collapsed to look for evidence of delamination.

Specification DIN 17440 also requires a flattening test for all

tube diameters for both seamless and welded tube. However, for tube

diameters 146 mm and smaller, a tube expansion test may be substituted.

The DIN test requirements are also in two parts, and the first part is

based on the identical equation as used in A3 12. This equation does not

account for the experimental observation that the actual maximum tensile

strain experienced in flattening tube exceeds substantially the

calculated value from the above equation. This effect, called "peaking"

is not important for this discussion since both ASTM and DIN use only

the theoretical equation. In Part 2 'of the DIN test, the tube is also

totally collapsed.

The maximum strain required by the ASTM test is 0.09 while DIN test

requires a higher strain, 0.10, and thus DIN 174440 has a more severe

test.

Hydrostatic Test Requirements

Specification A312 requires all lengths of tube to be

hydrostatically tested without leaking a pressures calculated by the

requirements of ASTM A530 and the alloy yield strength. The maximum

test pressure are 17.2 MPa for tube with outside diameters 38. 9 mm or less, and 19.3 MPa for tube over 88.9 mm diameter. Specification DIN

17440 requires a hydrostatic test on all lengths of pipe at fixed

pressures. For DIN seamless pipe, the test pressures of 5 MPa and 3 MPa

are determined by the tube operating pressure, while for welded tube the

test pressures are determined by the tube diameter, 8 MPa for tube 133 mm or less in diameter and 5 MPa for tubes greater than 133 mm in

diameter.

90
For welded tube of DIN grades 1.4306 and 1.4404, the following

standard sizes from DIN 2463-81 satisfy the A3 12 test pressure

requirements for grades TP 304L and TP316L:

wall thickness, mm outside diameter, mm

1 21.3 and above

1.2 25 and above

1.6 33.7 and above

2 42.4 and above

2.3 48.3 and above

2.6 54 and above

2.9 60.3 and above «« 3.2 82.5 and above

3.6 76.1 and above

4 88 . 9 and above

4.5 114.3 and above

5 114.3, 168.3 and above

5.6 323.9 and above

6.3 219.1 and above

7.1 323.9 and above

8 355.6 and above

8.8 355.6 and above

For all other diameters, the DIN test pressure is from 7% to 54% below

the A3 12 requirement for these grades.

For welded tube of DIN grades 1.4301, 1.4*401, 1.4541, and 1.4550,

the following standard tube sizes from DIN 2463-81 satisfy the A3 12 test

pressure requirements for grades TP304, TP316, TP321, and TP347:

wall thickness, mm

11.2

1.6

22.3

2.6

2.9

3.2

3.6

4

4.5

55.6

6.3

7.1

8

8.8

outside diameter, mm

25 and above

31.8 and above

40 and above

51 and above

60.3 and above

63.5 and above

76.1 and above

82.5 and above

88.9 and above

101.6, 168.3 and above

114.3, 273 and above

273 and above

323.9 and above

273 and above

323.9

and above

355.6 and above

355.6 and above

For all other diameters, the DIN test pressure is from 7% to 54% below

the A312 requirement for these grades.

91
In this comparison only the DIN test pressure for the higher

pressure service, 8 MPa, will be used. For seamless tube of DIN grades

1.4306 and 1.4404, the following standard tube sizes from DIN 2462-81

satisfy the A3 12 test pressure requirements for grades TP304L and

TP316L:

wall thickness, mm outside diameter, mm

1 21.3 and above

1.2 25 and above

1.6 33.7 and above

2 42.4 and abovd

2.3 48.3 and above

2.6 54 and above

2.9 60.3 and above

3.2 82.5 and above

3.6 76.1 and above

4 88.9 and above

4.5 114.3 and above

5 139.7 and above

5.6 139.7 and above

6.3 139.7 and above

7.1 168.3 and above

8 219.1 and above

8.8 219.1 and above

10 273 and above

11 355.6 and above

12.5 273 and above

14.2 None

For all other diameters, the DIN test pressure is from 7% to 54% below

the A3 12 requirement for these grades.

For seamless tube of DIN grades 1.4301, 1.4401, 1.4541, and 1.4550,

the following standard tube sizes from DIN 2462-81 satisfy the A3 12 test

pressure requirements for grades TP304, TP316, TP321, and TP347

wall thickness, mm outside diameter, ran

1 25 and above

1.2 31.8 and above

1.6 40 and above

2 51 and above

2.3 60.3 and above

2.6 63.5 and above

2.9 76.1 and above

3.2 32.5 and above

3.6 88.9 and above

4 101.6 and above

4.5 114.3 and above

5 139.7 and above

5 .

6

139.7 and above

6.3 None

7.1 None

92
8

8.8

10

11

12.5

14.2

For all other diameters, the DIN test

the A3 12 requirement for these grades

21 9.1 and above

219.1 and above

273 and above

355.6 and above

323.9 and above

None

pressure is from 7% to 54% below

93
(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)
JIS- G5202-78//ASTM A426-76

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are very similar

and refer to centrifugally cast steel pipe for hi gh-temperature and high

pressure service. Specification ASTM A426-76 is limited to ferritic

alloy steels while JIS G5202-78 includes both ferritic carbon and alloy

steel grades.

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these

materials are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength

and yield strength. In addition, qualitative tests for material

soundness and pressure tightness are also specified. The additional

requirements include hydrostatic tests and flattening tests. The

percent elongation requirement characterizing tensile ductility, is not

usually considered to be a useful design parameter because it is not a unique parameter, depending on specimen geometry and gage length as well

as the materials intrinsic ductility. Percent elongation, however, can be used for comparison purposes and to show the effect of other

variables, such as composition and/or heat treatment on material

ductility. The percent reduction-in-area is also a measure of tensile

ductility and is not as sensitive to specimen geometry as percent

elongation. Percent reduction-in-area measures the ability of the

material to deform locally and thus reflects the materials ability to

relieve local stress concentrations as might be expected in pressurized

components at elevated temperatures.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous

discussion, the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence

are: (1) the strength requirements of JIS G5202 are considered

equivalent to the requirements of ASTM A426 if the JIS values exceed or are within 5% of the A216 minimum value; (2) the minimum JIS reductionin-area values are considered equivalent to the requirements of A426 if

they exceed or are within 5% of the A42S minimum value; (3) the percent

elongation requirements of JIS G5202 are considered equivalent to the

requirements of A426 if the JIS values exceed or are within 15% of the

A426 minimum values; (4) the hardness requirements of JIS G5202 are considered equivalent to the requirements of A426 if the JIS values if

they are below or within 5% of the A426 maximum value; (5) JIS G5202

pipe to be equivalent must satisfy the qualitative test requirements of

A426. Allowance of the larger difference for percent elongation is

based on: (1) the actual expected JIS elongation values would normally

exceed the minimum requirement; (2) percent elongation is not a design

parameter but rather a measure of the relative response of the material

to plastic deformation; and (3) the unknown precision in the

relationship between gage length, cross-sectional area, and percent

elongation. The ultimate determination of equivalence between material

specifications that are not identical, however, depends on the actual

end-use of the material in a structure and the design parameters for

that structure.

95
CONCLUSIONS

(1) JIS class 1 (SCPH 1-CF) and class 2 (SCPH 2-CF) from JIS G5202-78

are carbon steel grades and outside of the scope of ASTM A426-76 and

thus not equivalent to any A426 grades.

(2) JIS class 11 (SCPH 11-CF' from JIS G5202-78 is generally equivalent

to ASTM A426-76 grade CPI based on the criteria discussed earlier,

subject to the following limitations:

(a) For JIS pipe to be acceptable, the inner and outer^ pipe

surfaces must be finished to the requirements of A42 6 ^Section 5.2.

(b) To be acceptable, the JIS pipe must be normalized and tempered

at a minimum temperature of 649 C.

(c) To be acceptable, the longitudinal and transverse ultimate

tensile strength and yield strength requirements for the JIS pipe

in the proper heat treated condition must be shown to satisfy the

strength acceptance criterion.

(d) To be acceptable, the JIS pipe must be shown to satisfy the

hardness acceptance criterion.

(3) JIS class 21 (SCPH 21-CF) from JIS G5 202-78 is generally equivalent

to ASTM A426-76 grade CPU based on the criteria discussed earlier,

subject to the following limitations:

(a) For JIS pipe to be acceptable, the inner and outer pipe

surfaces must be finished to the requirements of A426, Section 5.2.

(b) To be acceptable, the JIS pipe must be normalized and tempered

at a minimum temperature of 649 C.

(c) To be acceptable, the longitudinal and transverse ultimate

tensile strength and yield strength requirements for JIS pipe in

the proper heat treated condition must be shewn to satisfy the

strength acceptance criterion.

(d) To be acceptable, the JIS pipe must be shown to satisfy the

hardness acceptance criterion.

(4) JIS class 32 (SCPH 32-CF) from JIS G5202-78 is generally equivalent

to ASTM A426-76 grade CP22 based on the criteria discussed earlier,

subject to the following limitations:

(a) For JIS pipe to be acceptable, the inner and outer pipe

surfaces must be finished to the requirements of A426, Setion 5.2.

(b) To be acceptable, the JIS pipe must be normalized and tempered

at a minimum temperature of 677 C.

96
(c) To be acceptable, the longitudinal and transverse tensile

strength and yield strength requirements for JXS pipe in the proper

heat treated condition must be shown to satisfy the strength

acceptance criterion.

(d) To be acceptable, the JTS pipe must be shown to satisfy the

hardness acceptance criterion.

97
(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)

*

98
JIS G5202-78//ASTM A426-76

STEELMAKING PRACTICE

Specification ASTM A426 requires the steel to be made by the

electric- furnace steelmaking process because of the alloy content of

these grades. The use of other steelmaking processes would lead to

unacceptably high alloying element losses. Specification JIS G5202 does

not specify how the steel is made because it includes carbon steel

grades which can be made by any of the usual steelmaking processes.

Thus, JIS GS202 is not inconsistent with the requirements of A426.

SURFACE FINISH /

Specification ASTM A426 requires all pipe to have both the inner

and cuter surfaces mchined to a particular finish while JIS G5202 does

not specify any surface finish. The surface finish requirement for the

inner pipe surface insures the removal of debris which could become

attached to the surface and disrupt the resulting fluid flow through the

pipe. The surface finish requirement for the pipe outer surface insures

that surface casting defects originating from the centrifugal casting

process are exposed and/or removed. These surface finish requirements

are important for this pipe in its intended applications

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for JIS

class 1 and class 2 do not satisfy the ASTM limits for any grade because

they are carbon steel compositions and outside the scope of A426.

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for JIS

class 11 satisfy the chemical limits for A426 grade CPI. The JIS

maximum carbon level is below the A426 maximum level while the JIS

manganese range and molybdenum ranges are within the A426 ranges. The

lower JIS carbon limit could result in lower strength properties. The

maximum JIS levels for the impurities sulfur and phosphorus are below

the A426 levels. The upper limit for the JIS silicon range exceeds the

A426 upper limit but is not inconsistent with the requirements of A426.

The JIS limits on the residual elements copper, nickel, chromium,

tungsten and total residuals are identical to the A426 limits.

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for JIS

class 21 satisfy the chemical limits for A426 grade CPU. The JIS

maximum carbon level is below the A426 maximum level while the JIS

manganese range, chromium range, and molybdenum range are within or identical to the A426 ranges. The lower JIS carbon limit could result

in lower strength properties. The maximum JIS levels for silicon, the

impurities sulfur and phosphorus, and the residual elements copper,

nickel, tungsten and total residuals are identical to the A426 limits.

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for JIS

class 32 satisfy the chemical limits for A426 grade CP22. The JIS

maximum carbon level is slightly below the A426 maximum level while the

JIS manganese range and molybdenum range are within or identical to the

99
A426 ranges. The maximum JIS levels for silicon, the impurities sulfur

and phosphorus, and the residual elements copper, nickel, tungsten and

total residuals are identical to the A426 limits. The JIS lower limit

for the chromium range is slightly below the lower limit of the A426

range klbut this is not inconsistent with the requirements of A426.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Heat Treatment

Specification ASTM A426 requires the steel to be normalized and

tempered at temperatures which depend on the chemical composition of the

grade. The minimum tempering temperature for ASTM A426 grades CPI, CP 2,

CPU, CP12, and CP15 is 649 C while the minimum temperature for grades

CP 5 , CP 5b , CP7 , CP9 , CP21, CP22, and CPCA15 is 677 C. Specification JIS

G5202 does not specify heat treatment temperatures but only that the

pipe must be heat treated by either annealed, normalized, normalized and

tempered, or quenched and tempered. The variety of heat treatments is

due in part to the presence of both carbon and alloy steels. To be

acceptable, the JIS pipe must be in the normalized and tempered

condition with minimum tempering temperatures as required by A426.

Strength Properties

The ASTM test specimen requirements are taken from both A426, A530

Section 16, and A370. For pipe 200 mm or larger nominal diameter,

longitudinal or transverse specimen tests are required while only

longitudinal tests are required for pipe smaller than 200 mm diameter.

The preferred longitudinal and transverse specimen is the standard round

specimen with a 50 mm gage length and a gage length-to-diameter (L/D)

ratio of 4. There is no difference between longitudinal and transverse

requirements

.

Specif ication JIS G52C2 permits test specimens to be taken from

either the pice itself or from a separately cast coupon. Thus, the JIS

requirements are for the longitudinal orientation only. The test

specimen is a standard round type with a diameter of 14 mm and a gage

length-to-diameter ratio of 5 and the strength requirements can be

directly compared with A426.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength and yield strength

requirements of JIS class 11 are both 15% below the A426 requirements

for grade CPI and related in part to the lower JIS maximum carbon level

and unspecified heat treatment.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength and yield strength

requirements of JIS class 21 and class 32 are 15% and 25%, respectively,

below the A426 requirements for grade CPU and grade CP22 and related in

part to the lower JIS maximum carbon levels and unspecified heat

treatment.

100
Hardness Requirements

Specification A426 contains a requirement of maximum hardness in

addition to the minimum ultimate tensile strength requirements. Using a correlation between hardness and approximate tensile strength, the

maximum hardness permitted for A426 grades CPI, CPU, and CP22 permit a maximum ultimate tensile strength of about 690 MPa which is consistent

with the range of minimum ultimate tensile strength values of 448 MPa to

433 MPa for these three grades. Specification JIS G5202 does not

contain a maximum hardness requirement but since the JIS minimum

ultimate tensile strength requirements are below the A426 values, it

would be expected that the JIS class 11, class 21, and class 32 would

satisfy the A426 hardness requirements.

Ductility Requirements

The JIS minimum percent elongation requirement is based on a specimen with a gace length five times the diametar. The equivalent

ASTM specimen has a gage length four times the diametar. Using the

relationship between percenu elongation, gage length, and crosssectional area, the equivalent JIS percent elongation would be about 91%

of the ASTM value.

The JIS minimum percent elongation requirement for class 11 is 14%

below the A426 minimum requirement for grade CPI. The JIS minimum

percent elongation requirement for class 21 and class 32 exceed the A426

minimum requirement for grade CPU and CP22.

Specification A426 contains minimum reduction-in-area requirements

because the pipe could receive additional fabrication operations,

including, but not limited to swaging, expansion, upsetting in which the

ability of the pipe to withstand local deformation would be important.

However, specification JIS G5202 does not include reduction-in-area

requirements. If the JIS alloy classes satisfied the other mechanical

property requirements of A426, then the reduction-in-area requirements

would probably also be satisfied. The substantially lower minimum

strength values for the JIS classes combined with the marginal

elongation minimum for JIS class 11 suggests that the ASTM reduction-inarea acceptance criteria should be satisfied.

Flattening Test Requirements

Specification A426 and JIS G5202 permit flattening tests on all

pipe diameters. The ASTM test is in two parts which qualitatively

measure both ductility and soundness. Part 1, a measure of ductility,

requires a section of pipe top be flattended to a fraction of its

original dliametr without cracking. This critical height is a function

of the original diameter, wall thickness, and maximum allowed strain.

The equation relating these parameters can be derived from theoretical

analyses of bending of a curved section and can be written as:

101
where H = distance between flattening plates

D = pipe outside diameter

t = wall thickness

e = maximum strain at outer pipe surface

Specification JTS G5202 also permits a flattening test for all pipe

diameters based on the identical equation. This equation does not

account for the experimental observation that the actual maximum strain

experienced in flattening pipe exceeds substantially the calculated

value from the above equation. This effect, called "peaking" is not

important for this discussion since both ASTM and JIS use or^ly the

theoretical equation. The maximum strain required by JIS for class 11,

class 21, and class 32, e = 0.08, is the same as required by A530.

In part 2 of the ASTM test, a measure of internal soundness, the

pipe is totally collapsed to look for evidence of de lamination

.

However, JIS G5202 is deficient because it does not contain this

requirement

.

Hydrostatic Test Requirements

Specification A426 requires all lengths of pipe to be

hydrostatically tested without leaking at pressures calculated from A530

by:

The minimum test pressure need not exceed 17.2 MPa for outside diameters

83.9 mm or less, nor 19.3 MPa for outside diameters over 88.9 mm. Specification JIS G5202 permits a hydrostatic test at pressures

calculated from the identical equation specified in A530.

where P = hydrostatic test pressure

S = pipe wall stress equal to 0.6 of

minimum specified yield strength

t = pipe wall thickness

D = pipe outside diameter

102
JIS G4051-65//ASTM A576-74

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are quite similar and

refer to hot-rolled carbon steel bars suitable for forging, heat treating,

machining and other structural uses, called special quality in ASTM A576.

In addition, JIS G4051-65 contains three classes identified as case-hardening

alloys

The major design criterion for the intended applications of these materials

is the chemical composition limits. The applications for these alloys are extensive and varied, and in many situations require additional processing such

as heat treatment and surface preparation so that it is expected thafc" alloys with

identical or very similar chemistry limits will respond in the same manner to

various thermo /mechanical treatments. However, JIS G4051 requires killed steel

without limits on the austenite grain size while ASTM A576 permits rimmed, capped,

semi-killed, or killed steel with optional designation of austenite grain size for

killed, steel. Thus, these differences in deoxidation practice may influence

subsequent properties depending on further processing and ultimate use.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion, the

acceptance criterion for the determination of equivalence is a very high degree

of agreement in chemistry for all elements. The ultimate determination of

equivalence between material specifications that are not identical, however,

depends on the actual end-use of the material in a structure and the design

parameters for that structure.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) The following JIS classes from JIS G4051-65 are generally equivalent to the

indicated grades from ASTM A576-74, based on the criterion discussed earlier:

JIS class

S10C

S12C

S15C

S17C

S20C

S22C

S25C

S28C

S30C

S35C

S38C

S40C

S43C

S45C

S48C

S50C

S53C

S55C

S58C

ASTM grade

(A1S1 designation)

1010

1012

1015

1017

1020

1023

1025

1029

1030

1035

1038

1040

1042

1045

1049

1050

1053

1055

I 1060

\

103
(.2) JIS classes S^CK, S15CK, and S20CK. from JIS G4Q51-65 are generally

equivalent to grades 1010, 1015, and 1Q2Q, respectively, from ASTM A576-74,

based on the criterion discussed earlier.

(3) JIS class S33C from JIS G4051-65 is not equivalent to any grade in ASTM

A376-74 because the JIS carbon range does not fall within a range for any

ASTM grade.
JIS G4051-65//ASTM A576-74

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

Two primary quality descriptors of hot-rolled steel bars, in order of

increasing quality, are merchant quality and special quality (ASTM A576).

Merchant quality bars are typically used in non-critical structural

applications which do not require extensive bending or welding and are generally unsuited for forging or other processing where internal soundness

and high surface quality are important. Merchant quality bars are produced

to wider carbon and manganese ranges than for other quality steel. Special

quality bars such as those covered by A576 are suited for forging, cold

forming, and machining and are required to be free from visible pipe and

excessive chemical segregation and have narrower carbon and manganese ranges

than merchant quality. Further, special quality bars often are produced from

billets which have been inspected and conditioned to reduce surface defects.

The chemical composition ranges for carbon and manganese, based on ladle

analyses, for JIS classes S10C, S12C, S15C, S17C, S20C, S22C, S25C, S28C,

S35C, S38C, S40C, S43C, S50C, S53C, S55C, S58C, S15CK, and S20CX are identical

to or totally within the A576 ranges for grades 1010, 1012, 1013, 1017, 1020,

1023, 1025, 1029, 1035, 1038, 1040, 1042, 1049, 1053, 1055, 1060, 1015, and

1020, respectively. Although JIS G4051 specifies a range of silicon levels

which is consistent with the required killed steel deoxidation practice, A576

does not specify a silicon content because a variety of deoxidation practices

are permitted which would result in different residual silicon levels. Thus

the JIS silicon requirements for these classes are consistent with the intent

of A576 which allows killed steels. The maximum JIS levels of sulfur and

phosphorus for these classes are below the A576 maximum levels and ‘thus satisfy

the ASTM requirements.

The chemical composition range for carbon, based on ladle analyses, for

JIS classes S30C, S45C, S4oC, and 39CX falls slightly below the A576 ranges

for grades 1030, 1045, 1049, and 1010, respectively. The JIS minimum carbon

value for these four classes is only 0.01% or one point of carbon below the

ASTM minimum value and thus should not have a noticeable effect on subsequent

properties or behavior. The manganese range for these JIS classes is

identical to the A576 ranges while the maximum JIS levels for sulfur and

phosphorus are below and thus satisfy the ASTM maximum levels. Silicon is not

specified in A576 because of the variety of deoxidation practices allowed;

therefore the JIS silicon range satisfies the intent of A576.

The carbon composition range, based on a ladle analysis, for JIS class

S33C falls equally between A576 grades 1030 and 1035, and thus does not satisfy

any grade from A576.

105
t *
DIN 17200-69/ /DIN 17 210-69 //ASTM A576-74

INTRODUCTION

The scope statement in ASTM A576--4 refers to hot-rolled, special quality,

carbon steel bars suitable, for additional processing, including forging,

heat treating, cold drawing, and machining. The two DIN specifications, DIN

17200-69 and DIN 17210-69, however, describe two generic classes of steels,

quenched and tempered carbon and alloy steels, and case hardening carbon and

alloy steels, in a variety of forms including bar stock, flats, sheet,

seamless tubes, and forgings. Further, DIN 17200 and DIN 17210 specify

mini rm rm mechanical properties which depend on the subsequent heat; treatment

received whereas A576 does not specify any mechanical property requirements

for the hot-rolled condition since further thermo /mechanical processing is

expected. Thus the comparison excludes consideration of mechanical

properties

The major design criterion for the intended applications of these alloys

(as described in A576) is the chemical composition limits. The applications

for these alloys are extensive, and in many situations require additional

processing such as heat treatment so that it is expected that alloys with

identical or very similar chemistry limits will respond in the same manner to

various thermo/ mechanical treatments.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion, the

acceptance criterion for the determination of equivalence is a very high degree,

of agreement in chemistry for all elements. The ultimate determination of

equivalence between material specifications that are not identical, however,

depends on the actual end-use of the material in a structure and the design

parameters for that structure.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) DIN grade CklO (1.1121), grade Ckl5 (1.1141), and grade Cm 15 (1.1140)

from DIN 17210-69 are generally equivalent to grades 1010, 1015, and 1015,

respectively, from ASTM A576-74, based on the criterion discussed earlier.

(2) DIN grade CIO (1.0301) and grade C15 (1.0401) from DIN 17210-69 are not

equivalent to ASTM A576-74 because they are lower quality grades of CklO,

Ckl5, and Cml5 and are allowed a somewhat higher phosphorus level than that

allowed by A576, greater inclusion content, and poorer surface quality.

(3) DIN grade Ck55 (1.1203), grade Cm55 (1.1209), grade Ck60 (1.1221), and

Cm60 (1.1334) from DIN 17200-69 are generally equivalent to grades 1055, 1055,

1060, and 1060, respectively, from ASTM A576-74, based on the criterion

discussed earlier.

(4) DIN grade C55 and grade C60 from DIN 17200-69 are not equivalent to

ASTM A576-74 because they are lower quality grades of Ck55, Cm55, Ck60, and

Cm60 and are allowed a somewhat higher phosphorus level than that allowed by

A576, greater inclusion content, and poorer surface quality.

107
(5) DIN grade Ck35 (1.1181), grade Cm35 (1.1180), grade Ck45 (1.1191),

and grade Cm45 (1.1201) from DIN 17200-69 are generally equivalent to

ASTM A576-74, based on the criterion discussed earlier, subject to the

following limitation:

(a) To be acceptable, the minimum manganese level (ladle analysis)

for these DIN grades must be shown to exceed 0.60 weight percent in order

to insure proper response to further thermal processing.

(6) DIN grades C35 (1.0501) and C45 (1.0503) from DIN 17200-69 are not

equivalent to ASTM A576-74 because they are lower quality grades of Ck35,

Cm35, Ck45, and Cm45 and are allowed a somewhat higher phosphorus level,

greater inclusion content, and poorer surface quality in addition* to having

the maximum and minimum DIN manganese levels below the A576 requirements.

(7) DIN grades 15 Cr3, 16 MnCr5, 20 MnCr5, 20 MoCr4, 25 MoCr4, 15 CrNi6,

17 CrNiMc6 from DIN 17210-69, and DIN grades 28 Mn6, 38 Cr2, 46 Cr2, 34 Cr4,

37 Cr4, 41 Cr4, 25 CrMo4, 34 CrMo4, 42 CrMo4, 32 CrMol2, 36 CrNiMo4, 34 CrNiMo6,

30 CrNiMo8, and 50 CrV4 from DIN 12200-69 are alloy steel grades and are

outside the scope of ASTM A576-74.

108
DIN 17200-69/ /DIN 17210-69 //ASTM A576-74

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

Two primary quality descriptors of hot-rolled steel bars, in order of

increasing quality, are merchant quality and specialty quality (ASTM A576).

Merchant quality bars are typically used in non-critical structural applications

which do not require extensive bending or welding and are generally unsuited for

forging or other processing where internal soundness and high surface quality

are important. Merchant quality bars are produced to wider carbon and manganese

ranges than other quality steels. Special quality bars such as those covered by

A576 are suited for forging, cold forming, and machining and are required to be

free from visible pipe and excessive chemical segregation and have narrower

carbon and manganese ranges than merchant quality. Further, special quality

bars often are produced from billets which have been inspected and conditioned

to reduce surface defects.

The chemical composition ranges for carbon, based on ladle analysis, for

DIN grades CklO, Ckl5, and Cml5 falls slightly below the A576 ranges for grades

1010, 1015, and 1015, respectively. The DIN minimum carbon value for these

three grades is only 0.01% or one point of carbon below the ASTM minimum value

and thus should not have a noticeable effect on subsequent properties behavior.

The manganese ranges for these DIN classes is identical to the A576 ranges while

the maximum DIN values for sulfur and phosphorus are below the A576 values and

thus satisfy A576. Although DIN 17210 specifies a range of silicon levels

which suggests a killed steel deoxidation practice, A576 does not specify

silicon because various deoxidation practices are permitted which result in

different residual silicon levels. Thus, the DIN silicon requirement for

these classes is consistent with the intent of A576 which allows killed steels.

The maximum DIN levels of sulfur and phosphorus for these classes are below the

A576 maximum level and thus satisfy the ASTM requirements.

The chemical composition ranges for all elements for DIN grades CIO and C15 are identical to those for the DIN Ck and Cm grades except higher levels of

sulfur and phosphorus are permitted. in CIO and C15. The maximum permitted

phosphorus level for these two DIN grades exceeds slightly the maximum level

allowed by A576. Further, DIN 17210 describes the grades CIO and C15 as having

poorer homogeneity, greater number of inclusions, and poorer surface quality than

the Ck and Cm grades, and thus less likely to satisfy the special quality

requirements of A576.

The chemical composition ranges for carbon and manganese, based on ladle

analysis, for DIN grades Ck55, Cm55, Ck60, and Cm60 are identical to or totally

within the A576 ranges for grades 1055, 1055, 1060, and 1060, respectively.

Although DIN 17200 specifies a range of silicon levels which suggests a killed

steel deoxidation practice, A576 does not specify silicon because various

deoxidation practices are permitted resulting in different residual silicon

levels. Thus, the DIN silicon requirement for these classes is consistent

with the intent of A576 which allows killed steels. The maximum DIN levels of

sulfur and phosphorus for these grades are below the A576 maximum levels and

thus satisfy the ASTM requirements.

109
The chemical composition ranges for carbon, based on ladle analysis, for

DIN grades Ck35, Cm35, Ck45, and Cm45 fall slightly above or slightly below

the A576 ranges for grades 1035, 1035, 1045, and 1045, respectively. The DIN

maximum carbon value for grades Ck35 and Cm35 and the DIN maximum carbon value

for grades Ck45 and Cm45 are only 0.01% or one point of carbon above or below the ASTM maximum or minimum values and thus should not have a noticeable

effect on subsequent properties or behavior. The manganese range for these DIN

grades, however, is substantially below the A576 range. The maximum and

minimum DIN manganese levels are 0.1% below the A576 maximum and- minimum levels

and thus, at the low manganese end, properties could be affected. The maximum

DIN levels of sulfur and phosphorus for these grades are below the A576 maximum

levels and thus satisfy the ASTM requirements.

The chemical composition ranges for all elements for DIN grades C35, C45,

C55, and G60 are identical to those for the DIN Ck and Cm grades except that

higher levels of sulfur and phosphorus are permitted in all of these C grades.

The maximum permitted phosphorus level for the C grade exceeds slightly the

maximum level allowed by A576. Further, DIN 17200 describes the C grades as having poorer response to heat treating, greater number of inclusions, and

poorer surface quality than the Ck and Cm grades, and thus less likely to

satisfy the special quality requirements of A576.

110
JIS G3 101-76/ /ASTM A3 07 -7

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements of these two specifications do not have the same focus. Specification ASTM A307-78 covers only externally threaded

fasteners in sizes 6.35 mm to 104 mm, plain and galvanized, while JIS

G3101-76 includes all rolled steel products for general structural use,

including sheet, plate, strip, flats, shapes, and bars. Specification

JIS G3101-76 does not specifically cover finished products such as threaded fasteners, but rather, for example, the starting material for

threaded fasteners.

I /

However, A307 is the product specification for externally threaded

fasteners based on the more general specification, A36. Specification

A36 covers all forms of carbon structural steel, including shapes,

plates, and bars in the unfinished condition, for general use, and in

3cope is very close to JIS G3101. (See the JIS G3101-76//ASTM A36-77a

comparison)

The principal design criterion for the structural applications of

these products is the ultimate tensile strength. The percent elongation

requirement, characterizing tensile ductility, is not usually considered

to be a useful design parameter because it is not a unique parameter,

depending on specimen geometry and gage length as well as the material's

intrinsic ductility. Percent elongation, however, can be used for

comparison purposes and to show the effect of other variables, such as composition and/or heat treatment on material ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous

discussion, the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence

are: (L) the strength requirements of JIS G3101 are considered

equivalent to the requirements of ASTM A307 if the JIS values fall

within the range from 5% above the A307 maximum value to 5% below the

A307 minimum value; and (2) the percent elongation requirements of JIS

G3101 are considered equivalent to the requirements of A307 if the JIS

values exceed or are within 15% of the A307 minimum value. Allowance of

the larger difference for percent elongation is based on: (1) the

actual expected JIS elongation values would normally exceed the minimum

requirement; (2) percent elongation is not a design parameter but rather

a measure of the relative response of the material to plastic

deformation; and (3) the unknown precision in the relationship between

gage length, cross-sectional area, and percent elongation. The ultimate

determination of equivalence between material specifications that are not identical, however, depends on the actual end-use of the material in

a structure and the design parameters for that structure.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) JIS class 1 (SS 34) from JIS G3101-76 is not generally equivalent

to ASTM A307-78 grade B because the maximum JIS ultimate tensile

strength only slightly exceeds the A307 minimum requirement.

Ill
(2) JIS class 2 (SS 41) from JIS G3101-76 is generally equivalent to

ASTM A307-78 grade B based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to

the following limitations:

(a) JIS tensile test specimens from bars over 38 ram to 65 mm in

diameter must be located so that the specimen axis lies midway

between the bar axis and the outer surface.

(b) To be acceptable, the minimum JIS percent elongation

requirements for bars 25 mm or less in diameter must satisfy the

elongation acceptance criterion.

(3) JIS class 3 (SS 50) from JIS G3101-76 grade B is gep^rally

equivalent to ASTM A307-78 based on the criteria discussed earlier,

subject to the following limitations

(a) JIS tensile test specimens from bars over 38 mm to 65 mm in

diameter must be located so that the specimen axis lies midway

between the bar axis and the outer surface.

(b) To be acceptable, the minimum JIS percent elongation

requirement for bars 25 mm or less in diameter must satisfy the

elongation acceptance criterion.

(4) JIS class 4 (SS 55) from JIS G3101-76 is not generally equivalent

to ASTM A307-78 grade 3 because the minimum ultimate tensile strength is

substantially greater than the A307 minimum, thus increasing the

probability that the unspecified JIS maximum ultimate strength would

exceed the A307 limit. This higher expected ultimate tensile strength

is consistent with the JIS class 4 minimum percent elongation

requirement for all bar sices being less than the A307 minimum

requirement.

112
JIS G3 101-76/ /ASTM A307-78

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

Specification ASTM A307-78 contains two strength grades with

chemical composition limits for only sulfur and phosphorus. The carbon

and manganese levels are not specified. One of the two grades, grade A,

is a resulfurized steel for better machinability. Specification JIS

G3 10 1-76 contains four strength classes in which three of the four,

class 1, class 2, and class 3, have chemical composition limits for only

sulfur and phosphorus. Carbon and manganese levels are not specified

for these three classes. The four classes do not cover resulfurized

steels and thus none are equivalent to A307 grade A steel.*,

The absence of extensive chemical composition requirements allows

wider chemistry limits on important elements such as carbon and

manganese and thus reduces the cost of these products since both

chemical requirements and mechanical property requirements do not have

to be satisfied. When this steel is produced to mechanical property

requirements, typical practice allows the carbon and manganese levels to

vary in order to compensate for the effect of product thickness.

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for JIS

class 1, class 2, class 3, and class 4 satisfy the chemical limits for

A307 grade B. The maximum phosphorus limit for JIS class 1, class 2,

and class 3 material exceeds slightly the A307 grade 3 maximum limit but

should not have an adverse effect on the mechanical properties. The

maximum phosphorus limit for JIS class 4 material is identical to the

A307 grade B maximum limit. The maximum sulfur limit for JIS class 1,

class 2, class 3, and class 4 is identical to or below the A307 grade S

maximum limit.

9 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Specification A307 calls for the mechanical tests to be carried cut

according to ASTM A370, Supplement III for threaded fasteners. The

preferred specimen is the full-size threaded bolt tested to a minimum

ultimate load which corresponds to a fixed ultimate tensile strength for

the particular grade. Due to test equipment limitations, machined,

round, 50 mm gage length specimens are permitted and ultimate tensile

strength requirements are applied. Specific types of small bolts which

cannot be directly tested can satisfy hardness requirements instead of

ultimate tensile load or strength requirements. The hardness value

limits correlate with the ultimate tensile strength limits applied to

larger bolts. Machined specimens taken from bolts less than 38 mm in

diameter shall have their axis concentric with bolt axis; the specimen

axis in bolts 38 mm or more in diameter shall be midway between bolt

axis and outer surface.

Specification JIS G3101 covers only the bar stock before it is

converted into threaded fasteners and so does not contain threaded type

specimens or hardness requirements. The preferred JIS specimens are full size sections of bar stock and located according to JIS G0303-72

class A. The test specimen taken from bars 65 mm or less in diameter

113
has its axis concentric with the bar axis; the specimen axis for bars

over 65 mm in diameter shall be midway between bar axis and outer

surface. Thus for bar stock and threaded bolts 38 mm or less in

diameter or greater than 65 mm in diameter, a direct comparison can be

made between the requirements of JIS G3101 and ASTM A307. For sizes

over 38 mm to 65 mm in diameter, the JIS specimen must be located as required by A370 in order for the same regions of the bar or bolt will

be sampled by the test specimen. - -

Strength Requirements

The minimum ultimate tensile strength for JIS G3101 class 1 is 20%

4L below the minimum A307 grade A and grade B value while the maximum class

1 value is only 4% above these A307 minimum values.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength for JIS G3101 class 2 is 3%

below the A3 07 minimum value for grade A and grade B while the maximum

class 2 value is within the allowed range for A307 grade B. For grade A

fasteners, an upper limit on ultimate tensile strength is not specified.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength for JIS G3101 class 3 exceeds

the A307 minimum value for grade A and grade 3 while the maximum class 3 value is within the allowed range for A307 grade 3.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength for JIS G3101 class 4

substantially exceeds the A307 minimum value for grade A and grade 3.

The maximum ultimate tensile strength for JIS class 4 substantially

exceeds the A307 minimum value for grade A and grade B. The maximum

ultimate tensile strength for JIS class 4 is not specified.

Ductilitv Recuirements

Using the preferred A307 test specimen, ductility requirements,

such as percent elongation, are not specified. However, using the

alternate machined specimen with the gage length-to-diameter ratio of 4, a minimum percent elongation is required.

The JIS test specimen for bars 25 mm or less in diameter has a gage

length-to-diameter ratio (L/D) of 8. Using the relationship between

gage length and cross-sectional area, the equivalent JIS elongation

value would be smaller, about 76% of the ASTM value. The JIS test

specimen for bars over 25 mm in diameter has a gage length-to-diameter

ratio of 4, the same as the ASTM specimen. Thus, for specimens sampling

the same region, the JIS and ASTM requirements can be directly compared.

The minimum elongation requirements for all sizes of JIS class 1 exceed the A307 minimum requirement for grade A and grade 3. The

minimum elongation requirements for JIS class 2 and class 3 bars over 25

mm diameter exceed the A307 minimum requirement for grade A and grade 3.

For JIS class 2 and class 3 bars 25 mm or less diameter, the JIS minimum

requirements are 17% and 22%, respectively, below the A3 07 minimum

value. The minimum elongation requirement for JIS class 4 bars over 25

mm diameter is 6% below the A307 minimum requirement while for bars 25 mm or less in diameter, the JIS requirement is 44% below the A307 value.

114
DIN 267-67 / /ASTM A307-78

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are similar and

refer to carbon steel externally threaded fasteners for general

applications. Specification ASTM A307-78 is limited to headed bolts in

sizes from 6.35 mm to 104 mm in diameter while specification DIN 267-67

includes nuts, screws, and other threaded forms in addition to headed

bolts, up to 39 mm in diameter. Further, DIN 267 covers stainless steel

and nonferrous fasteners as well as carbon steel fasteners.

The major design criteria for the intended applications of“ these

materials is the static strength property, ultimate tensile strength,

and hardness. The percent elongation requirement characterizing tensile

ductility, is not usually considered to be a useful design parameter

because it is not a unique parameter, depending on specimen geometry and

gage length as well as the materials intrinsic ductility. Percent

elongation, however, can be used for comparison purposes and to show the

effect of other variables, such as composition, and/or heat treatment on material ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous

discussion, the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence

are: (I) the strength requirements of DIN 267 are considered equivalent

to the requirements of ASTM A307 if the DIN values fall within the range

from 5% above the A307 maximum value to 5% below the A307 minimum value;

(2) the DIN hardness values are considered equivalent to the

requirements of A307 if they fall within the range from 5% above the

A307 maximum value to 5% below the A307 minimum value; (3) the percent

elongation requirements of DIN 267 are considered equivalent to the

requirements of A307 if the DIN values exceed or are within 15% of the

A307 minimum value. Allowance of the larger difference for percent

elongation is based on: (1) the actual expected DIN elongation values

would normally exceed the minimum requirement; (2) percent elongation is

not a design parameter but rather a measure of the relative response of

the material to plastic deformation; and (3) the unknown precision in

the relationship between gage length, cross-sectional area and percent

elongation. The ultimate determination of equivalence between material

specifications that are not identical, however, depends on the actual

end-use of the material in a structure and the design parameters for

that structure.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) DIN grade 3.6 froiu DIN 267-67 is not generally equivalent to ASTM

A307 Grade A or Grade B because the DIN minimum ultimate tensile

strength and minimum hardness requirements are 20% and 26% below the

A307 minimum requirements for Grade A or Grade B.

(2) Resulfurized DIN grade 4.6 from DIN 267-67 is generally equivalent

to ASTM A307 Grade A (SAE grade 1) based on the criteria discussed

earlier, subject to the following limitations:

115
(a) The DIN sulfur level should be held to 0.15% maximum.

(b) The DIN ultimate tensile strength and minimum hardness must

satisfy the A307 acceptance criteria.

(3) Non-resulfurized DIN grade 4.6 from DIN 267-67 is generally

equivalent to ASTM A307 Grade B (SAE grade 1) based on the criteria

discussed earlier, subject to the following limitation: -

(a) The DIN minimum ultimate tensile strength and minimum hardness

must satisfy the A307 acceptance criteria.

(4) DIN grade 4.8 from DIN 267-67 is not generally equivalent to ASTM

A307 Grade A or Grade 3 because this higher yield strength-to-tensile

strength version of DIN grade 4.6 has a minimum percent elongation

requirement 27% below the A307 minimum requirement.

(5) DIN grades 5.6 and 5.8 from DIN 267-67 are not generally equivalent

to ASTM A307 Grade A or Grade B because their DIN minimum ultimate

tensile strength values satisfy the SAE requirements for grade 2 bolts.

(6) DIN grades 6.6, 6.8, and 6.9 from DIN 276-67 are not generally

equivalent to ASTM A307 Grade A or Grade B because their DIN minimum

ultimate tensile strength values satisfy the SAE requirements for grade

3 bolts.

(7) DIN grades 8.8 and 10.9 from DIN 276-67 are not generally

equivalent to ASTM A307 Grade A or Grade B because their DIN minimum

ultimate tensile strength values satisfy the SAE requirements for grade

5 and grade 8 bolts, respectively.

(8) DIN grades 12.9 and 14.9 from DIN 276-67 are not generally

equivalent to ASTM A307 Grade A or Grade 3 because their ultimate

tensile strength and hardness ranges lie far outside the A307 allowed

ranges

.

116
DIN 267-67//ASTM A307-78

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

Typically, threaded fasteners for service between -50 C and +200 C

may be produced from a number of different grades of steel provided the

finished fastener satisfies the specified strength requirements. These

carbon and alloy steels are generally limited to 0.55% maximum carbon

content. The fastener fabricator thus can choose among a number of

steel compositions to satisfy the specified strength requirement.

Consistent with this approach, A307 contains only the most minimal

chemical requirements with only sulfur and phosphorus specified for the

two steel grades. The free-machining grade, A307 Grade A pe'tmits up to

0.15% sulfur and 0.06% phosphorus, while the non-free machining grade.

Grade B, limits sulfur to 0.05% and phosphorus to 0.04%. Steel grades

containing lead, bismuth, selenium, or tellurium are not permitted for

Grade B bolts.

Specification DIN 267 for strength categories or grades 4.6, 4.8,

5.6. 5.8, 6.6, 6.8, and 6.9 permits somewhat high sulfur and phosphorus

limits of 0.07% and 0.06%, respectively, for the non-free machining

types and 0.34% and 0.10% respectively, for the free-machining types.

Typically, sulfur is limited to 0.13% in AISI-SAE resulfurized steel

grades, although a few grades have maximum sulfur levels of 0.35%,

similar to the DIN limit. However, in resulfurized steels, the

manganese level must be high enough so that the sulfur is present only

as manganese sulfide particles. Neither A307 &r DIN 267 specify

manganese levels and so to insure the absence of free-sulfur in the

alloy, the DIN sulfur maximum should be held to the A307 limit of 0.15%

Phosphorus also improves machinability , especially for cutting threads

and thus the higher maximum phosphorus levels in DIN 267 are not

inconsistent with the intent of A307.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Although not explicitly indicated, specification A307 applies to

grade 1 bolts as defined by Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE)

Standard J429, based on the minimum specified ultimate tensile strength

The SAE classifies bolts by strength grades with a minimum strength

requirement for each grade. Variations in chemical composition and

thermo/mechanical processing are allowed in order to achieve the

particular minimum strength. The strength requirements of SAE grade 1 bolts can be met with hot rolled low-carbon steels.

Strength Requirements

Tensile testing of full-size bolts is preferred according to A307

although machined specimens are also permitted. For bolts less than 38 mm diameter, round 12.7 mm diameter, 50 mm gage length machined

specimens concentric with the bolt axis are used, while for bolts 38 mm

or more in diameter, the standard round specimen is located with its

axis one-half the distance from the center to the surface of the bolt.

117
According to specification DIN 267, axial testing of full-size

bolts or machined specimens concentric with the bolt axis are permitted.

Thus, a direct comparison of strength requirements can be carried out.

Specification A307 distinguishes between the free-machining Grade A

and the normal Grade B by allowing greater latitude in hardness for

Grade A. In DIN 267, both normal and free-machining grades must satisfy

the same strength requirements.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength for DIN grade 3.6 is 20%

below the A307 minimum for Grade A or Grade B. The minimum ultimate

tensile strength for DIN grades 4.6 and 4.8 are 4% below phe SAE

requirement for grade 1 bolts and 4% below the A307 requirement for

Grade A or Grade B. The minimum ultimate tensile strength for DIN

grades 5.6 and 5.8 are 2% below the SAE requirement for grade 2 bolts up

to 19 mm diameter and 15% above the SAE requirements for grade 2 bolts

over 19 mm diameter. The minimum ultimate tensile strength for DIN

grades 6.6, 6.3, and 6.9 satisfy the SAE requirements for grade 3 bolts

while the maximum ultimate tensile strength for DIN grades 6.6, 5.8, and

6.9 is 14% above the maximum A307 requirement for Grade 3 bolts. The

minimum ultimate tensile strength for DIN grades 8.8 and 10.9 satisfy

the SAE requirements for grade 5 and grade 8 bolts, respectively, and

far exceed the maximum ultimate tensile strength for A307 Grade 3 bolts.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength for DIN grades 12.9 and 14.9 far

exceed the maximum values for A307 grade B bolts.

Hardness Requirements

The minimum Brinell hardness specified for DIN grade 3.6 is 26%

below the minimum hardness for A307 Grade A or Grade B. The specified

hardness range for DIN grades 4.6 and 4.8 lies from 8% below to within

the allowed range for A307 Grade A or Grade 3. The specified hardness

range for DIN grades 5.6 and 5.8 lies within the allowed range for A307

Grade A and from within to 2% above the allowed range for A307 Grade B.

The specified hardness range for DIN grades 6.6, 6.8, and 6.9 lie from

within to 2% above the allowed range for A307 Grade A and from within to

16% above the allowed range for A307 Grade B. The specified hardness

range for DIN grade 8.8 lies from within to 25% above the allowed range

for A307 Grade A and from 6% to 42% the allowed range for A307 Grade B.

The specified minimum hardness for DIN grade 10.9 is 16% and 32%,

respectively, above the A307 maximum hardness value for Grade A and

Grade 3. The specified minimum hardness for DIN grades 12.9 and 14.9 are 37% or more above the maximum hardness specified for A307 Grade A or Grade B.

Ductility Requirements

Percent elongation requirements are specified only when machined

specimens are tested. The machined DIN test specimen has a circular

cross-section with a constant gage length-to-diameter ratio of 5,

independent of bolt diameter. Similarly, A307 through A370 permits a circular cross-section specimen with a constant gage length-to-diameter

ratio of 4, independent of bolt diameter. Based on the relationship

118
between percent elongation, gage length, and cross-sectional area, the

equivalent DIN elongation would be 92% of the A307 value.

The minimum percent elongation requirements for DIN grades 3.6,

4.6, and 5.6 satisfy the A307 requirement for Grade A or Grade B bolts.

The minimum percent elongation requirement for DIN grades 4.8, 5.8, and

6.6 are 27%, 50%, and 17%, respectively, below the A307 requirement for

Grade A or Grade 3. The minimum percent elongation requirement for DIN

grades 6.8, 6.9, 8.3, 10.9, 12.9, and 14.9, are 59%, 39%, 39%, 54%, 59%,

and 64%, respectively below the A307 requirement for Grade A or Grade B.

<

ft i r

119
(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)

120
DIN 17 200-69 //ASTM A307-78

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are not closely

related. Specification ASTM A307-78 covers threaded carbon steel bolts

for general applications. Specification DIN 17200-69, however, includes

quenched and tempered steels, both carbon and alloy steels in a variety

of mill forms, including rolled or forged semi-finished products, wire,

bars, plate, sheet, seamless tubes and forgings. For general

applications, DIN 17240 refers to the steels in DIN 17200 as being

suitable for bolts for general applications up to 350 C. <<

r

>. The major design criteria for the intended applications of these

materials is the static strength property, ultimate tensile strength,

and hardness. The percent elongation requirement, characterizing

tensile ductility, is not usually considered to be a useful design

parameter because it is not a unique parameter, depending on specimen

geometry and gage length as well as the materials intrinsic ductility.

Percent elongation, however, can be used for comparison purposes and to

show the effect of other variables such as composition and/or heat

treatment on material ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous

discussion, the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence

are: (1) the strength requirements of DIN 17200 are considered

equivalent to the requirements of ASTM A307 if the DIN values fall

within the range from 5% above the A307 maximum value to 5% below the

A307 minimum value; (2) the DIN hardness values are considered

equivalent to the requirements of A307 if they fall within the range

from 5% above the A307 maximum to 5% below the A307 minimum value; and

(3) the percent elongation requirements of DIN 17200 are considered

equivalent to the requirements of A307 if the DIN values exceed or are within 15% of the A307 minimum values. Allowance of the larger

differences for percent elongation is based on: (1) the actual expected

DIN elongation values would normally exceed the minimum requirement; (2)

percent elongation is not a design parameter but rather a measure of the

relative response of the material to plastic deformation; and (3) the

unknown precision in the relationship between gage length, cross- sectional area and percent elongation. The ultimate determination of

equivalence between material specifications that are not identical,

however, depends on the actual end-use of the material in a structure

and the design parameters for that structure.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) DIN grades C35 (1.0501), Ck35 (1.1181), and Cm35 (1.1180) from DIN

17200-69 are not generally equivalent to ASTM A307-78 Grade 3 (SAE grade

1) because the DIN minimum ultimate tensile strength satisfies the SAE

requirement for grade 2 belts.

(2) DIN grades C45 (1.0503), Ck45 (1.1191), and Cm45 (1.1201) from DIN

17200-69 are not generally equivalent to ASTM A307-78 Grade B (SAE grade

121
1) because the DIN minimum ultimate tensile strength satisfies the SAE

requirement for grade 3 bolts.

(3) DIN grades C55 (1.0535), Ck55 (1.1203), Cm55 (1.1209), C60

(1.0601), Ck60 (1.1221), Cm60 (1.1223), and 28Mn6 from DIN 17200-69 are not generally equivalent to ASTM A307-78 Grade B because the DIN minimum

ultimate tensile strength substantially exceeds the A307 minimum and in some cases also exceeds the A307 maximum ultimate tensile strength.

(4) DIN grades 38Cr2, 46Cr2, 34Cr4, 37Cr4, 41Cr4, 25CrMo4, 34CrMo4

,

42CrMo4, 32CrMol2, 36CrNiMo4, 34CrNiMo6, 30CrNiMo8, 50CrV4, 34CrS4,

37CrS4, 41CrS4, 34CrMoS4, and 42CrMoS4 from DIN 17200-69 qre alloy

steels and outside of the scope of ASTM A307. /'

122
DIN 17 200-69 //ASTM A307-78

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

Typically, threaded fasteners, including bolts, for service between

-50C and +200C may be produced from a number of different grades of

steel provided the finished fastener satisfies the specified strength

requirements. These carbon and low alloy steels are generally limited

to 0.55% maximum carbon content. The fastener fabricator thus can choose among a number of steel compositions to satisfy the specified

strength requirement. Consistent with this approach, A307 contains only

minimal chemical requirements with only sulfur and phosphorus specified

for the two steel grades. The free-machining grade, A307/Grade A

permits up to 0.15% sulfur and 0.06% phosphorus, while the non-free

machining grade. Grade B, limits sulfur tc 0.05 Z and phosphorus to

0.04%. Steel grades containing lead, bismuth, selenium, or tellurium

are not permitted for Grade B bolts.

The chemical composition limits for carbon, manganese, sulfur, and

phosphorus for DIN grades C35, Ck35, Cm35 , C45, Ck45, Cm45 , C55, Ck55,

and Cm55 satisfy, are very close to, or are consistent with the intent

of A307 for Grade B. Specification DIN 17200 does not contain

free-machining grades. The chemical composition limits for manganese,

sulfur, and phosphorus for DIN grades C60, Ck6G, and Cm60 satisfy or are consistent with the intent of A307 for Grade 3, while the minimum carbon

level probably exceeds the A307 intended maximum level. The remaining

DIN grades in DIN 17200 all contain one or more of the following

alloying elements: chromium , molybdenum, nickel, and vanadium and thus are outside the scope of A307.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Although not explicitly indicated. Specification A307 applies to

grade 1 fasteners as defined by Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE)

Standard J429, based on the minimum specified ultimate tensile strength.

The SAE classifies bolts by strength grades with a minimum strength

requirement for each grade. Variations in both chemical composition and

thermo /mechanical processing are allowed to achieve the particular

minimum strength. The strength requirements of SAE grade 1 bolts can be

met with hot rolled low-carbon steels. Although not explicitly stated,

A307 appears to cover non-heat treated steel. Quenched and tempered

steels will, in general, satisfy the strength requirements for the lower

strength bolts, e.g. grade I bolts, but because of their higher strength

these steels will also satisfy the requirements of higher strength

grades.

Strength and Hardness Requirements

Tensile testing of full-size bolts is preferred according to A307

although machined specimens are also permitted. For bolts less than 38 mm diameter, round 12.7 mm diameter, 50 mm gage length machined

specimens concentric with the bolt axis are used, while for bolts 38 mm

or more in diameter, the standard round specimen is located with its

axis mid-way between the bolt center and its outer surface.

123
According to DIN 17200, round, machined specimens are used. For

bars 25 mm or less in diameter, specimens concentric with the bar axis

are used, while for bars over 25 mm diameter the specimen axis is to be

located one third the distance in from the surface towards the bar

center. In going through the range of diameters from 25 mm to 38 mm,

the ASTM and the DIN specimens sample essentially the same volume, even with 38 mm bars, and thus a direct comparison can be carried out.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength for DIN grades C35, Ck35, and

Cm35 is 8% above the SAE requirement for grade 2 bolts. The minimum

ultimate tensile strength for DIN grades C45, Ck45 , and Cm45 is 3% above

the SA.E requirement for grade 3 bolts. The minimum ultimate tensile

strength for DIN grades C55, Ck55, Cm55, C60, Ck60, and Cm60 fall

between the SAE requirements for grade 3 and grade 5 bolts.

Finally, specification DIN 17200 does not contain any hardness

requirements for steels in the quenched and tempered condition.

Ductility Requirements

The machined DIN test specimen has a circular cross-section with a constant gage length-to-diameter ratio of 5, independent of bolt

diameter. Similarly, A307 through A370 permits a circular cross-section

specimen with a constant gage length-to-diameter ratio of 4, independent

of bolt diameter. Based on the relationship between percent elongation,

gage length, and cross-sectional area, the equivalent DIN elongation

would be 92% of the A307 value.

The minimum percent elongation requirements for DIN grades C35,

Ck35, and Cm35 are 6% below the A307 Grade B minimum requirements. The

minimum percent elongation requirements for DIN grades C45 , Ck45, and

Cm45 are 28% below the A307 Grade B minimum requirement.

124 -
DIN 17 240-69 //ASTM A307-78

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are only similar

in that both refer to bolts. Specification ASTM A307-78 covers threaded

carbon steel bolts for general applications while DIN 17240-59 includes

both carbon and alloy steel grades for bolts and nuts for elevated

temperature surface. Further, A307 appears to be limited to hot or cold

finished bar stock as the bolt starting material while DIN 17240-59

specifically calls for quenched and tempered material.

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these

materials is the static strength property, ultimate tensile strength,

and hardness. The percent elongation requirement, characterizing

tensile ductility, is not usually considered to be a useful design

parameter because it is not a unique parameter, depending on specimen

geometry and gage length as well as the materials intrinsic ductility.

Percent elongation, however, can be used for comparison purposes and to

show the effect of other variables such as composition and/or heat

treatment on material ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous

discussion, the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence

are: (1) the strength requirements of DIN 17240 are considered

equivalent to the requirements of ASTM A307 if the DIN values fall

within the range from 5% above the A307 maximum value to 5% below the

A307 minimum value; (2) the DIN hardness values are considered

equivalent to the requirements of A307 if they fall within the range

from 5% above the A307 maximum to 5% below the A307 minimum value; and

(3) the percent elongation requirements of DIN 17240 are considered

equivalent to the requirements of A307 if the DIN values exceed or are within 15% of the A307 minimum values. Allowance of the larger

differences for percent elongation is based on: (1) the actual expected . DIN elongation values would normally exceed the minimum requirement; (2)

percent elongation is not a design parameter but rather a measure of the

relative response of the material to plastic deformation; and (3) the

unknown precision in the relationship between gage length, crosssectional area and percent elongation. The ultimate determination of

equivalence between material specifications that are not identical,

however, depends on the actual end-use of the material in a structure

and the design parameters for that structure.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) DIN grades C35 (1.0501), Ck35 (1.1181), and Cm35 (1.1180) from DIN

17240-59 are not generally equivalent to ASTM A307-78 Grade B (SAE grade

1) because the DIN minimum ultimate tensile strength satisfies the SAE

requirement for grade 2 bolts.

(2) DIN grades C45 (1.0503) and Ck45 (1.1191) from DIN 17240-59 are not

generally equivalent to ASTM A307-78 Grade B (SAE grade 1) because the

DIN minimum ultimate tensile strength satisfies the SAE requirement for

grade 3 bolts.

125
(3) -DIN grades 24CrMo5, 24CrMoV55, and 21CrMoV511, from DIN 17240-59

are alloy steels and outside of the scope of ASTM A307.

r126
DIN 17 240-^69 //ASTM A307-78

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

Typically, threaded fasteners, including bolts, for service between

-50C and +200C may be produced from a number of different grades of

steel provided the finished fastener satisfies the specified strength

requirements. These carbon and low alloy steels are generally limited

to 0.55% maximum carbon content. The fastener fabricator thus can choose among a number of steel compositions to satisfy the specified

strength requirement. Consistent with this approach, A3Q7 contains only

minimal chemical requirements with only sulfur and phosphorus specified

for the two steel grades. The free-machining grade, A307 Grade A , permits up to 0.15% sulfur and 0.06% phosphorus, while the non-frfee

machining grade. Grade B, limits sulfur to 0.05% and phosphorus to

0.04%. Steel grades containing lead, bismuth, selenium, or tellurium

are not permitted for Grade B bolts.

The chemical composition limits for carbon, manganese, sulfur, and

phosphorus for DIN grades C35, Ck35 , C45, and Ck45 satisfy or are consistent with the intent of A307 for Grade B. The chemical

composition limits for DIN grades 24 CrMo5 , 24CrMo755, and 21CrMoV511

contain vanadium, and/or chromium and molybdenum as alloying elements

and thus are outside the scope of A307.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Although not explicitly indicated. Specification A3Q7 applies to

grade 1 bolts as defined by Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE)

Standard J429, based on the minimum specified ultimate tensile strength.

The SAE classifies bolts by strength grades with a minimum strength

requirement for each grade. Variations in both chemical composition and

thermo /mechanical processing are allowed in order to achieve the

particular minimum strength. The strength requirements of SAE grade 1 bolts can be met with hot rolled low-carbon steels.

Strength and Hardness Requirements

Tensile testing of full-size bolts is preferred according to A307

although machined specimens are also permitted. For bolts less than 38 mm diameter, round 12.7 mm diameter, 50 mm gage length machined

specimens concentric with the bolt axis are used, while for belts 38 mm

or more in diameter, the standard round specimen is located with its

axis one-half the distance from the center to the surface of the bolt.

According to specification DIN 17240, round, machined specimens are

to be used for tensile testing. For bolts less than 40 mm diamet'.'- : specimens concentric with the bolt axis are used, while for bolts 40 mm

or larger in diameter the specimen axis is to be located one third the

distance from the outer surface towards the bolt axis. There

requirements are close to those of A307 and so a direct comparison of

strength requirements can be carried out.

127
The minimum ultimate tensile strength for DIN grades C35 and Ck35

is 2% below the SAE requirement for grade 2 bolts. The minimum

ultimate tensile strength for DIN grades C45 and Ck45 is 2% below the

SAE requirements for grade 3 bolts.

Specification DIN 17240 does not contain any hardness requirements.

Ductility Requirements

The machined DIN test specimen has a circular cross-section with a constant gage length-to-diameter ratio of 5, independent of bolt

diameter. Similarly, A307 through A370 permits a circular cross-section

specimen with a constant gage length-to-diameter ratio 0^4, independent

of bolt diameter. Based on the relationship between percent elongation,

gage length and cross-sectional area, the equivalent DIN elongation

would be 92% of the A307 value.

The minimum percent elongation requirements for DIN grades C35 and

Ck35 satisfy tbe A307 Grade B minimum requirement. The minimum percent

elongation requirements for DIN grades C45 and Ck45 are 6% below the

A307 Grade B requirement.

128
JIS G4107-74//ASTM Al93-78a

INTRODUCTION

Tiie scope statements for these two specifications are quite similar and

refer to steel bolting materials used with pressure components in high

temperature service. The ASTM specification, A193-78a, contains a variety of

both alloy steel and stainless steel grades while JIS G4107-74 is limited to

only alloy steel grades. Both specifications define bolting material to

include bars as well as finished or threaded bolts. The effect of threaded

versus non-threaded can impact the type of tensile test specimen used. The

alloy steel grades are heat treated and both A193 and JIS G4107 permit either

the normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered condition. u

rfi The major design criteria for the intended applications of these materials

are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength and yield strength.

The percent elongation requirement, characterizing tensile ductility, is not

usually considered to be a useful design parameter because it is not a unique

parameter, depending on specimen geometry and gage length as well as the

material's intrinsic ductility. Percent elongation, however, can be used for

comparison purposes and to show the effect of other variables, such as composition, and/or heat treatment on material ductility. The percent

reduction-in-area measures the ability of the material to deform locally and

thus reflects the materials ability to relieve local stresses such as those

expected in pressurized components.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion, the

acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence are: (1) the strength

requirements of JIS G4107 are considered equivalent to the requirements of ASTM

A193 if the JIS values exceed or are within 5% of the A193 minimum value; (2)

the minimum JIS reduction-in-area values are considered equivalent to the

requirements of Al93 if they exceed or are within 5% of the minimum A193 value;

and (3) the percent elongation requirements of JIS G4107 are considered

equivalent to the requirements of ASTM A193 if the JIS values exceed or are within 15% of the A192 minimum values. Allowance of the larger difference for

percent elongation is based on: (1) the actual expected JIS elongation values

would normally exceed the minimum requirement; (2) percent elongation is not a design parameter but rather a measure of the relative response of the material

to plastic deformation; and (3) the unknown precision in the relationship

between gage length, cross-sectional area, and percent elongation. The

ultimate determination of equivalence between material specifications that are net identical, however, depends on the actual end-use of the material in a structure and the design parameters for that structure.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) JIS class 1 (SN3 5) from JIS G4107-74 is generally equivalent to ASTM

A193-78a, grade 35 based on the criteria discussed earlier.

(2) JIS class 2 (SNB 7) from JIS G4107-74 is generally equivalent to ASTM

Al93-78a, grade 37 based on the criteria discussed earlier.

129
(3) JIS class 3 (SNB 16) from. JIS 4107-74 is generally equivalent to ASTM

A193-78a» grade 316 based on the criteria discussed earlier.

130
JIS G4107-74//ASTM A193-78a

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for JIS class 1

satisfy the chemical limits for A193 grade B5 material. The JIS levels for

all alloying elements are identical with the requirements of A193.

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for JIS class 2 satisfy the chemical limits for A193 grade B7 material. The JIS levels for

phosphorus, sulfur, and molybdenum are identical with the requirements of A193.

The JIS ranges for carbon, manganese, silicon, and chromium fall within the A193

permitted ranges for grade B7 . ^

tv The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for JIS class 3 satisfy the chemical limits for A193 grade B16 material. The JIS levels for

carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, chromium, molybdenum, and vanadium are identical with the requirements of A193. The JIS range for silicon falls

within the A193 permitted range for grade B16.

The JIS product analysis variations of classes 1, 2, and 3 for all of the

alloying elements are identical with the product variations permitted by ASTM

A193 for grades B5, B7, and B16, respectively.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Heat Treatment

The ferritic alloy steel grades in A193 must be in the heat-treated

condition, either normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered. In a similar manner, JIS G4107 specifies that the material should be supplied in

either the normalized and tempered condition or the quenched and tempered

condition. The minimum tempering temperatures for JIS class 1, class 2,

and class 3 are identical to or within 1% of the A193 minimum tempering

temperatures and thus a direct comparison in properties can be made.

Strength Requirements

The minimum ultimate tensile strength and yield strength requirements

specified for JIS G4107 class 1 are within 1% of the A193 minimum requirements

for grade B5.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength and yield strength requirements

specified for all diameters of JIS G4107 class 2 satisfy or are within 1% of

the A193 minimum requirements for all diameters of grade 37.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength and yield strength requirements

specified for all diameters of JIS G4107 class 3 satisfy or are within 1% of

the A193 minimum requirements for all diameters of grade B16.

131
Ductility Requirements

The JIS test specimen for both threaded and unthreaded forms has a circular

cross-section with a constant gage length-to-diameter ratio of 4, independent of

the bolting material diameter. In a similar manner, A193 recognizes both bar

stock and finished bolts and by reference to A370, specifies a variety of test

specimens. For threaded forms, A370, Section 11.1.7 permits circular crosssection test specimens of three diameters and constant gage length-to-diameter

ratios of 4. For unthreaded forms, A370 Section S3 and Table 7 permit

rectangular cross section test specimens with variable gage length-to-square

root of area ratios or circular cross-section test specimens with constant gage

length-to-diameter ratios of 4. Thus, the tensile ductility requirements for

percent elongation and reduction in area can be directly compared^

r

'fl The minimum percent elongation and reduction-in-area requirements for JIS

class 1 satisfy the A193 minimum requirements for grade B5 up to the maximum

JIS bolt diameter for this class.

The minimum percent elongation and reduction-in-area requirements for JIS

class 2 satisfy the A193 minimum requirements for grade B7 up to the maximum

JIS bolt diameter for this class.

The minimum percent elongation and reduction- in-area requirements for JIS

class 3 satisfy the A193 minimum requirements for grade B16 up to the maximum

JIS bolt diameter for this class.

132
DIN 17240-59/ /A193-78a

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are similar and refer to

steel bolting materials used in high temperature service. The ASTM specification,

A193-78a, includes a variety of alloy steel and stainless steel grades while DIN

17240 is limited to unalloyed and alloyed structural steels. The alloy steel

grades in AJL93-78a, B5, B6 and B6X, 37 and B7M, and B16, have a total alloy

content range (including chromium, molybdenum, nickel, and vanadium) of about 1%

to about 14%. The DIN grades have a total alloy content range of 0% to about

4%. The lower alloy grades in A193, B7, B7M, and B16, have medium carbon levels

of 0.36% to 0.49% while the high alloy grades, B5, B6, and B6X, have low carbon

levels of 0.1% to 0.15% maximum. The unalloyed grades in DIN 17240, C35, Ck35,

C45, and Ck45, have medium carbon levels of 0.32% to 0.50% while the low alloy

grades, 24 CrMo 5, 24 CrMoV 55, and 21 CrMovV 5 11, have lower carbon levels of

0.17% to 0.28%. The DIN 'unalloyed grades of C35, Ck35, C45, and Ck45 do not

have comparable grades in A193 and are not considered further. The lower carbon,

low alloy grades ir. DIN 17240 do not have equivalent grades in A193 based on chemical composition. Further, as a result of the lower carbon levels in these

DIN grades, their minimum ultimate tensile strength and yield strength requirements

fall about 15% below the A193 minimum requirements. For these reasons, the low

alloy grades in DIN 17240 are net sufficiently close to the ASTM 193 low alloy

grades in either chemistry or mechanical properties.

NOTE: Based only on chemical composition requirements, A193-78a grade B7, B7M

appears to be equivalent to grade 42 CrMo 4 from DIN 17200-69. Also DIN

17240-59 has been revised and reissued in German only as DIN 17240-76.

Based only on chemical composition requirements, A193-78a grade B16 appears

to be equivalent to 40 CrMoV 47, a new grade appearing in the 1976

revision of DIN 17240.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) DIN grades C35 (1.0501), Ck35 (1.1181), C45 (1.0503), and Ck45 (1.1191) from

DIN 17240-59 are not equivalent to any ASTM A193-78a grades because these DIN

grades are unalloyed steels which are outside of the scope of A193-78a.

(2) DIN grades 24 CrMo 5 (1.7253), 24 CrMoV 55 (1.7733), and 21 CrMoV 5 11

(1.8070) from DIN 17240-59 are not equivalent to any ASTM A193-78a grades because

both the chemical and mechanical property requirements of these DIN grades are sufficiently different.

133
(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)
DIN 17440-72 //ASTM A193-78a

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications contain areas of both

similarity and dissimilarity. The ASTM specification, A193-78a, specifically

covers only bolting materials, both bars and finished bolts of certain alloy

steel and austenitic stainless steel grades for high temperature service. The

DIN specification, DIN 17440-72, includes all common stainless steel grades,

martensitic, ferritic, and austenitic, produced in the normal finished mill

shapes of sheet, strip, bar, wire, tubes, and forgings. Both specifications

include hot and cold formed bars in the appropriate heat treated condition.

DIN 17440, however, does not include finished bolts. Thus this comparison

will be limited to unfinished austenitic stainless steel bars. r<

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these materials

are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength and yield strength.

The percent elongation requirement, characterizing tensile ductility, is not

usually considered to be a useful design parameter because it is not a unique

parameter, depending on specimen geometry and gage length as well as the material

intrinsic ductility. Percent elongation, however, can be used for comparison

purposes and to show the effect of other variables, such as composition, and/or

heat treatment on material ductility. The percent reduction-in-area is also

a measure of tensile ductility and is not as sensitive to specimen geometry as the percent elongation. Percent reduction- in-area measures the ability of the

material to deform locally and thus reflects the material's ability to relieve

local stresses that would be expected in elevated temperature environments.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion, the

acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence are: (1) the strength

requirements of DIN 17440 are considered equivalent to the requirements of ASTM

* 193 if the DIN values exceed or are within 5% of the A193 minimum value; and

(2) the percent elongation requirements of DIN 17440 are considered equivalent

to the requirements of ASTM 193 if the DIN values exceed or are within 15% of

the A193 minimum values. Allowance of the larger difference for percent

elongation is based on: (1) the actual expected JIS elongation values would

normally exceed the minimum requirement; (2) percent elongation is not a design

parameter but rather a measure of the relative response of the material to

plastic deformation; and (3) the unknown precision in the relationship between

gage length, cross-sectional area, and percent elongation. The ultimate

determination of equivalence between material specifications that are not

identical, however, depends on the actual end-use of the material in a structure

and the design parameters for that structure.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) DIN X5 CrNi 189 (1.4301) bars from DIN 17440-72 in the solution-treated

condition are generally equivalent to ASTM A193-78a, grade B8, class 1 based on

the criteria discussed earlier, subject to the following limitation:

(a) To be acceptable, the minimum yield strength value for this DIN grade

must be shown to satisfy the strength acceptance criterion.

135
(2) DIU X1Q CrNiNb 189 (1.4550) bars from DIN 17440-72 in the solution-treated

condition are generally equivalent to ASTM A193-78a, grade B8C, class 1 based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to the following limitation:

(a) To be acceptable, the maximum carbon level should be limited to 0.08

weight percent and the minimum niobium level should be increased to

10 times the carbon content in order to maintain good corrosion resistance.

(3) DIN X5 CrNiMo 1810 (1.4401) bars from DIN 17440-72 in the solution-treated

condition are generally equivalent to ASTM A193-78a, grade B8M, class 1 based on

the criteria discussed earlier.

(4) DIN XI 0 CrNiTi 189 (1.4541) bars from DIN 17440-72 in the solution-treated

condition are generally equivalent to ASTM A193-78a, grade B8T, class 1 based on

the criteria discussed earlier, subject to the following limitation:

(a) To be acceptable, the maximum carbon level should be limited to 0.08

weight percent to ensure good corrosion resistance.

(5) DIN X5 CrNi 1911 (1.4303) bars from DIN 17440-72 in the solution-treated

condition are generally equivalent to ASTM A193-78a, grade 38P, class 1 based on

the criteria discussed earlier subject to the following limitation:

(a) To be acceptable, the minimum yield strength value for this DIN grade

must be shown to satisfy the strength acceptance criterion.

(6) DIN X2 CrSJiN 1810 (1.4311) and DIN X2 CrNiMoN (1.4406) bars from DIN

17440-72 in the solution-treated condition are generally equivalent to ASTM

A193-78a, grade B8N class 1 and grade B8MN class 1, respectively, based on the

criteria discussed earlier.

(7) DIN grades X12 CrNiS 18 8 (1.4305), X2 CrNi 189 (1.4306), X2 CrNiMo 1810

(1.4404), X10 CrNiMoTi 1810 (1.4571), X10 CrNiMoNb 1810 (1.4580), X5 CrNiMo 1812

(1.4436), X2 CrNiMo 1812 (1.4435), X2 CrNiMo 1816 (1.4438), and X2 CrNiMoN 1813

(1.4429) are not equivalent to any grade in ASTM A193-78a based on chemical

composition requirements.

136
DIN 17440-72 //ASTM A193~78a

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for DIN X5 CrNi 189

(1.4301) satisfy the chemical limits for A193 38, B8A (AlSi type 304) materials

an unstabilized 18 Cr-8 Ni alloy. The DIN maximum levels for carbon, manganese,

silicon, sulfur and phosphorus are slightly below or identical with the A193 B8,

B8A requirements while the DIN range for nickel is within the A193 range. For

chromium, the lower limit of the DIN range is 5 % below the A193 minimum for the

B8, B8A grade while the upper limits are identical. The critical element for

this A193 grade is the greatly enhanced corrosion resistance, especially in

welded applications, over the basic general purpose 18 Cr-3 Ni alloy A151 type

302) due to the reduced maximum carbon level. Thus, the slightly lowAr minimum

chromium limit for this DIN grade should not significantly affect its behavior

compared to A193 B8, B8A.

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for DIN X10 CrNiNb

189 (1.4550) generally satisfy the chemical limits for A1.93 B8C, B8CA (A151

type 347), a stabilized 18 Cr-8 Ni alloy. The DIN maximum levels for manganese,

silicon, sulfur, and phosphorus are identical with the A193 B8C, B8CA requirements

while the DIN ranges for chromium and nickel are within or identical to the A193

ranges. For carbon, the DIN upper limit exceeds the A193 maximum for B8C, B8CA

actually satisfies requirements for the type 34 7H alloy, a higher carbon version

of the standard type 347 alloy) while the DIN lower limit for niobium (plus

tantalum) is less than the A193 minimum requirement. In this alloy, niobium

and/or tantalum are added to stabilize the carbon and reduce the tendency for

carbide precipitation in order to enhance the corrosion resistance, especially

of the grain boundaries. The combination in this DIN grade of possible higher

carbon and lower niobium, tantalum levels compared to the A193 grade can be

significant, and should be avoided.

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for DIN X5 CrNiMo

1810 (1.4401) satisfy the chemical limits for A193 B8M, B8MA (A151 type 316).

The DIN maximum levels for carbon, manganese, silicon, sulfur, and phosphorus are identical with or slightly below the A193 B8M, 38MA requirements while the DIN

ranges for nickel and molybdenum are within the A193 ranges. The upper limit of

the DIN chromium range is slightly above the A193 upper limit, about 3% above,

but this should not have an effect on behavior compared to A193 B8M, B8MA.

The chemical composition limits for DIN XI0 CrNiTi 139 (1.4541) generally

satisfy the chemical limits for A193 B8T, B8TA (A151 type 321) , a stabilized

18 Cr-8 Ni alloy. The DIN maximum levels for manganese, silicon, sulfur and

phosphorus are identical with the A193 38T, B8TA requirements while the DIN

maximum titanium level can exceed the A193 mini -mum requirement. The DIN ranges

for chromium and nickel are within or identical to the A193 ranges. The DIN

upper limit for carbon exceeds the A193 maximum for the type 321 alloy and

actually satisfies the requirements for the type 321H alloy, a higher carbon

version of the standard type 321 alloy. In this alloy type, titanium is added

as a carbon stabilizer to reduce the tendency for carbide precipitation in

order to enhance the corrosion resistance, especially against grain boundary

137
attack. The higher carbon level allowed in the DIN grade could result in a somewhat lower corrosion resistance if not fully stabilized by the titanium,

particularly in weld applications, and should be avoided.

The chemical composition limits for DIN X5 CrNi 1911 (1.4303) generally

satisfy the chemical limits for A193 B8P, B9PA (a low carbon version of A151

type 303), an unstabilized 13 Cr-8 Ni alloy. The DIN maximum levels for

carbon, manganese, silicon, sulfur, and phosphorus are identical with or slightly below the A193 B8P, B8PA requirements while the DIN range for nickel

is within the A193 range. The upper limit of the DIN chromium range is

slightly above the A193 upper limit, about 5% above, but this should not have

an effect on behavior compared to A193 B8P, B8PA.

The chemical composition limits for X2 CrNiN 1810 (1.4311) generally

satisfy the chemical limits for A193 B8N, B8NA (A151 type 304N) , a nitrogen

bearing 18 Cr-8 Ni alloy. The DIN maximum levels for manganese, silicon,

sulfur, and phosphorus are identical with the A193 B8N, B8NA requirements.

The upper limit of the DIN ranges for nickel and nitrogen slightly exceed the

A193 upper limits while the lower limit of the DIN range for chromium is below

the A193 limit. The DIN upper limit for carbon is well below the A193 upper

limit for the type 304N alloy and actually satisfies the requirements for the

type 304LN alloy, the low carbon version of the standard 304N alloy. However,

if the other requirements for A193 B8N, 38NA are satisfied, then these small

variations in chemical limits for nickel, chromium, and nitrogen in this DIN

alloy would not be expected to have an effect on its behavior compared to

B8N, B8NA.

The chemical composition limits for DIN X2 CrNiMoN 1812 (1.4406) generally

satisfy the chemical limits for A193 B8MN, 38MNA (A151 type 316N) , a nitrogen

bearing IS Cr-8 Ni alloy. The DIN maximum limits for manganese, silicon,

sulfur, and phosphorus are identical with A193 38MN, B8MNA requirements while

the DIN ranges for molybdenum and nickel are within the A193 ranges. The

upper limit of the ranges for chromium and nitrogen slightly exceed the A193

upper limits. The DIN upper limit for carbon is well below the A193 upper

limit for the type 316N alloy and actually satisfies the requirements for the

type 316LN alloy, the low carbon version of the standard 316N grade. However,

if the other requirements for A193 B8MN, 38MNA are satisfied, then the

small variations in chemical limits for chromium and nitrogen for this DIN

alloy would not be expected to have an effect on its behavior compared to

38MN, B8MNA.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

The austenitic stainless steel types in A193 based on chemical composition

are further grouped by class depending on heat treatment and mechanical

processing. The non-nitrogen bearing grades contain class 1, class 1A and

class 2 and the nitrogen bearing grades contain class IB. Class 1 refers to

unfinished bars in the solution-treated condition and includes grades 38, B8C,

B8M, B8P, and B8T. Class 1A refers to finished bolts in the solution-treated

condition and includes grades B8A, B8CA, B8MA, 38PA, and B8TA. Class 2 refers

to unfinished bars in the solution treated and strain-hardened condition and

138
includes grades B8, B8C, B8M, B8P, and B8T. Class IB unfinished bars in the

solution-treated condition- includes grades B8N and. B8MN while class IB finished

bolts in the solution-treated condition includes grades B8NA and B8MNA. All

comparisons are carried out for either unfinished bars in the solution- treated

condition (class 1 and class IB) for grades B8, B8C, B8M, B8N, B8MN, B8P, and

B8T or for unfinished bars in the solution-treated and strain hardened condition

(class 2) for grades B8, B8C, B8M, B8P, and B8T.

Strength and Hardness Requirements

The location within the unfinished bar from which longitudinal test

specimens are taken are specified in both ASTM A193 and DIN 17440 depending

on bar diameter. In A193, test specimens from bars up to 40 mm diameter are centered on the bar axis. For bars above 40 mm diameter, test specimens are centered midway between the bar axis and surface (1/4 position)/ In DIN 17440,

test specimens from bars up to 25 mm diameter are centered on the bar axis. For

bars above 25 mm diameter, test specimens are centered 12.5 mm from surface. In

order to compare properties based on specimen location, the following analysis

was followed. For bars up to 25 mm diameter, the bars are located identically.

For bars between 25 mm and 40 mm diameter, the center of the DIN specimen moves

away from the ASTM specimen so that at 40 mm diameter the common volume sampled

has been reduced from 100% to about 40%. As a result of the solution treatment,

significant differences in mechanical properties between these locations would

not be expected. For bars between 40 mm diameter and 51 mm diameter, the centers

of the DIN and ASTM specimens move together so that at 51 mm diameter they are again identical. For bars between 51 mm and 76 mm diameter, the center

of the DIN specimen moves away from the ASTM specimen so that at 76 mm diameter,

the common volume sampled again has been reduced from 100% to 40%. For the same arguments as above, differences in mechanical properties would not be expected.

For bars between 76 mm and 102 mm diameter, the specimen centers continue to

move apart until at 102 mm diameter the DIN and ASTM specimens are tangent and

the common volume sampled is zero. Beyond 102 mm diameter to the maximum DIN

diameter of 160 mm the DIN and ASTM specimens move further apart. However, as

a result of the production of the bars, this region of the bar cross-section

would be expected to exhibit the greatest chemical homogeneity and thus similar

mechanical properties would also be expected. For these reasons, the effect

of differing test specimen locations should not have a significant effect and

so the strength properties can be directly compared.

Glass 1 and Class IB

The minimum ultimate tensile strength and the maximum hardness requirements

for DIN X5 CrNi 189 and DIN X5 CrNi 1911 satisfy or are within 4% of the A193

requirements for grade B8 class 1 and grade 38P class 1 bars. The minimum DIN

yield strength requirements are about 10% below the A193 requirements for these

two grades.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength and yield strength requirements for

DIN X10 CrNiNb 189, DIN X5 CrNiMo 1810, and DIN X10 CrNiTi 189 are within 4%

and 1%, respectively, of the A193 requirements for grade B8C class 1, B8M

class 1, respectively. The maximum DIN hardness requirements for these three

grades satisfy the A193 requirements.

139
The minimum ultimate tensile strength and yield strength requirements

for DIN X2 CrNiN 1810 and DIN X2 CrNiMoN 1812 satisfy the A193 requirements

for grade B8N class IB and grade B8MN class IB, respectively. The maximum

DIN hardness requirements for these two grades satisfy the A193 requirements.

Class 2

DIN 17440 contains reference data for a limited number of alloys in the

solution-treated and work-hardened condition. These properties are not

guaranteed because the final mechanical properties depend on the amount of

strain or work hardening. As a result, a comparison with the class 2

requirements of A193 cannot be made. However, for those DIN grades found to

be equivalent to certain A193 class 1 grades, the DIN grades should be able to

satisfy A193 class 2 requirement after the appropriate amount ofr strain

hardening, usually by cold drawing.

Ductility Requirements

The DIN test specimen has a circular cross-section with a constant gage

length-to-diameter ratio of 5, independent of bar diameter. Similarly, A193

through ASTM A370 permits a circular cross-section specimen with a constant

gage length-to-diameter ratio of 4, independent of bar diameter. Based on

the relationship between gage length and cross sectional area, the equivalent

DIN elongation value would be 92% of the A193 minimum values.

The minimum percent elongation values for DIN grades X5 CrNi 189, XI

0

CrNiNb 189, X5 CrNi 1911, X5 CrNiMo 1810, and XI 0 CrNiTi 189 satisfy the

class 1 requirements for A192 grades B8 , 38C, 38P , B8M, and 38T, respectively.

The minimum percent elongation values for DIN grades X2 CrNiN 1810 and X2 CrNiMoN

1812 satisfy the class IB requirements for A193 grades B8N and B8MN, respectively.

Reduction-in-area requirements are not contained in DIN 174^0, probably

because of the wide variety of shapes, forms, and alloy conditions covered.

However, for DIN grades which closely satisfy both the chemical and the other

mechanical property requirements of A193 grades, there is no reason to believe

the reduction-in-area requirements would not also be met.

140
JIS G3201-78//ASTM A105-77

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are similar and

refer to the same type of steel product, namely carbon steel forgings.

ASTM A105 further states that these forgings are intended for both

ambient- and higher-temperature service in pressure systems. Although

JIS G3201 does not explicitly identify the type of service intended,

nothing in the specification precludes service as described in ASTM A105.

Major design criteria for the intended applications of these

t products are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength

and yield strength. However, where heat treatment of the component is

allowed in order to develop final properties, additional criteria such

as hardness limits are important because of the correlation between

chemistry, heat treatment, hardness, and the static strength properties.

In the case of steel forgings, reduction- in-area requirements can be

used as a qualitative measure of steel quality. Reduction- in-area

behavior may be limiting in the design of the forged component. The

percent elongation requirement, characterizing tensile ductility, is not

usually considered to be a useful design parameter because it is not a unique parameter, depending on specimen geometry, gage length, and the

material’s intrinsic ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion,

the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence are: (1)

the strength requirements of JIS G3201 are considered equivalent to the

requirements of ASTM A105 if the JIS values are higher than or within 5%

of the A1Q5 minimum value; (2) the JIS hardness values are considered

equivalent to the requirements of A105 if they fall within the range

from 5% above the A105 maximum value to 5% below the A105 minimum value;

(3) the minimum JIS reduction-in-area values are considered equivalent

to the requirements of A105 if they exceed or are within 5% of the A105

minimum value; (4) the percent elongation requirements of JIS G3201 are considered equivalent to the requirements of ASTM A105 if the JIS values

exceed or are within 15% of the A105 minimum value. Allowance of the

larger difference for percent elongation is based on: (1) che actual

expected JIS elongation values would normally exceed the minimum requirement;

(2) percent elongation is not a design parameter but rather a measure of

the relative response of the material to plastic deformation: and (3) the

unknown precision in the relationship between gage length, cross-sectional

area and percent elongation. The ultimate determination of equivalence

between material specifications that are not identical, however, depends

on the actual end-use of the material in a structure and the design

parameters for that structure.

141
CONCLUSIONS

(1) JIS classes SF 35A and SF 40A from JIS G3201—78 are not equivalent

to ASTM A105-77 because their maximum tensile strength requirement does

not satisfy or barely satisfies the A105 minimum tensile strength requiremen

and the JIS minimum yield point value falls 20% to 30% belcw the A105

minimum requirement.

(2) JIS class SF45A is not generally equivalent to ASTM A105-77 because

only the top 60% of the JIS tensile strength- ran-ge satisfies A105 and

the JIS minimum yield point is 9% below the A105 minimum requirement.

Further, the minimum JIS hardness falls 12% below the AL05 hardness

minimum for small forgings.

f

r. (a) To be acceptable, JIS SF45A must be shown to satisfy both the

strength acceptance criteria or satisfy the hardness acceptance

criterion for small forgings.

(b) The maximum carbon level (ladle analysis) should be limited to

0.35 weight percent to insure adequate weldability while the minimum

manganese level should be increased to 0.60 weight percent to

compensate for the reduced carbon level.

(3) JIS classes SF50A and SF55A are generally equivalent to ASTM A105-77,

based on the criteria discussed earlier subject to the following limitations

(a) The maximum carbon level (ladle analysis) should be limited to

0.35 weight percent to insure adequate weldability while the minimum

manganese level should be increased to 0.60 weight percent to

compensate for the reduced carbon level.

(4) JIS class SF60A is generally equivalent to ASTM A105-77, based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to the following limitations:

(a) For small forgings, JIS SF60A must be shown to fall within the

hardness acceptance criteria.

(b) The maximum carbon level (ladle analysis) should be limited to

0.35 weight percent to insure adequate weldability while the minimum

manganese level should be increased to 0.60 weight percent to

compensate for the reduced carbon level.

(5) JIS class SF553 is not generally equivalent to ASTM A105-77 because

only material in the lower half of the JIS tensile strength range would

be expected to satisfy the A105 maximum hardness limit.

(a) To be acceptable, JIS SF553 must be shown to satisfy the

hardness acceptance criteria.

(b) The maximum carbon level Cladle analysis) should be limited to

0.35 weight percent to insure adequate weldability while the minimum

manganese level should be increased to 0.60 weight percent to

compensate for the reduced carbon level.

142
(6) JIS classes SF60B and SF65B are not equivalent to ASTM A105-77

because the minimum JIS hardness values are within 11% (2% for SF65B) of

the maximum hardness for quenched and tempered forgings permitted by

A105.

(7) ASTM A105-77 contains the following general requirements which must

be satisfied:

(a) Steels to which lead has been added cannot be used.

(b) All repair welds must be heat-treated and satisfy the mechanical

requirements of A105.

143
(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)
JIS G3201-78//ASTM 105-77

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical requirements of A1Q5 specify limits on the major

elements carbon and manganese. Further, for carbon contents below the

maximum allowed, a compensating increase in the manganese coiitent is

allowed in order to maintain the strength. In addition, steels within

this carbon range generally can be easily welded by the commercial

welding processes. Steels with higher carbon levels become increasingly

susceptable to weld cracking and typically require both preheating and

postheating treatments. The JIS chemical requirements permit both a much higher carbon content and a much lower manganese content thgn A105.

Although this carbon-manganese combination may result in adequate

strength properties to meet the requirements of A1Q5, the high carbon

level permitted raises questions as to the general suitability for

welding, including repair welding permitted by A105. Based on this

discussion, the JIS chemical requirements are equivalent to A1Q5, based

on ladle analyses, provided the maximum carbon content is limited to

0.35 percent and the minimum manganese level raised to 0.60 percent to

compensate for the lowered maximum carbon level.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Strength Requirements

The tensile strength range for JIS SF 35A does not meet the minimum

tensile strength requirement for A105, and the minimum JIS yield point

falls almost 30% below the A105 minimum requirement.

JIS class SF 40A will not in general satisfy the tensile strength

requirements or the minimum yield point requirements of A105. Only the

top 7% of the JIS tensile strength range exceeds the A105 minimum requirement

while the JIS minimum yield point requirement is 21% below the A105

minimum requirement.

JIS class SF 45A will not consistently satisfy minimum tensile

strength requirements of A105. However, material in the upper 60% of the

JIS tensile strength range does satisfy A105 and the JIS minimum yield

point is within 9% of the A105 minimum. Material at the high end of the

JIS tensile strength range would probably have a sufficiently high yield

point to satisfy A105.

JIS class SF 50A satisfies the minimum tensile strength requirements

of A105 and the JIS minimum yield point value is within 2% of the A105

minimum value.

145
JIS classes SF 55A and SF 60A satisfy the minimum tensile strength

and yield point requirement of A105. The JIS minimum tensile strengths

exceed the A105 minimum requirement by 11% and 22% respectively for

classes 55A and 60A. The JIS minimum yield points exceed the A105

minimum requirement by 11% and 18% respectively for classes 55A and 60A.

JIS classes SF 55B, SF 50B, and SF 65B satisfy the minimum tensile

strength and yield point requirements of A1Q5. The JIS minimum tensile

strengths exceed the A105 minimum requirement by 12%, 22%, and 32%

respectively for classes SF 55B, SF 6QB, and SF 65B. The JIS minimum

yield points exceed the A105 minimum requirement by amounts ranging from

18% to 34% for class 55B, 30% to 46% for class 60B, and 38% to 58% for

class 65B, depending on diameter or thickness.

t*

r

r- According to A105, the strength properties of forgings too small

to permit preparation of subsize tension specimens can be accepted on

the basis of Brinell hardness tests. This can be done because of the

existence of established correlations between hardness and tensile

strengths for constructional alloy and tool steels in the as-forged,

annealed, normalized, and quenched and tempered conditions. JIS classes

SF 35A and SF 40A will not in general satisfy the minimum Brinell hardness

requirement of A105 for these small forgings. The minimum JIS hardness

for class SF 45A, whose minimum tensile and yield point values are less

than 10% below the A105 minimum values, lies 12% below the A105 minimum

requirement. Material which satisfies the A105 strength requirements

would be expected to satisfy the A105 minimum hardness requirements.

The minimum JIS hardness for class SF 50A is within 3 percent of the

A105 minimum while the minimum hardness *f or JIS classes SF 55A and SF

60A satisfies the A105 minimum requirement. Material in the upper half

of the tensile strength range for class SF 60A probably would exceed the

maximum hardness allowed by A105 for these small forgings, based on the

hardness - tensile strength correlation.

For all quenched and tempered forgings, ALQ5 limits the maximum

hardness allowed, while JIS 3201 establishes only a minimum hardness.

Using the approximate relation between hardness and tensile strength,

the A105 maximum hardness of HB187 would correspond to a tensile strength

of about 620 MPa (90 Ksi) . Based on this correlation, only material in

the lower half of the tensile strength range for JIS class SF 55B and near the minimum of the tensile strength range for JIS class SF 60B

would probably satisfy the A105 maximum hardness limit. For JIS class

SF 65B, the specified minimum hardness is within 2 percent of the maximum

hardness allowed by A105.

Ductility Requirements

The JIS test specimen has a circular cross-section with a constant

gage length to diameter ratio of 5. The ASTM circular cross-section

specimen has a constant gage length to diameter ratio of 4. Based on

the relationship between gage length and cross-sectional area, the

equivalent JIS elongation value would be about 90 percent of the ASTM

value.

146
For specimens with circular cross-sections, studies in the literature

suggest that reduction-in-area measurements are not strongly related to

specimen diameter and thus the JIS and ASTM specimen results are assumed

to be comparable.

JIS classes, SF 35A, SF 40A, SF 45A, SF 50A, SF 55A (axial orientation)

satisfy the A105 minimum percent elongation and minimum reduction-in- area values. Class SF 60A (axial orientation) satisfies the A105 minimum

reduction-in-area requirement but its minimum elongation value is 10%

below the A105 minimum value.

JIS classes SF 55S, SF 60B, and SF 65B satisfy the A105 minimum

reduction-in-area requirement and class SF 55B satisfies the A105 minimum

elongation value. The minimum percent elongation value for class SF 60B

is within 5% of the A105 requirement for forgings less than 250 tan in

diameter or thickness and 10 percent less for forgings from 250 mm to

less than 400 mm in diameter or thickness. The JIS percent elongation

minimum for class 65B is 20% below the A105 requirement for forgings

less than 250 mm in diameter or thickness and 25% below for forgings

from 250 to 400 mm in diameter or thickness.

Table 1 contains a summary of the comparison results for chemical and

mechanical properties.

147
Table 1.

JIS

G3201-78 i +j

Elongation

and

Reduction-In-Area

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

ngs. Yes Yes 1

Yes,

for

reduction-in

area.

No,

for

percen

elongation.

CD e Z

a» Z <3

_

O

p—.

CD O) Cl = ^ Z

03 c CL

C 3 fO

T*> Z rQ Q. to S'-- Z QJ QJ s- aj a> s- 3 z T~ rz <3 fi= r—

0) r— CL

x <a 5 -= •r-

•4-J *r“ O.JZ 4-» JZ

g = O 4-J r— CO

(T3 CO 3 4-> ra 4-> = 4i— CD ro Z r E C CD Z •r— (U

qj 4-> Z _ c GJ Z QJ i- 4-J >,4-1 ra QJ <a D f= ,p •r- Z QJ z •i- z 4-> 4_ 4-> 4-> QJ -0 4- i—> 4-1 Z 4-> r— 41 <a -z

•rO CO dJ (/) tO C/7 ra E 4-J </)

CO 'T— 4-J "O co •r- aj

m co -o ai z aj A3 OJ aj OJ Z r- Z 4- QJ

0)

O Z CT> OJ ss , <3 Z QJ vOO CD z anj c 4—J •!— •r- U "O 4-> CO 4- Z o 03 03 CO 4-> CO X Z rC Z E <a s- 4-> 4-J S_ E = q_ C QJ ra G= 3 4-J 3 S- a3 CL CO qj 0 5) ^ 4J Q- E

zn. 0)0) -Z Z 4—j(J +-> >» Z CU •*- LZ

a .z 4-> o y i— o O 4-U z 4-1

X CT CT 4- 4-

D li. 3 UJ 4-

O • X CD

a> -i-» c O o 5 2 QJ QJ E =

JZ 0) *% o *4- CD QJ - s_ CO “O in CO co T3 P

r_ 41 r— Z " dJ S. o O 4-> 4-> (3 Z QJ OJ <u c Jr r— QJ ro ra OC4J o

z: Z Q Ul >-

a >- >- >- q; CL ro >- -Z S- Z 4J U1 z.

COr3

00 4- »— • o ^3 CL) CD

-a 4- e z o <a

aj z

.c -a

+j JZ Z -Z CD CD <D 4-J C •T— CD

aj j= JC

s- O! OJ +j 4-> CL Z

CO 03 CL 4-> 3 41 >1 r— 4-> OJ z • ra 1— O CJCD A (/) « z CO z CO CO CO 00 CO CO o O <3 0) OJ 3 <L) aj QJ <v QJ DT z: s_ >- 4-1 >- >- >- >- >- >-

qjCO0) o - -4 Z 4-> 0) *o Z •a - '

>5 a) a> +-> ora 4-> ~

s_ -c +-> z z a> z a

4-J •f— Z O QJ •a co a> 1—

co > 3 4-Jo = -r- o • •r— o J z ra z C CO

C= s_ -a a) aj = Z 0J 3 QJ " 53 a. Z 0) Q-.Z 3 CL CO j= 3 4-J 4-> = r— "3 >1 CJ «* J3 -i— UO ^0)0 QJ i—

41 Z = PO T3 Z > co co rc

a» 3 *i— • Z • i- QJ • a z

>•

O 1—

O ra E rO -a <o

qj <=c < «c c <C < ca CD CD T3 LO O cn o uo o uo O UO

<T3 oo UD CD CO UO CO CO

S- u_ Li— Ll— a. Li— Ll. U_ u_ U- o CO OO OO oo OO OO OO oo OO

148
DIN 17200-69 //ASTM A105-77

INTRODUCTION

The scope of DIN 17200 is applicable to a variety of hot-rolled or hot-forged steel forms including semi-finished shapes, bars, flats,

plate, and open die and drop forgings which are suitable for hardening

based on their chemical composition. Further, DIN 17200 includes both

carbon and alloy steels in various heat-treated conditions, including

hot-worked, quenched and tempered, normalized, and soft annealed for

service from 20 to 350 °C. In comparison, ASTM A105 has a more limited

scope and specifically covers only forged carbon steel piping components,

such as flanges, fittings, and values in either the hot-worked, apnealed,

normalized, or quenched and tempered condition for ambient or unspecifiedhigher temperature service.

In DIN 17200, the property requirements are grouped about specific

guaranteed properties, i.e. chemistry and hardness, or chemistry and

mechanical properties depending on the heat treatment condition. ASTM

A105, although permitting the same heat treatment conditions, requires

material in all conditions to satisfy the same chemistry, mechanical

property, and under certain conditions hardness requirements. Thus, the

comparison of DIN 17200 to ASTM A105 is based primarily on material

described by DIN delivery modes 4, 4b, 4c, 4d, 4e, 5, and 10 and is

limited to the DIN carbon steel grades C35, Ck35, Cm35, C45, Ck45, Cm45,

C55, Ck55, Cm55, C60, Ck65, and Cm65.

Major design criteria for the intended applications of these

products are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength

and yield strength. However, where heat treatment of the component is

allowed in order to develop final properties, additional criteria such

as hardness limits are important because of the correlation between

chemistry, heat treatment, hardness, size, and the static strengtn

properties. In the case of steel forgings, reduction-in-area requirements

can be used as a qualitative measure of steel quality and thus may be

limiting in the design of the forged component. The percent elongation

requirement, characterizing tensile ductility, is not usually considered

to be a useful design parameter because it is not a unique parameter,

depending on specimen geometry, gage length, and the material’s intrinsic

ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion,

the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence are: (1) the

strength requirements of DIN 17200 are considered equivalent to the

requirements of ASTM A105 if the DIN values are higher than or within 5%

of the A105 minimum value; (2) the DIN hardness values are considered

equivalent to the requirements of A105 if they fall within the range

from 5% above the A1Q5 maximum value to 5% below the A105 minimum value;

(3) the minimum DIN reduction- in-area values are considered equivalent

to the requirements of A105 if they exceed or are within 5% of the A105

minimum value; (4) the percent elongation requirements of DIN 17200 are considered equivalent to the requirements of ASTM A105 if the DIN values

149
exceed or are within 15% of the A105 minimum value. Allowance of the

larger difference for percent elongation is based on: (1) the actual

expected DIN elongation values would normally exceed the DIN minimum

requirement and thus approach the A105 value; (2) percent elongation is

not a design parameter but rather a measure of the relative response of

the material to plastic deformation; and (3) the unknown precision in

the relationship between gage length, cross-sectional area and percent

elongation. The ultimate determination of equivalence between material

specifications that are not identical, however, depends on the actual

end-use of the material in a structure and the design parameters for that

structure.

CONCLUSIONS

U

r

f. 1. The DIN grades, including the Cr series, the Mn series, the CrS

series, the CrMo series, the CrMoS series, the CrNiMo series, and

the CrV and CrMoV series, are not equivalent to ASTM A105-77

because they are alloy steels and are outside the scope of A105.

2. The DIN carbon steel grades C45, Ck45, Cm45, C55, Ck55, Cm55, C60,

Ck60, and Cm60 and are not equivalent to ASTM A105-77 because their

range of permitted carbon levels are significantly higher than the

maximum carbon content permitted by A105, which greatly reduces their

weldability.

3. DIN grades C35, Ck35, and Cm35 in the quenched and tempered condition

are generally equivalent Co ASTM A105-77, based on the criteria

discussed earlier. Although probably as a result of the slightly

higher maximum carbon level permitted by DIN, these grades could

exceed the maximum hardness permitted by A105, based on the strength

correlation. The DIN C35 grades are acceptable because (a) their

minimum elongation values fall within the elongation acceptance

criterion, and (b) their min imum reduction- in-area values exceed

the A105 requirements.

4. DIN grades C35, Ck35, and Cm35 in the normalized condition are generally equivalent to ASTM A105-77, based on the criteria discussed

earlier.

5. DIN grades C35, Ck35, and Cm35 in the annealed condition are generally

equivalent to ASTM A105-77, based on the criteria discussed earlier,

subject to the following limitations:

a. The DIN minimum yield strength and ultimate tensile strength

values are not specified. To be acceptable, the DIN C35

grades in the annealed condition must be shown to satisfy the

A105 strength acceptance criterion.

b. For small forgings, the DIN minimum hardness value is not

specified. To be acceptable, small forgings of the DIN C35

grades in the annealed condition must be shown to satisfy the

A105 hardness acceptance criterion.

150
ASTM A105-77 contains the following general requirements that must be

satisfied:

6 .

a. All steels shall be fully killed. /

b. All flanges with primary service ratings over 300 psi (2070 kPa)

and any flanges where primary pressure rating is not referenced

or known shall be heat-treated (i.e. no hot-worked or as-forged

components permitted) . All other piping components over 4 inch

nominal pipe size and over 300 psi primary service pressure

rating shall be heat-treated.

c. Steels tc which lead has been added shall not be used.

i

< r

131
(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)

152
DIN 17 200-697 /ASTM A1Q5-77

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The DIN grades including the Cr series, the Mn series, the CrS

series, the CrMo series, the CrMoS series, the CrNxMo series, and the

CrV and CrMoV alloys are all classified as alloy steels falling outside

the scope of A105. The special application DIN grades, C22, CR22, and

4Q Mn 4 are also omitted from this study.

The chemical requirements of A105 based on a ladle analysis specify

limits on the principal strengthening alloying elements carbofi and

manganese. In addition, for carbon contents below the maximum allowed,

an increase in the manganese content up to a maximum value is permitted.

This balancing of the carbon and manganese levels assists in maintaining

the necessary minimum strength level for this specification.

The minimum carbon content for DIN grades C35, Ck35, and Cm35 lies

near the maximum carbon level allowed by A105 while the maximum carbon

level for these DIN grades exceeds the A105 maximum allowed level. This

higher allowed carbon content in these DIN grades is balanced in part by

their reduced manganese level compared to A105. The silicon and sulfur

levels in these DIN grades satisfy the requirements of A105 while the

phosphorus limits in Ck35 and Cm35 also satisfy A105. The maximum

allowed phosphorus level for C35 exceeds slightly the maximum allowed

by A105 but is not considered inconsistent with the intended applications

identified in A1Q5.

The DIN carbon steel grades C45, Ck45, Cm45, C55, Ck55, Cm55, C60,

Ck60, and Cm60 all exceed by wide margins the maximum carbon content

permitted by A105. The range of manganese contents for these grades

satisfy or are somewhat below the minimum manganese level required by

A105. Thus, the major impact of these differences in carbon and manganese

levels will be increased strength properties and decreased weldability

for these DIN grades.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Test specimen orientation is not explicitly specified in A105 but

Section 9.3 implies the longitudinal orientation, i.e. specimen axis is

in direction of greatest flow. Longitudinal test specimens are specifically

called for in DIN 17200. The A105 minimum elongation value is based on

a specimen with a gage length four times the diameter while the DIN

specimens have a gage length five times the diameter (5.65 times the

square root of the cross-sectional area)_. Using the relationship between

percent elongation, gage length and cross-sectional area, the equivalent

DIN elongation will be about 9.0 percent of the ASTM value. For specimens

with circular cross-sections, studies in the literature suggest that

reduction- in-area measurements are not strongly related to specimen

diameter and thus the DIN and ASTM specimen results are assumed to be

comparable.

153
Quenched and Tempered Condition (DIN code V)

Strength and Hardness Requirements

The strength requirements of A105 are specified only by minimum

values of ultimate tensile strength and yield strength while the DIN

grades are specified in terms of both minimum and maximum values. All

of the DIN carbon steel grades satisfy the minimum strength requirements

of A1Q5 because the DIN minimum values all exceed the A105 minimum values

by amounts ranging from about 32% to 132% in yield strength and 12% to

204% in ultimate tensile strength, respectively, for the DIN C35

grades, C45 grades, C55 grades, and C60 grades. However, according to A105,

all quenched and tempered forgings must also satisfy a maximum hardness

requirement while forgings too small for subsize tensile specimens may be

accepted based only on hardness. Using an approximate hardness - tensile

strength correlation for steel, either SAE J417b (May 1970) or DIN 50351,

the maximum hardness specified by A105 would correspond to an ultimate

tensile strength of about 65 Kg/mm2 or for small forgings, an ultimate

tensile strength range of about 46 Kg/mm2 to 65 Kg/mm2

. The analysis in

Table 1 is based on this tensile strength - hardness correlation.

Table 1. Satisfies A105 Maximum Hardness Requirement for both^

Quenched and Tempered Forgings and All Small Forgings

DIN Grade

C35 , Ck35 , Cm3

5

Up to 16 mm' diameter

Yes or up to

20% above

Over 16 mm to

40 mm diameter

Yes or up to

14% above

g Over 40 mm to

100 mm diameter

Yes or up to

3% above

C45 , Ck45 , Cm45

C55 , Ck55 , Cm55

C60, Ck60, Cm60

9% to 32% above

23% to 46% above

31% to 54% above

3% to 26% above

15% to 39% above

23% to 46% above

Yes or up to

20% above

9% to 32% above

15% to 39% above

Small forgings defined by A105 as forgings too small to obtain subsize

tensile specimen 0.25 inches in diameter or larger.

DIN 1720G does not specify hardness for the quenched and tempered

condition, code V, and thus comparison is made through tensile

strength - hardness correlation.

154
Ductility Requirements

For material up to 100 mm in diameter, DIN grades C35, Ck35, and

Cm35 satisfy or are within 15% of the minimum percent elongation requirement

of A105.

For material up to 40 mm in diameter, the minimum percent elongation

values of DIN grades C45, Ck45, and Cm45 are 20 percent or more below

the A105 minimum value while for material over 40 mm to 100 mm in diameter,

the DIN value is within 15% of the A1Q5 minimum value. For material up

to 100 mm in diameter for DIN grades C55, Ck55, Cm55, C60, Ck60, and

Cm60, the minimum percent elongation values are 25% or more below the

A105 minimum value. <

For material up to 100 mm in diameter, DIN grades C35, Ck35, Cm35,

C45, Ck45 , and Cm45 satisfy the minimum reduction of area requirement of

A1Q5. For material up to 16 mm in diameter, the minimum reduction of area values for DIN grades C55, Ck55, Cm55, C60, Ck60, and Cm60 are from

17% to 33% below the A105 minimum value. For material over 16 mm to 100 mm in diameter, DIN grades C55, Ck55, Cm55, C60, Ck60, and Cm60 satisfy

the minimum reduction of area requirements of A1Q5.

Normalized Condition (DIN code N)

Strength and Hardness Requirements

The strength requirements of A105 are specified only by minimum

values of ultimate tensile strength and yield strength while the DIN

grades are specified in terms of both maximum and minimum values. All

of the DIN carbon steel grades satisfy the minimum strength requirements

of A105 since they exceed the A1Q5 minimum yield strength value by

amounts ranging from about 12% to 56% respectively, and exceed the A105

minimum ultimate tensile strength value by amounts ranging from about 2% to

33%, 22% to 53%, 36% to 74%, and 43% to 84%, respectively, for the C35 grades,

C45 grades, C55 grades, and C60 grades.

For forgings too small for subsize tensile specimens, A105 allows

acceptance based only on hardness. Using an approximate hardness-tensile

strength correlation for steel, either Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE)

J417b (May 1970) or DIN' 50351, the allowable hardness range specified by A105

would correspond to an ultimate tensile strength range of about 46 Kg/mm2 to

65 Kg/mm2. The DIN C35 grades and the DIN C45 grades at the low end of their

ultimate tensile strength range would satisfy the A105 hardness requirement.

The tensile strength range of the DIN C55 grades and the DIN C60 grades would

be expected to fall outside of the A1Q5 allowable hardness range for small

forgings

Ductility Requirements

The DIN C35 grades and the C45 grades satisfy the minimum percent

elongation requirement of A105. The minimum percent elongation requirements

for the DIN C55 and C60 grades fall 25% and 30% respectively, below the

minimum A1Q5 requirement.

155
For material in the normalized condition, DIN 17200 does not specify

reduction of area values. The DIN C35 grades, C45 grades, C55 grades

and C60 grades in the quenched and tempered condition have higher strength

values and lower elongation values than in the normalized condition.

Since the reduction-in-area minimum values in the quenched and tempered

condition for all of these grades satisfy the A105 minimum requirement,

the normalized condition values would be expected to satisfy the A105

minimum requirement.

Annealed Condition (DIN code G)

Strength and Hardness Requirements

The DIN requirements for material in the annealed condition* ref er only to a maximum hardness value. Using an approximate hardness - tensile strength correlation for steel, either SAE J4I7b (May 1970) or DIN 50351, the minimum ultimate tensile strength permitted by A105 would

correspond to a minimum hardness of about HB 137. Further, for forgings

too small for subsize tensile specimens, A105 allows acceptance based

only on hardness, provided the hardness falls between HB 137 and HB 187.

Using this hardness range as a basis for comparison for any size forging,

DIN G35 grades would not exceed the A105 maximum hardness limit for

small forgings. However, with only a maximum hardness specified for the

DIN C35 grades, it cannot be determined whether the minimum yield strength

or ultimate tensile strength requirements of A1Q5 would be satisfied.

The maximum hardness values allowed for DIN G45 grades, C55 grades,

and C60 grades exceed the A105 small forging hardness limit by about 11%,

22%, and 29% respectively, although it is increasingly probable that the

A1Q5 minimum strength requirements would be satisfied going from the DIN G45

grades to the C60 grades.

Ductility Requirements

Although the DIN requirements do not include any ductility requirements,

the DIN G35 grades, C45 grades, and C55 grades would be expected to satisfy

both the percent elongation and percent reduction- in-area requirements of

A105 based on the DIN maximum hardness limits. Similarly, the DIN C60 grades

would probably not satisfy the A105 percent elongation requirement near the

maximum hardness limit.

156
JIS G3103-77//ASTM A285-78

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are similar and

refer to the same type of steel products, namely rolled carbon steel

plates for use in pressure vessels. Steel produced to JIS G3103 includes

both carbon steel plates up to 200 mm thick and molybdenum alloy steel

plates up to 150 mm thick for ambient and elevated temperature service

while ASTM A285 is not intended for elevated temperature applications

and is limited to normally as-rolled carbon steel plates up to 50 mm

thick. The thickness limitation for A285 is necessary to insure adequate

internal homogeneity and soundness since rimmed, capped, or sepii-killed

steels are also permitted in addition to the more uniform killed 'steels

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these

products are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength

and yield strength. The percent elongation requirement, characterizing

tensile ductility, is not usually considered to be a useful design

parameter because it is not a unique parameter, depending on specimen

geometry and gage length as well as the material's intrinsic ductility.

Percent elongation, however, can be used for comparison purposes and to

show the effect of other variables, such as composition and/or heat

treatment on material ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion,

the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence are: (1)

the strength requirements of JIS G3103 are considered equivalent to the

requirements of ASTM A285 if the JIS values fall within the range from

5% above the A285 maximum value to 5% below the A285 minimum value; (2)

the percent elongation requirements of JIS G3103 are considered equivalent

to the requirements of A235 if the JIS values are higher than or within

15Z of the A285 minimum value. Allowance of the larger difference for

percent elongation is based on: (1) the actual expected JIS elongation

values would normally exceed the JIS minimum requirement, (2) percent

elongation is not a design parameter but rather a measure of the relative

response of the material to plastic deformation, and (3) the unknown

precision in the relationship between gage length, cross-sectional area

and percent elongation. The ultimata determination of equivalence

between material specifications that are not identical, however, depends

on the actual end-use of the material in a structure and the design

parameters for that structure.

Material furnished under specification A285-78 must conform to the

applicable requirements of ASTM A20-78, General Requirements for Steel

Plates for Pressure Vessels. (The appropriate edition of A20 to use is

that edition concurrent with the edition of A285 of interest) . The

relevant sections of A20 used in this comparison include: Section 3,

Description of Terms; Section 6, Heat Treatment; Section 7, Chemical

Analysis; Section 8, Metallurgical Structures; Section 10, Test Methods;

Section 11, Tension Tests; Section 16, Retests, and Supplementary

Requirements

157
CONCLUSIONS

(1) JXS class 5 and class 6 from JIS G3103-77 are not equivalent to

ASTM A285-78 because they are alloy steels and are outside of the scope of

A285

.

(2) JIS class 2 from JIS G3103-77 is generally equivalent to ASTM

A285 grade C, based on the criteria discussed earlier. Although the

maximum permitted ultimate tensile strength of this JIS class could

exceed by 7% the may-i mum level permitted by A285 grade C, JIS class 2 is

acceptable because (a) the minimum yield strength requirement for JIS

class 2 is only 10% above the A285 grade C minimum requirement, and (b)

the JIS class 2 minimum elongation values fall within the elongation

acceptance criterion.

(3) JIS class 2 from JIS G3103-77 is not generally equivalent to

ASTM A285 grade B because as a result of the higher carbon content

allowed by JIS class 2, only the bottom 53% of the JIS tensile strength

range falls within the A285 grade 3 range and the JIS class 2 minimum

elongation requirement is 16% below the A285 grade B requirement.

(a) To be acceptable, JIS class 2 must be shown to fall within

both the ultimate tensile strength acceptance criteria and the elongation

acceptance criteria.

(4) JIS class 3 from JIS G3103-77 is not generally equivalent to

ASTM A285 grade C because, as a result of the higher carbon content

allowed by JIS class' 3, only the bottom 47% of the JIS tensile strength

range falls within the A285 grade G range and the JIS class 3 minimum

elongation requirement is 17% below the A285 grade C requirement.

(a) To be acceptable, JIS class 2 must be shown to fall within

both the ultimate tensile strength acceptance criteria and the elongation

acceptance criteria.

(5) JIS class 4 from JIS G3103-77 is not equivalent to ASTM A285

because the JIS maximum carbon level is substantially above the maximum

level for any grade of A285 and thus the maximum ultimate tensile strength

values are much higher than the maximum A285 values and the minimum

percent elongation values are much lower than the minimum A285 values.

158
JIS G3103-77 / / ASTM A285-78

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analysis for JIS

class 2 (SB42) satisfy the chemical limits for A285 grade C plate. The

waY-imiini levels specified for manganese, sulfur, and phosphorus are identical

with the requirements of A285 while the maximum carbon level for JIS class

2 is lower than the maximum carbon level for A285 grade C and higher than

the maximum carbon levels allowed for A285 grades A and 3.

Although the may-innrm levels specified for manganese, sulfur, / and

phosphorus for JIS classes 3 and 4 are identical with those of all

grades of A285, the may-imum carbon levels for JIS classes 3 and 4 exceed

the maximum carbon levels for all grades of A285.

The silicon content of A285 is not specified because it depends on

the deoxidation practice employed, i.e. killed, rimmed, capped, etc.

The silicon range permitted by JIS G3103 is typical of that reported for

killed steels and is not inconsistent with the requirements of ASTM A285.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Strength Requirements

The specified ultimate tensile strength range of JIS class 2 plate

lies from within to 22%, 13%, and 7% respectively, higher than the A285

ranges for grades A, B, and C while the minimum JIS class 2 yield strength

value is 37%, 22%, and 10%, respectively above the A285 minimum values

for grades A, B, and C.

The specified ultimate tensile strength ranges and minimum yield

strength values for JIS class 3 and class 4 exceed the A285 requirements

by increasing amounts. The tensile strength range for JIS class 3 plate

lies from within to 31%, 21%, and 14% respectively, higher than the A285

ranges for grades A, B, and C while the minimum JIS class 3 yield strength

value is 48%, 32%, and 20% respectively, above the A285 minimum values

for grades A, B, and C. The tensile strength range for JIS class 4

place lies from within to 37%, 27%, and 20% respectively, higher than

the A285 ranges for grades A, B, and C while the minimum JIS class 4

yield strength value is 60%, 43%, and 29% respectively, above the A285

minimum values for grades A, B, and C.

Ductility Requirements

The dimensions, gage length, and type of tension test specimens

permitted by ASTM A20-78 are controlled by the plate thickness. Although

A285 specifies minimum percent elongation values for both 200 mm gage

length and 50 mm gage length specimens, only the percent elongation

value for the specimen and gage length appropriate for the plate thickness

159
must be satisfied. For plate 50 mm and less in thickness, JIS G3103

requires a rectangular test specimen 38 mm wide, full plate thickness,

and a 200 mm gage length. For plate up to 102 mm thick, A20 permits the

identical test specimen and thus the following analysis is based on 200

nna gage length specimens.

The JIS class 2 minimum percent elongation value is within 15% of

the A285 grade C requirement and 16% and 23% respectively, below the

A285 grade B and grade A minimum requirement.

The JIS class 3 minimum percent elongation values are about 17%,

24%, and 30% respectively, below the A285 minimum values for grade C,

grade B, and grade A. i

The JIS class 4 minimum percent elongation values are about 20%,

32%, and 37% respectively, below the A285 minimum values for grade C,

grade B, and grade A.

Supplementary Requirement S14 Bend Test

The bend test requirement is part of JIS G3103-77 although only one

of several Supplementary Requirements in A285. The geometry of the ASTM

and JIS bend test specimens are very similar and the specification

requirements can be directly compared. For test specimens of equal

thickness and with machined edges, the bend test requirements for JIS

class 2 and class 3 plate up to 50 mm thick are identical or more severe

than the A285 requirements. The bend-test requirements for JIS class 4

plate over 25 mm to 50 mm thick are identical or more severe than the

A285 requirements. The bend-test requirement for JIS class 4 plate 25 mm or less in thickness is less severe than the A285 requirement.

160
DIN 17155-59//ASTM A285-78

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are similar and

refer to the same type of steel products, namely rolled carbon steel

plates for use in pressure vessels. However, steel produced to DIN

17155 includes both carbon steel plates and alloy steel plates for both

ambient and elevated-temperature service while ASTM A285 plate is not

intended for elevated-temperature service and is limited to normally

as-rolled carbon steel plates up to 50 mm thick. The thickness limitation

for A285 is necessary to insure adequate internal homogeneity and soundness

because rimmed, capped, or semi-killed steels are also permitted in

addition to the more uniform killed steels. Rimmed steel or killed

steel is permitted by DIN 17155 for the HI grade while the other grades

must be produced in the killed condition.

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these

products are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength

and yield strength. The percent elongation requirement, characterising

tensile ductility, is not usually used as a design parameter because it

is not a unique parameter, depending on specimen geometry and gage

length as well as the material’s intrinsic ductility. Percent elongation,

however, can be used for comparison purposes and to show the effect of

other variables such as composition and/or heat treatment on material

ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion,

the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence are:

(1) the strength requirements of DIN 17155 are considered equivalent to

the requirements of ASTM A285 if the DIN values fall within the range

from 5% above the A285 maximum value to 5% below the A285 minimum value;

(2) the percent elongation requirements of DIN 17155 are considered

equivalent to the requirements of ASTM A285 if the DIN values are higher

than or within 15% of the A285 minimum value. Allowance of the larger

difference for percent elongation is based on: (1) the actual expected

DIN elongation values would normally exceed the DIN minimum requirement,

(2) percent elongation is not a design parameter but rather a measure of

the relative response of the material to plastic deformation, and (3)

the unknown precision in the relationship between gage length, crosssectional area and percent elongation. The ultimate determination of

equxvalence between material specifications that are not identical,

however, depends on the actual end-use of the material in a structure

and the design parameters for that structure.

Material furnished under specification A285-78 must conform to

the applicable requirements of ASTM A20-78, General Requirements for

Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels. (The appropriate edition of A20

to use is that edition concurrent with the edition of A285 of interest.)

The relevant sections of A20 used in this comparison include: Section

161
3, Description of Terms; Section 6, Heat Treatment; and Section 7,

Chemical Analysis; Section 8, "Metallurgical Structure; Section 10, Test

Methods; Section 11, Tension Tests; Section 16, Retests, and Supplementary

Requirements.

CONCLUSIONS

Cl) DIN grades 15Mo3 and L3CrMo44 from DIN 17155—59 are not equivalent

to ASTM A285-78 because they are alloy steels and outside of the

scope of A285.

(2) DIN grade HI from DIN 17155-59 is generally equivalent t& ASTM

A286-78 grade B or grade C, based on the criteria discussed earlier,

subject to the following limitations:

Ca) The maximum sulfur and phosphorus levels (ladle or product

analysis! should be limited to 0.04 percent and 0.035 percent

by weight, respectively, to maintain notch toughness.

Cb) The DIN minimum tensile strength is 10% below the A285 grade C

minimum tensile strength requirement. To be acceptable for

A285 grade C, DIN grade HI must be shown to fall within the

strength acceptance criterion.

(3) DIN grade HII from DIN 17155-59 is generally equivalent to ASTM

A285-78 grade C, based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject

to the following limitations

(_a) The maximum sulfur and phosphorus levels (.ladle or product

analysis) should be limited to 0.04 percent and 0.035 percent

by weight, respectively, to maintain notch toughness.

Cb) Although the minimum percent elongation value within the DIN

grade HII range, corresponding to the highest tensile strength, can be 20% below the A285 grade C minimum for some plate

thickness ranges, the minimum percent elongation value corresponding

to the lowest tensile strength satisfies or is within 2% of

the A285 grade C requirement for most plates up to 50 mm

thick. Thus, for intermediate tensile strength values, the

DIN grade HII minimum percent elongation would be within 15%

of the A285 grade C requirement. To be acceptable, DIN grade

HIT must be shown to fall within the elongation acceptance

criterion for all plate thicknesses.

(4) DIN grade HUT from DIN 17155-59 is generally equivalent to ASTM

A285-78 grade C, based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject

to the following limitations:

Ca) The maximum sulfur and phosphorus levels Cla-dle or product

analysis) should be limited to Q.04 percent and 0.035 percent

by weight, respectively, to maintain notch toughness.

162
(b) Although the minimum percent elongation value within the DIN

grade Hill range, corresponding to the highest tensile strength,

can be 26% below the A285 grade C minimum for some plate

thicknesses, the minimum percent elongation value corresponding

to the lowest tensile strength satisfies or is within 6% of

the A285 grade G requirement for most plates up to 50 mm

thick. Thus, for intermediate tensile strength values, the

DIN grade Hill minimum percent elongation would be within 15%

of the A285 grade C requirement to be acceptable, DIN grade

Hill must be shown to fall within the elongation acceptance

criterion for all plate thicknesses.

(5) DIN grade HIV and grade 17Mn4 from DIN 17155-59 are not generally

equivalent to ASTM A285 because the minimum percent elongation

corresponding to the lowest tensile strength (highest minimum value

for the grade) is about 15% below the A285 grade C requirement

(about 18% below A2S5 grade B, about 22% below A285 grade A) for

most plates up to 50 mm thick. Thus, for intermediate tensile

strength values, the DIN grade HTV and grade 17Mn4 min imum percent

elongation would be more than 15% below the A285 grade C requirement.

(6) DIN grade 19Mn5 from DIN 17155-59 is not generally equivalent to

ASTM A285 because 95% of the tensile strength range is higher than

the maximum tensile strength permitted by A235 grade C (all of

range for A285 grade B and grade A) , and the minimum percent elongation

corresponding to the lowest tensile strength (highest minimum value

for the grade) is about 22% below the A235 grade C requirement

(about 26% below A2S5 grade 3, about 30% below A285 grade A) for

most plates up to 50 mm thick.

(7) The application of the ASTM A285 Supplementary 3end test requirements

reduces the range cf equivalence for some DIN grades, as follows:

(a) The DIN grade HII and grade Hill bend requirements for plates

25 mm or less in thickness for specimens with machined edges

do not satisfy A285.

For those thicknesses and grades where the DIN bend requirements do not

satisfy A285, the DIN plate would be equivalent only if it met the A285

requirement.

163
'

(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)

164
DIN 17155-59 //ASTM A285-78

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

Three primary quality descriptors of steel plate, listed in order

of increasing quality, are regular quality, structural quality, and

pressure vessel quality. Regular quality plates are normally produced

to compositional ranges rather than mechanical property requirements and

are typically used in non-critical applications. Further, regular

quality plates are not expected to have the same level of chemical

uniformity, internal soundness, or freedom from surface imperfections

(i.e. inclusions) as found in structural quality or pressure vessel

quality plate. Although structural quality and pressure vessel Quality

plate are normally produced to both chemical and mechanical property

requirements, pressure vessel quality plate generally must satisfy more

stringent limits on allowable surface and edge perfections and sometimes

notch toughness requirements. Thus, pressure vessel quality specifications,

such as ASTM A285, almost always require lower limits for phosphorus

and sulfur than is required for structural quality or regular quality.

For rolled carbon pressure vessel steels, the mechanical properties

and weldability are usually the important criteria. When this steel is

produced to specific strength properties, usual practice allows the

carbon and manganese levels to vary to achieve the necessary strength

requirement and to compensate, if necessary, for the effect of plate

thickness

The chemical requirements of A285, based on ladle analyses, specify

for each grade the same upper limit on the manganese content but allow

the maximum carbon limit to increase to achieve increased strength

levels. Following a somewhat different approach, the DIN chemical

requirements for grades HI, HII, Hill, and HIV, based on ladle analyses,

specify maximum carbon levels and minimum manganese levels which vary

for each grade.

The maximum carbon level specified for DIN grade HI is below the maximum limits for A285 grades A, B, or C and the minimum manganese

level is well below the A285 maximum level. The maximum carbon level

specified for DIN grade HII is below the maximum limits for A285 grades

3 or C and the minimum manganese level is still below the A285 maximum

level. The maximum carbon level specified for DIN grade Hill equals or

is below the maximum limits for A285 grades 3 or C and the minimum

manganese level is below the A285 maximum level. The maximum carbon

level specified for DIN grade HIV is below the maximum limit for A285

grade C while the minimum manganese level is below the A285 maximum

level.

The maximum carbon levels specified for DIN grades 17Mn4 and 19Mn5 are below the A285 maximum levels for grades B and G, respectively,

while the DIN manganese requirements are compositional ranges with

165
min TtniiTn values that are at or higher than the A285 maximum limit. The

higher manganese levels compensate for a lower carbon level so that

strength properties can be maintained without reducing notch toughness

and so are considered to be consistent with the intent of A285. For

example, DIN grade HIV allows higher carbon levels and lower manganese

levels than DIN grade 17Mn4, yet both have identical specified strength.

The maximum phosphorus and sulfur levels of 0.050 percent permitted

by DIN 17155 for DIN grades HI, HII, Hill, HIV, 17Mn4, and 19Mn5- exceed

the allowed A285 maximum levels of 0.035 and 0.04 percent, respectively.

Although phosphorus raises the strength level of steel, it reduces

ductility and toughness. The presence of sulfur also has the effect of

lowering the notch toughness. The additional quality requirements

indicated for pressure vessel quality plate support the lower phosphorus

and sulfur levels specified by A285. Thus, to be equivalent, the DIN

grades must satisfy these lower limits for phosphorus and sulfur.

The silicon content of A285 is not specified because it depends on

the deoxidation practice employed, i.e. killed, rimmed, capped, etc.

The silicon range permitted by DIN 17155 is typical of that reported for

killed steels and is not inconsistent with the requirement of A285.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Strength Requirements

The specified tensile strength range of DIN grade HI is within the

A285 ranges for grades A and B, and lies from 10% below to within the

range for A285 grade C. The DIN minimum yield strength exceeds the A285

minimum requirements by 25% to 36%, 11% to 22%, and about 1% to 10%,

depending on plate thickness, for grades A, B, or C.

The specified tensile strength range of DIN grade HII lies from

within to 1% above the A285 ranges for grades B and C. The DIN minimum

yield strength exceeds the'A285 minimum requirements by 27% to 37% and

15% to 24%, depending on plate thickness, for grades 3 and C.

The specified tensile strength range of DIN grade Hill lies from

within to 1% above the A285 range for grade C, and the minimum yield

strength exceeds the A285 grade C requirement by 24% to 34%, depending

on plate thickness.

The specified tensile strength range of DIN grade HIV and grade

17Mn4 lie from within to 7% above the A285 grade C range, and the minimum

yield strength exceeds the A285 grade C requirement by 29% to 39%,

depending on plate thickness.

The specified tensile strength range of DIN grade 19Mn5 lies from

1% below to 18% above the maximum specified tensile strength of A285

grade C, and the minimum yield strength exceeds the A285 grade C requirement

by 53% to 58%, depending on plate thickness.

166
Ductility Requirements

Although A285 specifies minimum percent elongation values for both

200 mm gage length specimens and 50 mm gage length specimens, ASTM A20

requires only the percent elongation value for the specimen and gage

length appropriate for the plate thickness to be satisfied. ASTM A20

also permits a reduction in the required minimum percent elongation

values for plates under 8 mm thick. The dimensions, gage length, and

specimen type permitted by A20 are controlled by the plate thickness.

The nyfn-tTmmi percent elongation requirement for each grade in DIN 17155

is a function of the tensile strength range for that grade and thus the

minimum elongation values for each DIN grade vary inversely as the

tensile strength range.

_ _

rf! The dimensions of the DIN standard tensile test specimens are scaled so as to maintain a constant ratio of gage length to diameter

equal to 5 for round specimens or the equivalent ratio of gage length to

the square root of the cross-sectional area equal to 5.65 for rectangular

specimens. For plate greater than 19 mm thick, ASTM A2C permits a round

specimen with a ratio of gage length to diameter equal to 4 with a 50 mm

gage length. Based on the relationship between gage length, percent

elongation, and cross-section area, the equivalent DIN elongation value

would be 91% of the A285 minimum values for 50 mm gage length.

For plate 19 mm and under in thickness, ASTM A20 requires full

plate thickness rectangular test specimens either 38 mm wide with a 200 mm gage length os 13 mm wide with a 50 mm gage length. As the plate

thickness changes, the ratio of the gage length to the square root of

the cross-sectional area changes which results in an equivalent DIN

elongation value which varies with the plate thickness. The following

analysis, based on 50 mm gage length specimens, takes into account the

effect of plate thickness and the ratio of gage length to the square

root of the cross-sectional area on the percent elongation.

The minimum percent elongation value within the DIN grade HI range

satisfies or is within 15% of both the A285 grade B and grade C requirements,

and satisfies or is within 27% of the A285 grade A requirement.

The minimum percent elongation value within the DIN grade HII range

satisfies or is within 20% of the A285 grade C requirement. Plate between

8 mm and 6 mm thick have minimum elongation values 20% below while

other plate thicknessses have minimum elongation values which satisfy or are within 18% of the A285 grade C requirement. The minimum percent

elongation value within the DIN grade HII range satisfies or is within

25% of the A285 grade B requirement and satisfies or is within 30% of

the A285 grade A requirement.

The minimum percent elongation value wichin the DIN grade Hill

range satisfies or is within 26% of the A285 grade C requirement; satisfies

or is within 28% of the A285 grade B requirement; and is from 4% to 33%

below the A285 grade A requirement.

167
The minimum percent elongation value within the DIN grade HIV and grade

17Mn4 range is from 16% to 30% below the A285 grade C requirement; from 18%

to 32% below the A285 grade B requirement; and from 13% to 37% below the A285

grade A requirement.

The minimum percent elongation value within the DIN grade I9Mn5 range

is from 26% to 38% below the A285 grade C requirement.

Supplementary Requirement S14 Bend Test

The bend test requirement is part of DIN 17155-59 although it is only

one of several Supplementary Requirements in A285-78. The geometty of the

ASTM and DIN bend-test specimens are similar and the specification

requirements can be directly compared. For test specimens of equal

thickness and with machined edges, the bend-test requirements for DIN

grade HI are more severe than the A285 requirements. For DIN grade HIT,

the bend-test requirement is less severe than the A285 requirement for

plate 25 mm or less thick and more severe than the A285 requirement for

plate over 25 mm to 50 mm thick. For DIN grade Hill, the bend-test

requirement is identical to or more severe than the A285 requirement for

plate over 25 mm to 50 mm thick and less severe for plate 25 mm or less

thick. For DIN grades HIV and 17Mn4, the bend-test requirement is less severe than the A285 requirement for plate 38 mm or less thick and more

severe for plate over 38 mm to 50 mm thick. For DIN grade 19Mn5, the

bend-test requirement is less severe than the A285 requirement for all

plates up to 50 mm thick.

168
JIS G3103-77//ASTM A515-78

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are very similar

and refer to the same type of steel products, namely rolled carbon steel

plates for use in boilers and pressure vessels in the as-rolled stressrelieved, or normalized condition, depending on plate thickness. Further,

JIS G3103 includes both carbon steels and molybdenum alloy steels.

The intended use for ASTM A515 material is for intermediate and

higher temperature service in welded boilers and other pressure vessels

and thus requires the steel to be made to a coarse-grain practiced In

comparison, JIS G3103 does not specifically refer to steel-making practice

or grain-size requirements for the same intended uses.

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these

products are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength

and yield strength. The percent elongation requirement, characterizing

tensile ductility, is not usually considered to be a useful design

parameter because it is not a unique parameter, depending on specimen

geometry and gage length as well as the material’s intrinsic ductility.

Percent elongation, however, can be used for comparison purposes and to

show the effect of other variables, such as composition and/or heat

treatment on material ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion,

the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence are:

(1) the strength requirements of JIS G3103 are considered equivalent to

the requirements of ASTM A515 if the JIS values fall within the range

from 5% above the A51.5 maximum value. to 5% below the A515 minimum value;

(2) the percent elongation requirements of JIS G3103 are considered

equivalent to the requirements of ASTM A515 if the JIS values are higher

than or within 15% of the A515 minimum value. Allowance of the larger

difference for percent elongation is based on: (1) the actual expected

JIS elongation values would normally exceed the JIS minimum requirement,

(2) percent elongation is not a design parameter but rather a measure of

the relative response of the material to plastic deformation, and (3) the

unknown precision in the relationship between gage length, cross-sectional

area and percent elongation. The ult ima ta determination of equivalence

between material specifications that are not identical, however, depends

on the actual end-use of the material in a structure and the design

parameters for that structure.

Material furnished under specification A515-78 must conform to the

applicable requirements of ASTM A20-78, General Requirements for Steel

Plates for Pressure Vessels. (The appropriate edition of A20 to use is

that edition concurrent with che edition of A515 of interest.) The

relevant sections of A20 used in this comparison include: Section 3,

Description of Terms; Section 6, Heat Treatment; Section 7, Chemical

Analysis; Section 8 , Metallurgical . Structure; Section 10 , Test Methods;

Section 11, Tension Tests; Section 16, Retests, and Supplementary

Requirements

169
CONCLUSIONS

(1) JXS Class 2 is generally equivalent to ASTM A515-78, Grade 60 based

on the criteria discussed earlier.

(2) JIS Class 3 and JTS Class 5 are generally equivalent to ASTM A515-78,

Grade 65 based on the criteria discussed earlier.

(3) JIS Class 4 and JIS Class 6 are generally equivalent to ASTM

A5-15-78, Grade 70 based on the criteria discussed earlier.

(4) Steel produced to JIS G3103-78 -must be made to coarse-grain

practice or have a carburized austenitic grain size of 1 <to 5.

170
JIS G3103-77//ASTM A515-78

STEELMAKING PROCESS

ASTM A515-78 requires Che steel to be made to a coarse-grain practice

and as a supplementary requirement specifies the austenite grain size.

The final grain size of the plate, which is important in determining

such properties as yield strength and creep resistance, is strongly

.influenced not only by the austenite grain size but by the cooling rate

through the transformation temperature and is therefore affected by

deoxidation practice, plate finishing temperature, and subsequent heat

treatment. However, the coarse-grain practice requirement of A515 is

consistent with the intended use in intermediate- and higher-temperature

service because of the generally higher creep resistance of coarsegrained microstructures compared to fine-grained microstructures of the same material. Although JIS G3103 is specified for the same applications,

steelmaking practice and austenite grain size requirements are not

specified.

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical composition limits for JIS Class 2 (SB42) satisfy the

chemical limits specified by A515 for Grade 60 plate. The maximum

carbon limits for plates up to 50 mm thick, the maximum limits for

manganese, phosphorus, and sulfur and the silicon content range are identical with the requirements of A515. The maximum carbon limit of

0.30 percent for plates between 50 mm to 200 mm thick falls between the

A515 maximum limits of 0.29 percent and 0.31 percent, respectively, for

plates 50 mm to 100 mm thick and 100 mm to 200 mm thick.

The chemical composition limits for JIS Class 3 (SB46) satisfy the

chemical requirements specified by A515 for Grade 65 plate. The maximum

carbon limits for places up to 200 mm thick; the maximum limits for

manganese, phosphorus, and sulfur; and the silicon content range are identical with the requirements of A515.

The chemical composition limits for JIS Class 4 (SB49) satisfy the

chemical requirements specified by A515 for Grade 70 plate. The maximum

carbon limits for plates up to 200 mm thick; the maximum limits for

manganese, phosphorus, and sulfur; and the silicon content range are identical with the requirements of A515.

The chemical composition limits of JIS Class 5 (SS46M) and Class 6

(SS49M) for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur and the silicon

content range satisfy the chemical requirements specified by A515 for

Grades 60, 65, and 70. The minimum molybdenum content specified for JIS

Classes 4 and 5 but not specified in A515 qualifies these two classes as alloy steels. The addition of the carbide-forming element molybdenum

strengthens the ferrite in these hot-rolled pearlitic steels, increases

resistance to temper embrittlement, and increases the elevated temperature

strength. The maximum carbon levels for these two classes have been

lowered to insure that non-pearlitic transformation products do not form

during cooling after rolling or subsequent heat treatment.

171
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Strength Requirements

The specified tensile strength ranges of JIS Class 2, Class 3, and

Class 4 plate overlap within one percent the specified ranges for A515

Grade 60, Grade 65, and Grade 70, respectively, and the minimum yield

point value for each of these JIS classes exceeds slightly the respective

minimum requirement for each of these three A515 grades.

The specified tensile strength ranges of JIS Class 5 and Class 6

plate overlap within one percent the specified ranges for A515 Grade 65

and Grade 70, respectively. The minimum yield points for JIS Cless 5

and Class 6 are about six percent higher than the respective minimum

requirements for A515 Grade 65 and Grade 70. The addition of the

strengthening alloying element molybdenum and the reduction in the maximum

carbon levels for JIS Classes 5 and 6 result in specified tensile strength

properties identical to JIS Classes 3 and 4 but with minimum yield

strength values about four percent higher than those specified in JIS

Classes 3 and 4.

Ductility Requirements

The dimensions, gage length, and type of tension test specimens

permitted by ASTM A20-78 are controlled by the plate thickness. Although

A515 specifies minimum percent elongation values for both 200 mm gage

length and 50 mm gage length specimens, only the percent elongation

value for the specimen and gage length appropriate for the plate thickness

must be satisfied. The two tension test specimens permitted by JIS

G3103-77, a 200 mm gage length, 38 mm wide rectangular specimen and a 50 mm gage length, 12.7 mm diameter round specimen are identical to two of

the permitted ASTM specimens. Thus, the percent elongation requirements

of A515 and JIS G3103 can be directly compared.

The minimum percent elongation values specified for JIS Class 2,

Class 3, and Class 4, regardless of test specimen, are identical to the

minimum percent elongation values for A515 Grade 60, Grade 65, and Grade

70, respectively. The minimum percent elongation values specified for

JIS Class 5 and Class 6, regardless of test specimen, are identical to

the minimum percent elongation values for A515 Grade 65 and Grade 70,

respectively

.

Supplementary Requirement S14 Bend Test

The bend-test requirement is part of JIS G3103-77 although it is

only one of a number of Supplementary Requirements in A515. The geometry

of the ASTM and JIS bend-test specimens is very similar and the specification

requirements can be directly compared. For test specimens of equal

thickness, the bend-test requirements for JIS Class 2, JIS Classes 3 and

5, and JIS Classes 4 and 6 are identical or more severe than the requirements

of A515 Grade 60, Grade 65, and Grade 70, respectively.

172
DIN 17155-59 //ASTM A515-78

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are very similar

and refer to the same type of steel products, namely rolled carbon steel

plates for use in boilers and other pressure vessels in the as-rolled,

stress-relieved, or normalized conditions. Further, DIN 17155 includes

both carbon steels and alloy steels.

The intended use for ASTM A515 material is for intermediate and

higher temperature service in welded boilers and other pressure vessels

and thus specifies the steel to be made to a coarse-grain practiah. In

comparison, DIN 17155 does not specifically refer to steel-making practice

or grain size requirements for the same intended uses.

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these

products are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength

and yield strength. The percent elongation requirement, characterizing

tensile ductility, is not usually used as a design parameter because it

is not a unique parameter, depending on specimen geometry and gage

length as well as the material's intrinsic ductility. Percent elongation,

however, can be used for comparison purposes and to show the effect of

other variables such as composition and/or heat treatment on material

ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion,

the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence are: (1)

the strength requirements of DIN 17155 are considered equivalent to the

requirements of ASTM A515 if the DIN values fall within the range from

5% above the A515 maximum value to 5% below the A515 minimum value; (2)

the percent elongation requirements of DIN 17155 are considered equivalent

to the requirements of ASTM A515 if the DIN values are higher than or within 15% of the A515 minimum value. Allowance of the larger difference

for percent elongation is based on: (1) the actual expected DIN elongation

values would normally exceed the DIN minimum requirement, (2) percent

elongation is not a design parameter but rather a measure of the relative

response of the material to plastic deformation, and (3) the unknown

precision in the relationship between gage length, cross-sectional area

and percent elongation. The ultimate determination of equivalence

between material specifications that are not identical, however, depends

on the actual end-use of the material in a structure and the design

parameters for that structure.

The ultimate strength ranges for the DIN grades overlap the ASTM

A515 ranges to such an extent that the strength properties of each DIN

grade can often satisfy the requirements of more than one A515 grade.

Generally upper limits on product dimensions are not specified since the

dimensions are usually only limited by the ability of the composition to

satisfy the specified mechanical property requirements. However, A515

173
does identify by grade current practice limits on plate thickness. The

comparison presented here includes the DIN grades up to these nominal

thickness limits.

Material furnished under specification A515-78 must conform to the

applicable requirements of ASTM A20-78, General Requirements for Steel Plates

for Pressure Vessels. (The appropriate edition of A20 to use is that edition

concurrent with the edition of A515 of interest. The relevant sections of

A2Q used in this comparison include: Section 3, Description of Terms;

Section 6, Heat Treatment; and Section 7, Chemical Analysis; Section 8,

Metallurgical Structure; Section 10, Test Methods; Section 11, Tension Tests;

Section 16, Retests, and Supplementary Requirements.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) DIN Grade 13 Cr Mo 44 from DIN 17155-59 is not equivalent to

ASTM A5 15-78 because it is an air-hardening and tempered alloy steel and

outside of the scope of A515.

(2) DIN Grade HI from DIN 17155-59 is generally equivalent to ASTM

A5I5-78, Grade 55, based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to

the following limitations:

(a) The DIN minimum ultimate tensile strength requirement

falls 10% below the A515 minimum requirement. The DIN minimum yield

strength requirement for plate more than 90 mm thick falls 5% or more

below the A515 minimum requirement. The strength requirements are the

principal design parameters and thus to be acceptable, DIN Grade HI

plate must be 3hown to fall within the strength acceptance criteria.

(b) The maximum sulfur and phosphorus levels (ladle or product analysis) should be limited to 0.04 percent and 0.035 percent by

weight, respectively, to maintain notch toughness and resistance to

temper embrittlement.

(3) DIN Grade HII from DIN 17155-59 is generally equivalent to

ASTM A515-78, Grade 60, based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject

to the following limitations:

(a) The DIN minimum yield strength requirement for plate more

than 115 mm thick falls 5% or more below the A515 min imum requirement.

To be acceptable, DIN Grade HII plate in this size range must be shown

to fall within the strength acceptance criterion.

(b) The maximum sulfur and phosphorus levels (ladle or product analysis) should be limited to 0.04 percent and 0.035 percent by

weight, respectively, to maintain notch toughness and resistance to

temper embrittlement.

(4) DIN Grade Hill from DIN 17155-59 is generally equivalent to

ASTM A515-78, Grade 60 or Grade 65, based on the criteria discussed

earlier, subject to the following limitations:

174
(a) The DIN minimum yield strength requirement for plate more

than 150 mm thick falls 5% or more below the A515, Grade 60 minimum

requirement while the DIN minimum yield strength requirement for plate

more than 110 mm thick falls 5% or more below the A515, Grade 65 minimum

requirement. To be acceptable, DIN Grade Hill plate in these ranges

must be shown to fall within the strength acceptance criterion.

(b) The maximum sulfur and phosphorus levels Cladle or product analysis) should be limited to Q.04 percent and 0.035 percent by

weight, respectively, to maintain notch toughness and resistance to

temper embrittlement.

(5) DIN Grade HIV from DIN 17155-59 is generally equivalent to

ASTM A515, Grade 65 or Grade 70, based on the criteria discussed earlier,

subject to the following limitations:

(a) The DIN minimum yield strength requirement for plate more

than 130 mm thick falls 5% or more below the A515, Grade 65 minimum

requirement while the DIN minimum yield strength requirement for plate

more than 95 mm thick falls 5 % or more below the A515, Grade 7Q minimum

requirement. To be acceptable, DIN Grade HIV plate in these size ranges

must be shown to fall within the strength acceptance criterion.

(h) The maximum sulfur and phosphorus levels (ladle or product analysis) should be limited to 0.04 percent and 0.035 percent by

weight, respectively, to maintain notch toughness and resistance to

temper embrittlement.

(6) DIN Grade 17 Mn 4 from DIN 1715'5-59 is generally equivalent to

ASTM A515, Grade 65 or Grade 70, based on the criteria discussed earlier,

subject to the following limitations:

(a) The DIN minimum yield strength requirement for plate more

than 145 mm thick falls 5% or more below the A515, Grade 65 minimum

requirement while the DIN minimum yield requirement for plate more than

110 mm thick falls 5% or more below the A515, Grade 70 minimum requirement.

To be acceptable, DIN Grade 17 Mn 4 in these size ranges must be shown

to fall within the strength acceptance criterion.

(b) The mayinn im sulfur and phosphorus levels (ladle or product analysis) should be limited to 0.04 percent and 0.035 percent by

weight, respectively, to maintain notch toughness and resistance to

temper embrittlement.

(7) DIN Grade 19 Mn 5 from DIN 17155-59 is generally equivalent to

ASTM A515, Grade 70, based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to

the following limitations.:

(a) The DIN minimum yield strength requirement for plate more

than 165 mm thick falls 5% or more below the A515, Grade 7Q minimum

requirement. To be acceptable, DIN Grade 19 Mn 5 in this size range

must be shown to fall within the strength acceptance criterion.

175
(b) The maximum sulfur and phosphorus leyels (ladle or product analysis.) should he limited to 0.0.4 percent and Q. Q35 percent by

weight, respectively, to maintain notch toughness and resistance to

temper embrittlement.

(.8) DIN Grade 15 Mo 3 from DIN 17155-55 is generally equivalent to

ASTM A515, Grade 60 or Grade 65, based on the criteria discussed earlier,

subject to the following limitations:

(a) The DIN minimum yield strength requirement for plate more

than 165 mm thick falls 5% or more below the A515, Grade 60 minimum

requirement while the DIN minimum yield strength requirement for plate

more than 130 mm thick falls 5% or more below the A515, Grade* 65 minimum

requirement. To be acceptable, DIN Grade 15 Mo 3 in these size ranges

must be shown to fall within the strength acceptance criterion.

(9) Steel produced to DIN 17155-59 must be made to coarse-grain

practice or have a carburized austenite grain size of 1 to 5.

(10) The application of the ASTM A515 Supplementary bend test

requirements reduces the range of equivalence for some DIN grades as follows:

(a) The DIN grade HII bend requirement is less severe than

the A515 grade 60 requirement for plates less than 50 mm thick.

(b) The DIN grade Hill bend requirement is less severe than

the A515 grade 60 or grade 65 requirement for plates less than 100 mm

thick.

(c) The DIN grades HIV and 17 Mn 4 bend requirements are less severe than the A515 grade 70 requirement for plates less than 100 mm

thick and are less severe than the A515 grade 65 requirement for plate

of any thickness.

(d) The DIN grade 19 Mn 5 bend requirement is less severe than

the A515 grade 70 requirement for plate of any thickness.

(e) The DIN grade 15 Mo 3 bend requirement is less severe than

the A515 grade 60 or grade 65 requirements for plate of any thickness.

For those thicknesses and grades where the DIN bend requirement is

less severe, the DIN plate would be equivalent only if it met the A515

requirements for that generally equivalent grade.

176
DIN 17155-59 //ASTM A515-78

STEELMAKING PROCESS

ASTM A515-78 requires the steel to be made to a coarse-grain practice

and as a supplementary requirement specifies the austenite grain, sire.

The final grain size of the plate, which is important in determining

such properties as yield strength and elevated temperature creep resistance,

is strongly influenced not only by the austenite grain size but also by

the cooling rate through the transformation temperature and is therefore

affected by deoxidation practice, plate finishing temperature, and

subsequent heat treatment. However, the coarse-grain practice requirement

of A515 is consistent with the intended use in intermediate- and .'‘highertemperature service because of the generally higher creep resistance of

coarse-grained microstructures compared to fine-grained microstructures

of the same material.

Although DIN 17155-59 is specified for the same applications,

steelmaking practice and austenite grain size requirements are not

specified. However, DIN 17155 does include non-guaranteed elevatedtemperature creep-rupture and creep-strain data which can be compared

with other tabulated elevated-temperature data (ASTM Data Series DS

1151) for wrought carbon steels including data from the coarse-grained

ASTM A515 and its fine-grained equivalent, ASTM A516. The reported

average 10,000 hour and 100,000 hour creep-rupture strengths from 430 C

to 520 C of DIN Grades HI, HII, Hill, HIV, 17Mn4, and 19Mn5 range from

about 10% above to 30% below the average values for coarse-grain wrought

carbon steels, including those covered by A515. Over this temperature range,

the fine-grained wrought carbon steels, including those covered by A516.

average up to 24% lower creep-rupture strength than the coarse-grain carbon

steels. This grain size effect is reduced at the highest temperatures and

longest rupture times due to several factors, including thermal effects on the steel microstructure.

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

Three primary quality descriptors of steel plate, listed in order

of increasing quality, are regular quality, structural quality, and

pressure vessel quality. Regular quality plates are normally produced

to compositional ranges rather than mechanical property requirements and

are typically used in non-critical applications. Further, regular

quality plates are not expected to have the same level of chemical

uniformity, internal soundness, ot freedom from surface imperfections

(i.e. inclusions) as that found in structural quality or pressure vessel

quality plate. Although structural quality and pressure vessel quality

plate are normally produced to both chemical and mechanical property

requirements, pressure vessel quality generally must satisfy more

stringent limits on allowable surface and edge perfections and sometimes

notch toughness requirements. Thus, pressure vessel quality specifications,

such as ASTM A515, almost always require lower limits for phosphorus

and sulfur than are required for structural quality or regular quality.

177
For rolled carbon pressure vessel steels, the mechanical properties

and weldability are usually the important criteria. When this steel is

produced to mechanical property values, usual practice allows the carbon

and manganese levels to vary to compensate for the effect of plate

thickness. Typically in these steels, strength properties decrease and

tensile ductility (often measured by percent elongation) increases as the plate thickness increases.

The chemical requirements of A515 specify for each grade the same upper limit on the manganese content independent of plate thickness but

allow the maximum carbon limit to increase with increase in plate

thickness in order to maintain the necessary minimum strength for that

particular grade. Following a different approach, the DIN chemical

requirements for grades HI, HII, Hill and HIV specify maximum carbon

levels and minimum manganese levels which are different for each grade

but independent of plate thickness. Specifically, the DIN maximum

carbon levels for these grades are all well below the A515 maximum

levels for nominally equivalent grades, i.e. DIN HI below A515 Grade 55,

DIN HII below A515 Grade 60, DIN Hill below A515 Grades 60 and 65, and

DIN HIV below A515 Grades 65 and 70. However, the greater flexibility

of the DIN carbon and manganese levels for these grades is consistent

with the ASTM requirements.

Although the DIN maximum carbon levels for grades 17Mn4 and 19Mn5 are also well below the A515 maximum levels for nominally equivalent

grades, i.e. DIN 17Mn4 below A515 Grades 65 and 70, and DIN 19Mn5 below

A515 Grade 70, the DIN manganese requirements are compositional ranges

whose minimum values are at or higher than the A515 maximum limit. The

higher manganese levels compensate for the lower carbon levels so that

strength properties are maintained without reducing notch toughness and are considered to be consistent with the intent of A515.

The maximum phosphorus and sulfur levels of 0.050 percent permitted

by DIN 17155-59 for DIN grades HI, HII, Hill, HIV, 17Mn4, and 19Mn5

exceed the permitted A515 maximum levels of 0.035 and 0.04 percent

respectively. Although phosphorus raises the strength level of steel,

it reduces ductility and toughness and increases the susceptibility to

temper embrittlement after exposure to temperatures above 700 F. The

presence of sulfur has the effect of lowering the notch toughness. The

additional quality requirements indicated for pressure vessel quality

plate combined with the anticipated elevated temperature service environment

supports the importance of the lower phosphorus and sulfur levels

specified by A515. Thus, to be equivalent, the DIN grades must satisfy

these lower limits for phosphorus and sulfur.

The chemical composition limits of DIN 15Mo3 for carbon, silicon,

manganese, and sulfur satisfy the chemical requirements of A515 for

grades 60 and 65. The maximum phosphorus level of 0.040 percent slightly

exceeds the A515 requirement of 0.035 percent but this difference is not

considered significant due to the presence of molybdenum. The minimum

molybdenum content specified for DIN grade 15Mo3 qualifies this steel as

178
an alloy steel. The addition of the carbide-forming element molybdenum

strengthens the ferrite phase in this steel, increases resistance to

temper embrittlement, and increases the elevated temperature strength.

However, the maximum carbon level and the maximum manganese level have

been lowered and/or specified in order to reduce the hardenability and

insure that non-pearlitic transformation products do not form during

cooling after roiling or subsequent heat treatment. As a result, the

chemical requirements of DIN 15Mo3 are equivalent to the A515 requirements.

DIN grade 13 CrMc44, containing both chromium and molybdenum, has a sufficiently high alloy content that it is supplied in the hardened and

tempered condition. The higher alloy content together with the substantially

different thermal processing of this material places this DIN gra^e

outside of the scope of A515.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

The specified ultimate tensile strength ranges and minimum percent

elongation values for the DIN grades often overlap the A315 ultimate

tensile strength ranges and satisfy the minimum elongation requirements

for more than one A515 grade. The DIN minimum yield strength requirements,

however, are thickness dependent while the A515 requirements are not and

thus if a DIN grade satisfies the other requirements of more than one

A515 grade, the final selection of equivalent grades could be determined

by the plate thickness.

Strength Requirements

The specified tensile strength range of DIN grade HI lie from 10%

below to within the A51.5 grade 55 strength range. The DIN minimum yield

strength satisfies or is# within 5% of the A515 grade 55 minimum requirement

for plates up to 90 mm thick. Above 90 mm, the DIN minimum specified

value lies between 7% below the A515 minimum value for plates 95 mm

thick to 48% below for plates 300 mm thick.

The specified tensile strength range of DIN grade HII is from 3%

below to within the A515 grade 60 strength range. The DIN minimum yield

strength satisfies or is within 5% of the A515 grade 60 minimum value

for plates up to 115 mm thick. Above 115 mm thick, the DIN minimum

value lies between 6% belcw the A515 minimum requirement for plates 120 mm thick to 23% below for plate 200 mm thick.

The specified tensile strength range of DIN grade Hill is within

the A515 grade 60 strength range, and from 4% below to within the A515

grade 65 strength range. The DIN minimum yield strength requirement

satisfies or is within 5% of the A515 grade 60 requirement for plates up

to 150 mm thick, and satisfies or is within 5% of the A515 grade 65

requirement for plates up to 110 mm thick. Above 150 mm thick for A515

grade 60, the DIN minimum value lies between 6% below the A515 minimum

specified value for plate 155 mm thick to 17% below for plate 200 mm

thick. Above 110 mm thick for A515 grade 65, the DIN minimum value lies

between 6% below the A515 minimum specified value for plates 115 mm

thick to 24% below for plates 200 mm thick.

179
The specified tensile strength range of DIN grade HIV is within the

A515 grade 65 strength range, and from 5% below to within the A515 grade

70 range. The DIN minimum yield strength requirement satisfies or is

within 5% of the A515 grade 65 requirement for plate up to 130 mm thick,

and satisfies or is within 5% of the A515 grade 70 requirement for plate

up to 95 mm thick. Above 130 mm thick for A515 grade 65 plate, the DIN

TTi-iniTnirm value lies between 6% below the A515 minimum specified value for

plates 135 mm thick to 20% below for plates 200 mm thick. Above 95 mm

thick, for A515 grade 70 plate, the DIN minimum value lies between 6%

below the A515 minimum specified value for plates 100 mm thick to 27%

below for plate 200 mm thick.

The specified tensile strength range of DIN grade 17Mn4 ds within

the A515 grade 65 strength range, and from 5% below to within the A515

grade 70 range. The DIN minimum yield strength requirement satisfies or

is within 5% of the A515 grade 65 requirement for plate up to 145 mm

thick, and satisfies or within 5% of the A515 grade 70 requirement for

plate up to 110 mm thick. Above 145 mm thick, for A515 grade 65 plate,

the DIN minimum value lies between 6% below the A515 minimum for plates

150 mm thick to 18% below for plate 200 mm thick. Above 110 mm thick,

for A515 grade 70 plate, the DIN minimum value lies between 6% below the

A515 minimum for plates 115 mm thick to 24% below for plate 200 mm

thick.

The specified tensile strength range of DIN grade 19Mn5 is within

the A515 grade 70 strength range. The DIN minimum yield strength requirement

satisfies or is within 5% of the A515 grade 70 requirement for plate up

to 165 mm thick. Above 165 mm thick, for A515 grade 70 plate, the DIN

minimum value lies between 6% below the A515 minimum for plates 170 mm

thick to 13% below for plates 200 mm thick.

The specified tensile strength range of DIN grade 15Mo3 is within

the A515 grade 60 strength range, and from 4% below to within the A515

grade 65 strength range. The DIN minimum yield strength requirement

satisfies or is within 5% of the A515 grade 60 requirement for plate up

to 165 mm thick, and satisfies or within 5% of the A515 grade 65 requirement

for plate up to 130 mm thick. Above 165 mm thick for A515 grade 60

plate, the DIN minimum value lies between 6% below the A515 minimum for

plates 170 mm thick to 13% below for plates 200 mm thick. Above 130 mm

thick for A515 grade 65 plate, the DIN minimum value lies between 6%

below the A515 minimum for plates 135 mm thick to 20% below for plate

200 mm thick.

Ductility Requirements

Although A515 specifies minimum percent elongation values for both

200 mm gage length specimens and 50 mm gage length specimens, ASTM AzO

requires only the percent elongation value for the specimen and gage

length appropriate for the plate thickness to be satisfied. ASTM A20

also permits a reduction in the required minimum percent elongation

values for plates under 8 mm thick or over 89 mm thick. The dimensions,

gage length, and specimen type permitted by A20 are controlled by the

plate thickness.

180
values for plates under 8 ram thick or over 89 mm thick. The dimensions,

gage length, and specimen type permitted by A20 are controlled by the

plate thickness.

The dimensions of the DIN standard tensile test specimens are scaled so as to maintain a constant ratio of gage length to diameter

equal to 5 for round specimens or the equivalent ratio of gage length to

the square root of the cross-sectional area equal to 5.65 for rectangular

specimens. For plate greater than 19 mm thick, ASTM A20 permits a round

specimen with a ratio of gage length to diameter equal to 4 with a 50 mm

gage length. Based on the relationship between gage length and crosssection area, the equivalent DIN elongation value would be 91% of the

A515 minimum values for 50 mm gage length. t

t

r. For plate 19 mm and under in thickness, ASTM A20 requires full

plate thickness rectangular test specimens either 38 mm wide with a 200 mm gage length or 13 mm wide with a 50 mm gage length. As the plate

thickness changes, the ratio of the gage length to the square root of

the cross-sectional area changes which results in an equivalent DIN

elongation, value which varies with the plate thickness. The following

analysis, based on 50 mm gage length specimens, takes into account the

effect of thickness and the ratio of gage length to the square root of

the cross-sectional area on the percent elongation.

The minimum percent elongation for DIN grade HI satisfies or is

within 15% of the A515 grade 55 requirement for plate up to 300 ram thick. The minimum percent elongation for DIN grade HII satisfies or is

within 15% of the A515 grade 60 requirement for plate up to 200 mm

thick.

The minimum percent elongation for DIN grades Hill and 15Mo3 satisfies

or is within 15% of the A5L5 grade 60 or grade 65 requirements for

plate up to 200 mm thick. However, the best agreement is with the

requirements of A515 grade 65.

The minimum percent elongation for DIN grades IV and 17Mn4 satisfies

or is within 15% of the A515 grade 65 or grade 70 requirements for

plate up to 200 mm thick. However, the best agreement is with the

requirements of A515 grade 70.

The minimum percent elongation for DIN grade 19Mn5 is within 15% of

the A515 grade 70 requirement for plate up to 200 mm thick.

181
A515 Supplementary Requirement S14 Rend Test

See A20-78 for Requirements

The ratio of specimen width, to thickness is assumed to be equal and constant

for both, the DIN and ASTM specimens.

DIN

Grade Equivalent to A515 (A20)

HI Yes for grade 55 plate up to 3G0 mm thick.

HII Yes for grade 60 plate 50^ mm to 200 mm thick.

No for grade 60 plate below 50 mm thick.

Hill Yes for grade 60 or grade 65 plate 100 mm to

200 mm thick.

No for grade 60 or grade 65 plate below

100 mm thick.

HIV Yes for grade 70 plate 100 mm to 200 ram thick.

No for gTade 70 plate below 100 mm thick.

No for grade 65 plate for any thickness.

17Mn4 Yes for grade 70 plate 100 mm to 200 ram thick.

No for grade 70 plate below 100 mm thick.

No for grade 65 plate for any thickness.

19Mn5 No

15Mo3 Yes for grade 70 plate 100 ram to 200 mm thick.

No for grade 70 plate below 100 ram thick.

No for grade 60 or 65 plate for any thickness.

182
JIS G5151-7 8/ / ASTM A216-77

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are quite similar

and refer to ferritic steel castings for pressure environments at

elevated temperatures. Although ASTM A216-77 is limited to plain carbon

grades, JIS G5151-78 includes both plain carbon and alloy steel grades. All

castings produced under A216 must be heat treated and can be furnished in the

annealed, normalized, or normalized and tempered condition, while JIS G5151

allows in addition the quenched and tampered condition.

The major design criteria for the intended applications of qhese

castings are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength

and yield strength, and pressure tightness. The percent elongation

requirement, characterizing tensile ductility, is not usually considered

to be a useful design parameter because it is not a unique parameter

depending on specimen geometry and gage length as well as the materials

intrinsic ductility. Percent elongation, however, can be used for

comparison purposes and to show the effect of other variables, such as composition and/or heat treatment on material ductility. The percent

reduction-in-area is also a measure of tensile ductility and is not as sensitive to specimen geometry as percent elongation. Percent reductionin-area measures the ability of the material to deform locally and thus

reflects the materials ability to relieve local stress concentrations such

as expected in pressurized components.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion,

the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence are:

(1) the strength requirements of JIS G5151 are considered equivalent to

the requirements of ASTM A21o if the JIS values fall within the range

from 5% below the A216 minimum value to 5% above the A216 max iimim value;

(2) the minimum JIS reduction-in-area values are considered equivalent

to the requirements of A216 if they exceed or are within 5% of the A216

minimum value; (3) the percent elongation requirements of JIS G5151 are considered equivalent to the requirements of A216 if the JIS values

exceed or are within 15% of the A216 minimum values. Allowance of the

larger difference for percent elongation is based on: (1) the actual

expected JIS elongation values would normally exceed the minimum requirement;

(2) percent elongation is not a design parameter but rather a measure of

the relative response of the material to plastic deformation; and (3) the

unknown precision in the relationship between gage length, cross-sectional

area, and percent elongation. The ultimate determination of equivalence

between material specifications that are not identical, however, depends

on the actual end-use of the material in a structure and the design

parameters for that structure.

Material furnished under specification A216-77 must conform to the

applicable requirements of ASTM A7Q3-79b, General Requirements Applicable

to Steel Castings for Pressure-Containing Parts. (The appropriate

edition of A703 to use is that edition concurrent with the edition of

183
A216 of interest.) The relevant sections of A7Q3 used in this comparison

include: Section 6, Tensile Requirements; Section 7, Retests; and

Section 8 , Hydrostatic Tests.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) JIS class 1 (SCPH 1) from JIS G5151-78 is generally equivalent to

ASTM A216-77, grade WCA based on the criteria discussed, earlier.

(.2) JIS class 2 (SCPH 2) from JIS G5151-78 is generally equivalent to

ASTM A216-77, grade WCB based on the criteria discussed earlier.

r, i

184
JIS G5151-78//ASTM A216-77

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for JIS class 1

and class 2 materials satisfy the chemical limits for ASTM A216 grades WCA

and WCB, respectively. The maximum JIS levels for the major alloying elements

carbon, manganese, silicon, and phosphorus and the impurities copper, nickel,

and molybdenum are identical to the ASTM requirements, while the JIS maximum

levels for sulfur and chromium are below the ASTM maximum allowable limits.

MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS

The determination of mechanical properties of castings requires careful

control over the preparation of the test specimen. The solidification behavior

of castings is very important in determining mechanical properties because the

cooling rate strongly affects the resultant casting grain size, the type and

amount of the metallurgical phases present, and the extent and location of

chemical segregation, shrinkage and porosity. Not only are mechanical properties

often dependent on the casting size or section thickness, but separately cast

test bars can have markedly different mechanical properties than the component

casting poured at the same time from the same heat of metal due to exaggerated

differences in size.

For steel castings, test specimens may be taken from coupons cast as part

of the casting, from separately cast coupons, or from specified areas of the

casting itself. Even though the test specimens from, the two types of coupons

are heat-treated with the casting, differences in mechanical properties can

result.

\ Specification JIS G5151 permits separately cast test specimens on test

coupons cast as part of the casting. Specification ASTM A216 (through A703)

generally requires separately cast test specimens although under certain

conditions test specimens machined from coupons cast as part of the casting or taken from specified areas of the casting can be used. The separately cast JIS

test bar has an initial diameter of 32 mm and a final specimen diameter of

14 mm, while the ASTM separately cast test bar has an initial diameter of about

26 mm and a final specimen diameter of about 13 mm, thus allowing a direct

comparison of the mechanical properties.

Strength Requirements

The minimum ultimate tensile strength specified for JIS G5151 class 1 is

within 1% of the A216 specified minimum while the JIS minimum yield strength

slightly exceeds the A216 minimum requirement value for grade WCA. A

maximum JIS ultimate tensile strength is not specified.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength specified by JIS G5151 class 2 is within 1% of the A216 grade WCB specified minimum while the JIS

minimum yield strength is within 2% of the grade WCB minimum requirement.

A maximum JIS ultimate tensile strength is not specified.

185
Ductility Requirements

The JIS test specimen has a circular cross-section with a constant gage

length-to-diameter ratio of 5 while the ASTM test specimen (see ASTM A703-79b)

has a circular cross-section with a gage length-to-diameter ratio of 4. Using

the relationship between gage length and cross-sectional area, the equivalent

JIS elongation value would be smaller, about 91% of the ASTM value.

The minimum percent elongation requirement for JIS classes 1 and 2 is

within 5% of the A216 minimum requirements for grades WCA and WC3,

respectively. The minimum JIS reduct ion-in-area requirements for classes 1

and 2 satisfy the A216 minimum requirement for grades WCA and WCB.

* i

ft

186
DIN 17245-67 //ASTM A216-77

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are quite similar and

refer to ferritic steel castings for elevated temperature service. Although

ASTM A216-77 is limited to plain carbon steel grades, DIN 17245-67 includes

both plain carbon and alloy steel grades. All castings produced under A216

must be heat-treated and can be furnished in either the annealed, normalized,

or normalized and tempered condition while under DIN 17245, all castings are supplied in either the normalized condition for the plain carbon grade or quenched and tempered for the alloy steel grades.

<< The major design criteria for the intended applications of 'these

castings are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength and

yield strength, and pressure tightness. The percent elongation requirement,

characterizing tensile ductility, is not usually considered to be a useful

design parameter because it is not a unique parameter, depending on specimen

geometry and gage length as well as the material's intrinsic ductility.

Percent elongation, however, can be used for comparison purposes and to show the

effect of other variables, such as composition and/or heat treatment on material

ductility. The percent reduction-in-area is also a measure of tensile ductility

and is not as sensitive to specimen geometry as percent elongation. Percent

reduction-in-area measures the ability of the material to deform locally and

thus reflects the materials ability to relieve local stress concentrations such

as expected in pressurized components.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion, the

acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence are: (1) the strength

requirements of DIN 17245 are considered equivalent to the requirements of ASTM

A216 if the DIN values fall within the range from 5% below the A216 minimum

value to 5% above the A216 maximum value; (2) the minimum DIN reduction- in-area

values are considered equivalent to the requirements or A215 if they exceed or are within 5% of the A216 minimum value; (3) the percent elongation requirements

of DIN 17245 are considered equivalent to the requirements of A216 if the DIN

values exceed or are within 15% of the A216 minimum values. Allowance of the

larger difference for percent elongation is based on: (1) the actual expected

DIN elongation values would normally exceed the minimum requirement; (2) percent

elongation is not a design parameter but rather a measure of the relative response

of the material to plastic deformation; and (3) the unknown precision in the

relationship between gage length, cross-sectionai area, and percent elongation.

The ultimate determination of equivalence between material specifications that are

not identical, however, depends on the actual end-use of the material in a structure and the design parameters for that structure.

Material furnished under specification A216-77 must conform to the applicable

requirements of ASTM A703-796, General Requirement Applicable to Steel Castings

for Pressure-Containing Parts. (The appropriate edition of A703 to use is that

edition concurrent with the edition of A216 of interest.) The relevant sections

of A703 used in this comparision include: Section 6, Tensile Requirements;

Section 7, Retests; and Section 8, Hydrostatic Tests.

187
CONCLUSIONS

(1) DIN grade GS-C25 (1.0619) from DIN 17245-67 is generally equivalent to

ASTM A216-77, grade WCA based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject

to the following limitation:

(a) To be acceptable, DIN grade G3-25C must be shown to satisfy the

reduction-in-area requirement.

(2) DIN grades GS-22M64 (1.5419), GS-17CrMo55 (1.7357), GS-17CrMoV511

(1.7706), G-X22CeMoV121 (1.4931), and G-X22CrMoWV121 (1.4932) from DIN

17245-67 are not equivalent to ASTM A216-77 because they are alloy steel

grades and are thus beyond the scope of A216. 1

188
DIN 17245-67 //ASTM A216-77

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

Ihe chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for DIN grade

GS-C25 satisfy the chemical limits for ASTM A216 grade WCA. The maximum

DIN levels specified for carbon, manganese, silicon, and chromium are very

close to the requirements of grade WCA while the maximum sulfur and phosphorus

levels only slightly exceed the A216 limits.

MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS

The determination of mechanical properties of castings requires careful

control over the preparation of the test specimen. The solidifipktion

behavior of castings is very important in determining mechanical properties

because the cooling rate strongly affects the resultant casting grain size,

the type and amount of the metallurgical phases present, and the extent and

location of chemical segregation, shrinkage and porosity. Not only are mechanical properties often dependent on the casting size or section

thickness, but separately cast test bars can have markedly different

mechanical properties than the component casting poured at the same time

from the same heat of metal due to exaggerated differences in size.

For steel castings, test specimens may be taken from coupons cast as part of the casting, from separately cast coupons, or from specified areas

of the casting itself. Even though the test specimens from the two types of

coupons are heat-treated with the casting, differences in mechanical properties

can result.

Specification DIN 17245 generally requires test specimens machined from

coupons cast as part of the casting although separately cast test specimens

are permitted when the former is not possible. Specification ASTM A216

(through A703) also allows the test specimens to be taken from casting coupons

or separately cast test specimens. Although the ASTM test bar, whether from a casting coupon or a separately cast piece, has an initial diameter of about

26 mm and a final diameter of about 13 mm, the dimensions of the DIN test bars

are not defined. Thus, the following comparison is based on the assumption

that a DIN test piece similar in size to the ASTM values would be used.

Strength Requirements

The ultimate tensile strength range for DIN grade GS-C25 falls within

the maximum-minimum range for A216 grade WCA and the GS-C25 minimum yield

strength requirement exceeds the A216 grade WCA minimum requirement.

Ductility Requirements

The DIN test specimen has a circular cross-section with a constant gage

length- to-diameter ratio of 5 while the ASTM test specimen (see ASTM A703-79b)

has a circular cross-section with a gage length-to-diameter ratio of 4. Using

the relationship between gage length and cross-sectional area, the equivalent

DIN elongation value would be smaller, about 91% of the ASTM value.

189
The minimum percent elongation requirement for DIN grade GS-C25 satisfies

the minimum A216 requirement for grade WCA. Specification DIN 17245 does not

contain reduction-in-area requirements although based on the comparison of the

other mechanical properties, it is expected that DIN grade GS-C25 would satisfy

the A216 grade WCA requirements.

i

f.

\

190
JIS G5151-78//ASTM A217-77a

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are quite similar and

refer to steel castings for pressure environments at elevated temperatures

Specification ASTM A217-77a includes a martensitic stainless steel grade as well as ferrite alloy steel grades while JIS G5151 contains both plain carbon

and ferritic alloy steel grades. All castings produced under A217 must be

heat-treated and furnished in the normalized and tempered condition while

JIS G5151 permits casting to be furnished in the annealed, normalized, normalized

and tempered, and quenched and tempered condition depending in part on the

particular alloy grade. Generally, the lowest strength properties are<, found

for the annealed condition while the quenched and tempered condition produces

the highest tensile strength and most improved toughnesss compared to the

normalized and tempered condition for similar tempering temperatures. The

choice of heat treatment depends on the desired properties for particular

compositional grades; thus, the heat requirements for JIS G5I5I are not

inconsistent with the requirements of A217.

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these castings

are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength and yield strength,

and pressure tightness. The percent elongation requirement, characterizing

tensile ductility, is not usually considered to be a useful design parameter

because it is not a unique parameter, but depends on specimen geometry and gage

length as well as the material's intrinsic ductility. Percent elongation,

however, can be used for comparison purposes and to show the effect of other

variables, such as composition and/or heat treatment on material ductility. The

percent reduction- in-area is also a measure of tensile ductility and is not as sensitive to specimen geometry as the percent elongation. Reduction-in-area

measures the ability of the material to deform locally and thus reflects the

materials ability to relieve local stress concentrations such as expected in

pressurized components.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion, the

acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence are: (1) the strengthrequirements of JIS G5151 are considered equivalent to the requirements of

ASTM A217 if the JIS values fall within the range from 5% below the A217

minimum value to 5% above the A217 maximum value; (2) the minimum JIS reductionin-area values are considered equivalent to the requirements of A217 if they

exceed or are within 5% of the A217 minimum values; and (3) the percent

elongation requirements of JIS G5151 are considered equivalent to the requirements

of A217 if the JIS values exceed or are within 15% of the A217 minimum values.

Allowance of the larger difference for percent elongation is based on: (1) the

actual expected DIN elongation values would normally exceed the minimum requirement; (2) percent elongation is not a design parameter but rather a measure of

the relative response of the material to plastic deformation; and (3) the unknown

precision in the relationship between gage length, cross-sectional area, and

percent elongation. The ultimate determination of equivalence between material

specifications that are not identical, however, depends on the actual end-use of

the material in a structure and the design parameters for that structure.

191
Material furnished under specification A217-77a must conform to the

applicable requirements of ASTM A7Q3-796, General Requirements Applicable

to Steel Castings for Pressure-Containing Parts. (The appropriate edition

of A703 to use is that edition concurrent with the edition of A217 of

interest.) The relevant sections of A703 used in this comparision include:

Section 6, Tensile Requirements; Section 7, Retests; Section 8, Hydrostatic

Tests.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) JIS class 11 (SCPH 11) from JIS G5 15 1-78 is generally equivalent to ASTM

A217-77a, grade WC1 based on the criteria discussed earlier.

(2) JIS class 21 (SCPH 21) from JIS G5151-78 is generally equivalent to ASTM

A217-77a, grade WC6 based on the criteria discussed earlier.

(3) JIS class 32 (SCPH 32) from JIS G5151-78 is generally equivalent to ASTM

A217-77a, grade C5 based on the criteria discussed earlier.

(4) JIS class 22 (SCPH 22) and class 23 (SCPH 23) are not equivalent to any

grade in ASTM A217-77a because the chemical ranges for chromium, molybdenum

and vanadium do not satisfy the requirements in A217.

(5) JIS class 1 (SCPH 1) and class 2 (SCPH 2) are not equivalent to ASTM

A217-7 7 a because they are plain carbon grades and thus are outside the scope

of A217.

192
JIS G5151-78//ASTM A217-77a

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for JIS class 11

and class 21 satisfy the chemical limits for ASTM A217 grade WC1 and grade

WC6, respectively. The JIS limits for carbon, manganese, silicon, phosphorus,

and molybdenum are the same as the ASTM limits while the JIS maximum sulfur

level is slightly below the ASTM value.

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analyses for JIS class 32

and class 61 satisfy Che chemical limits for ASTM A217 grade WC9 and grade

C5 , respectively. The JIS limits for carbon (class 61), silicon, phosphorus,

chromium, and molybdenum in both JIS classes are identical to the AST^

requirements while the JIS maximum levels for sulfur and carbon (class 32) are slightly below the ASTM maximum values. The JIS permitted manganese range

overlaps the ASTM range at the high end. Manganese, acting primarily as a deoxidizer in these alloys, contributes to the soundness of the casting and

thus the small overlap is not inconsistent with the requirements of A217.

MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS

The determination of mechanical properties of castings requires careful

control over the preparation of the test specimen. The solidification behavior

of castings is very important in determining mechanical properties because the

cooling rata strongly affects the resultant casting grain size, the type and

amount of the metallurgical phases present, and the extent and location of

chemical segregation, shrinkage and porosity. Not only are mechanical properties

often dependent on the casting size or section thickness, but separately cast

test bars can have markedly different mechanical properties than the component

casting poured at tne same time from the same heat of metal due to exaggerated

differences in size.

For steel castings, test specimens may be taken from coupons cast as part

of the casting, from separately cast coupons, or from specified areas of the

casting itself. Even though the test specimens from the two types of coupons

are heat-treated with the casting, difference in mechanical properties can

result.

Specification JIS G5151 permits separately cast test specimens or test

coupons cast as part of the casting. Specification ASTM A217 (through A703)

generally requires separately cast test specimens although under certain

conditions test specimens machined from coupons cast as part of the casting

or taken from specified areas of the casting can be used. The separately cast

JIS test bar has an initial diameter of 32 mm and a final specimen diameter of

14 mm, while the ASTM separately cast test bar has an initial diameter of about

j 26 mm and a final specimen diameter of about 13 mm, thus allowing a direct

I comparison of the mechanical properties.

193
Strength Requirements

The minimum ultimate tensile strength and yield strength requirements

specified for JIS G5151 class 11 exceed the A217 minimum requirements for grade

WC1. A maximum JIS ultimate tensile strength is not specified.

The minimum ultimate tensile strengths specified for JIS G5151 class 21,

class 32, and class 61 are within 1% of the A217 minimum values for grades

WC6, WC9, and C5, respectively while the minimum JIS yield strength

requirements satisfy the A217 minimum values for grades WC6 and WC9. The

JIS minimum yield strength value for class 61 is within 1% of the A217

minimum value for grade C5.

i

< Ductility Requirements S

The JIS test specimen has a circular cross-section with a constant gage

length- to-diameter ratio of 5 while the ASTM test specimen (see ASTM A703-796)

has a circular cross-section with a gage length-to-diameter ratio of 4. Using

the relationship between gage length and cross-sectional area, the equivalent

JIS elongation value would be smaller, about 91% of the ASTM value.

The minimum percent elongation requirements for JIS class 11 and class 61

satisfy the A217 requirements for grade WC1 and grade C5. The minimum percent

elongation requirements for JIS class 21 and class 32 are within 5% of the A217

minimum requirements for grades WC6 and WC9, respectively. The minimi mi JIS

reduction- in-area requirements for class 11, class 21, class 32., and class 61

satisfy the A217 minimum requirements for grades WC1, WC6, WC9, and C5,

respectively

.

194
DIN 17 245-67 //ASTM A217-77a

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are quite similar and

refer to steel castings for pressure environments at elevated temperatures.

Specification ASTM A217-77a includes a martensitic stainless steel grade as well as ferritic alloy steel grades while DIN 17245-67 is limited to plain

carbon and ferritic alloy steel grades. All castings produced under A217

must be heat-treated and furnished in the normalized and tempered condition.

All alloy castings in DIN 17245 are supplied in either the quenched and

tempered condition or normalized condition. Generally, for similar tempering

temperatures, the quenched and tempered condition results in higher tensile

strength and better impact toughness than for the normalized and..? tempered

condition. Thus the heat treatment requirement for DIN 17245 satisfies ASTM

A217.

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these castings

are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength and yield

strength, and pressure tightness. The percent elongation requirement,

characterizing tensile ductility, is not usually considered to be a useful

design parameter because it is not a unique parameter, but depends on specimen geometry and gage length as well as the material’s intrinsic ductility.

Percent elongation, however, can be used for comparison purposes and to show

the effect of other variables, such as composition and/or heat treatment on material ductility. The percent reduction-in-area is also a measure of tensile

ductility and is not as sensitive to specimen geometry as the percent elongation

Reduction- in-area measures the ability of the material to deform locally and

thus reflects the materials ability to relieve local stress concentrations such

as expected in pressurized components.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion, the

acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence are: (1) the strength

requirements of DIN 17245 are considered equivalent to the requirements of ASH!

A217 if the DIN values fall within the range from 5% below the A217 minimum

value to 5% above the A217 maximum value; (2) the minimum DIN reduction-in-area values are considered equivalent to the requirements of A217 if they exceed cr are within 5% of the A217 minimum values; and (3) the percent elongation

requirements of DIN 17245 are considered equivalent to the requirements of A217

if the DIN values exceed or are within 15% of the A217 minimum values. ALIowsnc

of the larger difference for percent elongation is based on: (1) the actual

expected DIN elongation values would normally exceed the minimum requirement;

(2) percent elongation is not a design parameter but rather a measure of the

relative response of the material to plastic deformation; and (3) the unknown

precision in the relationship between gage length, cross-sectional area, and

percent elongation. The ultimate determination of equivalence between material

specifications that are not identical, however, depends on the actual end-use

of the material in a structure and the design parameters for that structure.

195
Material furnished under specification a. must conform to the

applicable requirements of ASTM A703-796, General Requirements Applicable

to Steel Castings for Pressure Containing Parts. (The appropriate edition

of A7Q3 to use is that edition concurrent with the edition of A217 of

interest.) The relevant sections of A703 used in this comparison include:

Section 6, Tensile Requirements; Section 7, Retests; Section 8, Hydrostatic

Tests.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) DIN grade GS-22Mo4 (1.5419) from DIN 17245-67 is generally equivalent to

ASTM A217-77a, grade WC1 based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to

the following limitation: u

(a) To be acceptable, DIN grade GS-22Mo4 must be shown to satisfy the

reduction-in-area requirement.

(2) DIN grade GS-17CrMo55 (1.7357) from DIN 17245-67 is generally equivalent

to ASTM A217-77a, grade WC6 based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject

to the following limitation:

(a) To be acceptable, DIN grade GS-17CrMo55 must be shown to satisfy the

reduction-in-area requirement.

(3) The DIN grades GS-17CrMoVll (1.7706), G-X22CrMoV121 (1.4931), and

G-X22CrMoWV121 (1.4932) from DIN 17245-67 are not equivalent to any grade in

ASTM A217-77a because the chemical composition ranges for the alloying elements

vanadium, nickel, and tungsten do not satisfy the requirements in A217.

(4) DIN grade GS-C25 (1.0619) from DIN 17245-67 is not equivalent to any grade

in ASTM A217-77a because it is a plain carbon grade and thus is beyond the

scope of A217.

196
DIN 17245-67/ /ASTM A217-77

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analysis for DIN grade

GS-22Mo4 satisfy the chemical limits for ASTM A217 grade WC1. The maximum

DIN levels specified for carbon, manganese, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, and

chromium are the same or very close to the maximum limits of grade WC1. The

maviTnim molybdenum level in DIN grade GS-22Mo4 just satisfies the minimum

requirement for A217 grade WC1. Molybdenum acts as a ferrite strengthener

and increases the elevated temperature strength of the alloy so that the

elevated temperature mechanical properties of the two grades should be

compared even though ASTM A217 does not include elevated temperature

requirements. v

The chemical composition limits based on ladle analysis for DIN grade

GS-17CrMo55 satisfy the chemical limits for ASTM A217 grade WC6. The

maximum DIN levels specified for carbon, manganese, silicon, sulfur, phosphorus,

chromium and molybdenum are the same or very close to the maximum limits of

grade WC6.

MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS

The determination of mechanical properties of castings requires careful

control over preparation of the test specimens. The solidification behavior of

castings is very important in determining mechanical properties because the

cooling rate strongly affects the resultant casting grain size, the type and

amount of the metallurgical phases present, and the extent and location of

chemical segregation, shrinkage and porosity. Not only are mechanical

properties often dependent on the casting size or section thickness, but

separately cast test bars can have markedly different mechanical properties

than the component casting poured at the same time from the same heat of metal

due to exaggerated differences in size.

For steel castings, test specimens may be taken from compounds cast as part

of the casting, from separately cast coupons, or from specified areas of the

casting itself. Even though the test specimens from the two types of coupons

are heat-treated with the casting, differences in mechanical properties can

result.

Specification DIN 17245 generally requires test specimens machined from

coupons cast as part of the casting although separately cast test specimens are permitted when the former is not possible. Specification ASTM A217 (through

A703) also allows the test specimens to be taken from casting coupons or separately cast test specimens, thus the mechanical properties of these two

specifications can be directly compared.

197
Strength Requirements

The ultimate tensile strength range for DIN grade GS-22Mo4 is from 2%

below to within the minimum-max'iTrmm range for A217 grade WC1 and the GS-22Mo4

mirn'miim yield strength requirement exceeds the A217 grade WC1 minimum

requirement.

The ultimate tensile strength range for DIN grade GS-17CrMo55 falls

within the minimum-maximum range for A217 grade WC6 and the GS-17CrMo55

minimum yield strength requirement exceeds the A217 grade WC6 minimum

requirement.

Ductility Requirements

u

r

fi The DIN test specimen has a circular cross-section with a constant

gage length-to-diameter ratio of 5 while the ASTM test specimen (see

A703-79b) has a circular cross-section with a gage length-to-diameter

ratio of 4. Using the relationship between gage length and cross-sectional

area, the equivalent DIN elongation value would be smaller, about 91% of

the ASTM value.

The minimum percent elongation requirements for DIN grades GS-22Mo4

and GS-17CrMo55 satisfy the minimum A217 requirements for grades WC1 and

WC6, respectively.

Specification DIN 17245 does not contain reduction-in-area requirements

although based on the comparison of the other mechanical properties, it is

expected that DIN grades GS-22Mo4 and GS-17CrMo55 would satisfy the A217

grade WC1 and WC6 requirements, respectively.

198
JIS G5501-76//ASTM A48-76

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are very similar

and refer to gray iron castings, that is, cast iron in which the graphite

is present in the form of flakes. In both specifications, chemical

composition is not specified except indirectly through the required

presence of free or uncombined carbon as graphite.

The major design criterion for the intended applications of these

products is the tensile strength. Each specification ranks the Glasses

of gray cast iron by a minimum tensile strength value and permit's the

chemical composition to vary in order to produce the desired strength.

In addition, the generalized strength classes identified in JIS G5501

are further subdivided based on the size of the as-cast test piece from

which the test specimen is taken, with each sub-class having an individual

minimum tensile strength. In ASTM A48, however, a different approach

was followed. In A48, each strength class has the same minimum tensile

strength requirement regardless of the size of the as-cast test piece.

For purposes of this comparison, the acceptance criterion for the

determination of equivalence is: the tensile strength requirements of

JIS G5501 are considered equivalent to the requirements of ASTM A48 if

the JIS value is higher or within 5% of the A48 minimum value. The

ultimate determination of equivalence between material specifications

that are not identical, however, depends on the actual end-use of the

material in a structure and the design parameters for that structure.

CONCLUSIONS

1. JIS class 1 (FC10) from JIS G5501-76 is not equivalent to any grade

in ASTM A48-76 because its minimum tensile strength is 29% below

the lowest A48 minimum value.

2. JIS class 2 (FC15) from JIS G5501-76 is generally equivalent in

part to ASTM A48-76, classes 20 and 25 based on the criterion

discussed earlier and subject to the following limitations depending

on the size of the as-cast test piece as follows:

a. Class 2 material with test-piece diameters of 13 mm, 20 mm, and

30 mm are equivalent, respectively, to A48 classes 25S, 25A,

and 20B.

b. The minimum tensile strength for JIS class 2 determined from a 45 mm diameter as-cast test piece is 8% below the lowest

strength class in A48, class 20. Thus, to be acceptable, any

casting of JIS class 2 material for which the JIS 45 mm as-cast

test piece is appropriate must be shown to satisfy class 20C.

199
JIS class 3 (FC20) from JIS G5501-76 is generally equivalent in

part to ASTM A48-76, classes 25, 30, and 35 based on the criterion

discussed earlier, depending on the size of the as-cast test piece

as follows:

a. Class 3 material with test-piece diameters of 13 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm

and 45 mm are equivalent, respectively, to A48 classes 35S, 30A,

25B, and 25C.

JIS class 4 (FC25) from JIS G5501-76 is generally equivalent in

part to ASTM A48-76, classes 30, 35, and 40 based on the criterion

discussed earlier, depending on the size of the as-cast test piece

as follows: *

?? a. Class 4 material with test-piece diameters of 13 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm

and 45 mm are equivalent, respectively, to A48 classes 40S, 35A,

35B, and 30C.

JIS class 5 (FC30) from JIS G5501-76 is generally equivalent in

part to ASTM A48-76, classes 35, 40, and 45 based on the criterion

discussed earlier, depending on the size of the as-cast test piece

as follows:

a. Class 5 material with test-piece diameters of 20 mm, 30 mm, and

45 mm are equivalent, respectively, to A48 classes 45A, 40B, and

35C.

JIS class 6 (FC35) from JIS G5501-76 is generally equivalent in

part to ASTM A48-76, classes 45 and 50 based on the criterion

discussed earlier, depending on the size of the as-cast test piece

as follows:

a. Class 6 material with test-piece diameters of 30 mm and 45 mm are equivalent, respectively, to A48 classes 50B and 45C.

The separately cast test pieces for cast iron produced to JIS

G5 501-76 must be cast in dried or baked molds made primarily of an aggregate of siliceous sand with appropriate binders.

a. Test pieces shall not be cast into molds of metal, graphite,

zircon, or other materials that would significantly affect the

cooling rate and thus significantly change the tensile strength

of the test piece.
2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

4

4

4

4

5

5

5

6

JIS G55Q1-76

Equivalent to A48-76

JIS Diameter of

As-Cast Test Piece

mm

13

20

30

45

13

20

3Q

45

13

20

30

20

30

45

3C

45

Equivalent

to Individual

ASTM A48 Class

25S

25A

20B

I* 8% below 20C

35S

30A

25B

25C

40S

35A

35B

30C

45A

40B

35C

50B

45C

201
(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)

202
JXS G5501-76//ASTM A48-76

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

The determination of mechanical properties of castings requires

careful control over the preparation of the test specimen. The

solidification behavior of cast iron is very important because the

cooling rate strongly affects the resultant casting grain size, the

type and amount of the metallurgical phases present, and the extent

and location of chemical segregation, shrinkage and porosity. These

factors dominate the final mechanical properties of the casting in

the absence of further heat treatment. Not only are mechanical

properties often dependent on the casting size or section thickness,

but separately cast test bars can have markedly different mechanical

properties than the component casting poured at the same time from the same heat of metal due to exaggerated differences in size.

Both ASTM A48 and JIS G5501 require the determination of mechanical

properties from separately cast test bars, and thus the requirements in

these two specifications do not necessarily correlate directly with

expected properties of the component casting. Depending on the casting

size and geometry, the properties may be higher or lower than properties

measured on test bars.

Most castings have critical areas where the resultant mechanical

properties control the subsequent behavior of the component. Specifications ASTM A48 and JIS G5501 provide a series of as-cast test piece

sizes allowing selection of a test piece which approximates the cooling

rate in the critical section of the casting in an effort to reduce the

effect of the cooling rate on mechanical properties. Specification A48

recognizes as-cast specimen diameters of 22.4 mm, 30.5 mm, and 50.8 mm

for a critical section thickness range of 6 mm to 50 mm while G5501

requires specimen diameters of 20 mm, 30 mm, and 45 mm for a critical

section thickness range of 8 mm to -50 mm. Thus, these specimen diameters

are almost the same or are within 10% while the critical thickness ranges

for each test-piece closely overlap and so the requirements based on these specimens can be directly compared. A test-piece diameter of

13 mm is also required by G5501 for critical . thickness of 4 mm to 3 mm

while A48 does not specify a size for sections less than 6 mm thick,

but requires the dimensions to be negotiated.

Finally, G5501 specifies minimum ultimate tensile strength values

for each size of as-cast test-piece for each gray cast iron class

while A48 has one minimum tensile strength value for each gray cast

iron class independent of the test-piece diameter. Thus, the comparisons must be based on test specimen size and a given JIS class can satisfy the strength requirements for several different A48 classes.

Specification JIS G5501-76 also contains hardness and deflection

test requirements. ASTM A48 no longer includes deflection test

requirements but permits such properties to be negotiated.

203
Strength Requirements

The minimum ultimate tensile strength requirement for JIS class 1

is about 29% below the minimum value for the lowest A48 strength class,

class 20.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength requirements for JIS class 2

cast iron for as-cast specimen diameters of 13 mm, 2Q mm, and 30 mm satisfy

the A48 requirements for classes 25S, 25A, and 2QB, respectively. The

JIS class 2 strength requirement for 45 mm diameter test specimens is

about 8% below the minimum requirements for A48 class 20C cast iron.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength requirements for JIS class 3

cast iron for specimen diameters of 13 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm, and ''45 mm satisfy

or are within 5% of the A48 requirements for classes 35S, 30A, 25B, and

25C, respectively.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength requirements for JIS class 4

cast iron for specimen diameters of 13 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm, and 45 mm satisfy

the A48 requirements for classes 4QS, 35A, 35B, and 3QC, respectively.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength requirements for JIS class 5 cast iron for specimen diameters of 20 mm, 30 mm, and 45 mm satisfy the

A48 requirements for classes 45A, 40B, and 40C, respectively.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength requirements for JIS class 6 cast iron for specimen diameters of 30 mm, and 45 mm satisfy the A48

requirements for -classes 50B, and 45C, respectively.

204
DIN 1691-64/ /ASTM A43-76

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are very similar

and refer to gray iron castings, that is, cast iron in which the graphite

is present in the form of flakes. In both specifications, chemical

composition is not specified except indirectly through the required

presence of free or uncombined carbon as graphite.

The major design criterion for the intended applications of these

products is the tensile strength. Each specification ranks the r £rades

or classes of gray cast iron by a minimum tensile strength value1* and

permits the chemical composition to vary in order to produce the desired

strength. In addition, the generalized strength grades identified in

DIN 1691 are further subdivided based on the size of the as-cast test

piece from which the test specimen is taken, with each sub-grade having

an individual guaranteed minimum tensile strength. In ASTM A48, however,

a different approach was followed. In A48, each strength class has the same minimum tensile strength requirement regardless of the size of the

as-cast test piece.

For purposes of this comparison, the acceptance criterion for the

determination of equivalence is: the tensile strength requirements of

DIN 1691 are considered equivalent to the requirements of ASTM A48 if

the DIN value is higher than or within 5% of the A48 minimum value. The

ultimate determination of equivalence between material specifications

that are not identical, however, depends on the actual end-use of the

material in a structure and the design parameters for that structure.

CONCLUSIONS

1. DIN grade GG-10 containing materials 0.6010 and 0.6012 from DIN

1691-64 is not equivalent to any class in ASTM A43-76 because the

GG-10 minimum tensile strength values are 15% or more below the

lowest A48 minimum value.

2. DIN grade GG-15 from DIN 1691-64 containing materials 0.6014 and

0.6015 is generally equivalent in part to ASTM A43-76, classes 20,

25, and 30 based on the criterion discussed earlier, depending on

the size of the as-cast test-piece as follows:

a. Material 0.6014 with- test piece diameter of 30 mm is equivalent

to A48 class 20B.

b. Material 0.6015 with test-piece diameters of 13 mm, 20 mm, and

30 mm are equivalent, respectively, to A48 classes 30S, 25A,

and 20B.

205
c. The minimum tensile strength for material 0.6015 determined

from a 45 mm diameter- as-cast test piece is 22% below the

lowest strength class in A48, class 20. Thus, any casting of

0.6015 material for which the DIN 45 mm as-cast test-piece is

appropriate would not be equivalent to A48.

3. DIN grade GG-20 from DIN 1651-64 containing materials 0.6013,

0.6020, and 0.6022 is generally equivalent in part to ASTM A48-76,

classes 20, 25, 30, and 40 based on the criterion discussed earlier,

depending on the size of the as-cast test-piece as follows:

a. Material 0.6018 with a test-piece diameter of 30 mm is equivalent

to A48 class 25B.

ft b. Material 0.6020 with test-piece diameters of 13 mm, 20 mm,

30 mm, and 45 mm is equivalent, respectively, to A48 classes

40S, 30A, 25B, and 20C.

c. Material 0.6022 with a test-piece diameter of 30 mm is equivalent

to A48 class 30B.

4. DIN grade GG-25 from DIN 1691-64 containing materials 0.6025 and

0.6026 is generally equivalent in part to ASTM A48-76, classes 30,

35, 40, and 45 based on the criterion discussed earlier, depending

on the size of the as-cast test-piece as follows:

a. Material 0.6025 with test-piece diameters of 13 mm, 20 mm,

30 mm, and 45 mm is equivalent, respectively, to A48 classes

45S, 40A, 35B, and 30C.

b. Material 0.6026 with a test-piece diameter of 30 mm is equivalent

to A43 class 35B.

5. DIN grade GG-30 from DIN 1691-64 is generally equivalent in part to

ASTM A48-76, classes 35, 40, and 45 based on the criterion discussed

earlier, depending on the size of the as-cast test-piece as follows:

a. Material with test-piece diameters of 20 mm, 30 mm, and 45 mm

is equivalent, respectively, to A48 classes 45A, 40B, and

35C.

6. DIN grade GG-35 from DIN 1691-64 is generally equivalent in part to

ASTM A48-76, classes 45, 50, and 55 based on the criterion discussed

earlier depending on the size of the as-cast test-piece as follows:

a. Material with test-piece diameters of 20 mm, 30 mm, and 45 mm

is equivalent, respectively, to A48 classes 55A, 50B, and

45C.

206
7. DIN grade GG-40 from DIN 1691-64 is generally equivalent in part to

ASTM A48-76, classes 50 and 55 based on the criterion discussed / earlier, depending on the size of the as-cast test-piece as follows:

a. Material with test-piece diameters of 30 mm and 45 mm is equivalent,

respectively, to A48 classes 55B and 50C.

8. The separately cast test-pieces for cast iron produced to DIN 1691-64

must be cast in dried or baked molds made primarily of an aggregate

of siliceous sand with appropriate binders. Test pieces shall not be

cast into molds of metal, graphite, zircon, or other materials that

would significantly affect the cooling rate and thus significantly

change the tensile strength of the test piece. , 1

207
Equivalent to A48-76

DIN DIN Diameter of Equivalent

DIN Material As-Cast Test Piece to Individual

Grade Number mm ASTM A48 Class

GG15 0.6014 30 < 20B

GG15 0.6015 13

"

* 30S

GG15 0.6Q15 20 25A

GG15 0.6015 30 20B

GG15 0.6015 45 None

GG20 0.6018 30 25B

GG20 0.6020 13 40S

GG20 0.6020 20 30A

GG20 0.6020 30 25B

GG20 0.6020 45 20C

GG20 0.6022 30 30B

GG25 0.6025 13 45S

GG25 0.6025 20 40A

GG25 0.6025 30 35B

GG 25 0.6025 45 30C

GG25 0.6026 30 35B

GG30 0.6030 20 45A

GG30 0.6030 30 4 OB

GG30 0.6030 45 35C

GG35 0.6035 20 55A

GG35 0.6035 30 50B

GG35 0.6035 45 45C

GG40 0.6040 30 55B

GG40 0.6040 45 5QC
DIN 1691-64/ /ASTM A48-76

MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS

The determination, of mechanical properties of castings requires

careful control over the preparation of the test specimens. The

solidification behavior of cast iron is very important because the

cooling rate strongly affects the resultant casting grain size, the

type and amount of the metallurgical phases present, and the extent

and location of chemical segregation, shrinkage and porosity. These

factors dominate the final mechanical properties of the casting in

the absence of further heat treatment. Not only are mechanical r \

properties often dependent on the casting size or section thickness,

but separately cast test bars can have markedly different mechanical

properties than the component casting poured at the same time from

the same heat of metal due to exaggerated differences in size.

Both ASTM A48 and DIN 1691 require the determination of mechanical

properties from separately cast test bars, and thus the requirements

in these two specifications do not necessarily correlate directly with

expected properties of the component casting. Depending on the casting

size and geometry, the properties may be higher or lower than properties

measured on test bars.

Most castings have critical areas where the resultant mechanical

properties control the subsequent behavior of the component. Specifications ASTM A48 and DIN 1691 provide a series of as-cast test-piece

sizes allowing selection of a test piece which approximates the cooling

rate in the critical section of the casting in an effort to reduce the

effect of cooling rate on mechanical properties. Specification A43

recognizes as-cast specimen diameters of 22.4 mm, 30.5 mm, and 50.8 mm while DIN 1691 requires similar specimen diameters of 20 mm, 30 mm, and

45 mm. Thus, these specimen diameters are almost the same or within

10% of each other and so the requirements based on these specimens can be

directly compared. A test-piece diameter of 13 mm is also permitted by

DIN 1691 while A43 does not specify this size but allows dimensions to be

negotiated for thin section thickness less than 6 mm.

Finally, DIN 1691 specifies minimum ultimate tensile strength

values for each size of as-cast test piece for each gray cast iron

grade while A48 has one minimum tensile strength value for each gray

cast iron class independent of the test-piece diameter. Thus, the

comparisons must be made based on test specimen size and a given

DIN class can satisfy the strength requirements for several different

A48 classes.

Specification DIN 1691 also contains deflection test requiremencs

ASTM A48 no longer includes deflection test requirements but permits

such properties to be negotiated.

209
Strength Requirements

The minimum ultimate tensile strength requirement for DIN grade

GG-10 is 15% or more below the minimum value for the lowest A48 strength

class, class 20.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength requirements for DIN grade

GG—15 cast iron for as-cast specimens diameters of 30mm (material 0.6014),

13 mm, 20 mm, and 30 mm satisfy the A48 requirements for classes 20B

(material 0.6014), 30S, 25A, and 20B, respectively. The DIN grade GG-15

strength requirement for 45 mm diameter test specimens is about 22% below

the minimum requirement for the lowest A48 strength class, class ^ 20.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength requirements for DIN grade

GG-20 cast iron for specimen diameters of 30 mm (material 0.6018), 13 mm,

20 mm, 30 mm, 45 mm, and 30 mm (material 0.6022) satisfy the A48 requirements for classes 25B (material 0.6018), 40S, 30A, 25B, 20C, and 30B

(material 0.6022), respectively.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength requirements for DIN grade

GG-25 cast iron specimen diameters of 13 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm, 45 mm, and 30 mm

(material 0.6026) satisfy the A48 requirements for classes 45S, 40A„ 35B,

30C, and 35B (material 0.6026), respectively.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength requirements for DIN grade

GG-30 cast iron for specimen diameters of 20 mm, 30 mm, and 45 mm satisfy

the A43 requirements for classes 45A, 40B, and 35C, respectively.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength requirements for DIN grade

GG-35 cast iron for specimen diameters of 20 mm, 30 mm, and 45 mm satisfy

the A48 requirements for classes 55A, 50B, and 45C, respectively.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength requirements for DIN grade

GG-40 cast iron for specimen diameters of 30 mm and 45 mm satisfy the

A48 requirements for classes 55B and 50C, respectively.

210
INTRODUCTION

v

JXS H5111-76//ASTM B584-79

The scope statements for these two specifications are similar and

refer to copper casting alloys. Specification ASTM B584-79 applies only

to copper alloys suitable for sand castings while JIS H5 111-7 6 covers bronze castings for general use without regard to casting method.

However, comparisons are not carried out based on descriptive words such

as bronze, brass, tin bronze, semi-red brass, etc. which do not always

have precise meanings. All of the alloy types specified in B584 are further referenced in ASTM B30-79 as copper-base alloys in ingot form.

As a result of the complex alloy designations for copper alloys, /the

ASTM specifications identify each grade or type by a UNS number (Unified

Numbering System) and these UNS numbers will generally be referred to in

this analysis. The UNS number for copper alloys is designated by a "C"

prefix followed by a five-digit number.

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these

products are the static strength properties, and because these products

are castings, the associated criteria of pressure tightness and surface

quality. The percent elongation requirement, characterizing tensile

ductility, is not usually considered to be a useful design parameter

because it is not a unique material parameter, depending on specimen

geometry and gage length as well as the material's intrinsic ductility.

Percent elongation, however, can be used for comparison purposes and to

show the effect of other variables, such as composition and/or heat

treatment on material ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion,

the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence are:

(1) the strength requirements of JIS H5111 are considered equivalent to

the requirements of ASH'? B584 if the JIS values are higher than or within 5% of the 3534 minimum value; (2) the percent elongation requirements

of JIS H5111 are considered equivalent to the requirements of ASTM B584

if the JIS values are higher than or within 15% of the B584 minimum

value. Allowance of the larger difference for percent elongation is

based on: (1) the actual expected JIS elongation values would normally

exceed the JIS minimum requirement, (2) percent elongation is not a design parameter but rather a measure of the relative response of the

material to plastic deformation, and (3) the unknown precision in the

relationship between gage length, cross-sectional area and percent

elongation. The ultimate determination of equivalence between material

specifications that are not identical, however, depends on the actual

end-use of the material in a structure and the design parameters for

that structure.

There are many copper alloy casting grades which are distinguished

primarily by small differences in chemical composition. In carrying out

this comparison, a high level of agreement in chemical composition is

required before further determinations of equivalence are made.

211
CONCLUSIONS

(1) JIS class 3 alloy from JIS H5 111-76 is not equivalent to any grade in

ASTM B584-79 because the JIS chemical composition ranges for all of the

major alloying elements do not satisfy the requirements in B5S4. This

JIS class, based on chemical composition, is equivalent to a Copper

Development Association grade C92400, a leaded tin bronze.

(2) JIS class 2 alloy from JIS H5111-76 is generally equivalent to

alloy C90300 in ASTM B584-79, based on the criteria discussed

earlier, subject to the following limitations:

(a) X The maximum aluminum and silicon levels should each be 'limited

r i to 0.005 percent to enhance pressure tightness and surface

quality.

(b) The minimum JIS ultimate tensile strength is slightly more

than 10% below the B584 minimum. The use of a JIS specimen

that is somewhat larger than the ASTM specimen combined with

the strong influence of test specimen size on strength and

ductility would tend to reduce this difference. To be acceptable,

JIS class 2 must be shown to fall within the ultimate tensile

strength acceptance criterion.

(3) JIS class 6 alloy from JIS H5111-76 is generally equivalent to

alloy C83600 in ASTM B584-79, based on the criteria discussed

earlier, subject to the following limitations

(a) The maximum aluminum and silicon levels should each be limited

to 0.005 percent to enhance pressure tightness and surface

quality.

(b) The JIS minimum percent elongation requirement is about 26%

below the B584 minimum requirement. However, specimen size

and chemical composition, especially impurity levels, have a major influence on measured mechanical properties of casting

alloys. To be acceptable, JIS class 6 must be shown to fall

within the percent elongation acceptance criterion.

(4) JIS class 7 alloy from JIS H5111-76 is not generally equivalent to

alloy C92200 in ASTM B584-79 because the JIS minimum ultimate

tensile strength and minimum percent elongation values are about 8%

and 27%, respectively below the B584 minimum requirements. However,

as a result of the major influence of both specimen size and chemical

composition, especially impurity levels, on measured mechanical

properties of casting alloys, mechanical property comparisons are

less exact: To be acceptable based on the criteria discussed

earlier, JIS class 7 must satisfy the following limitations:

212
(a) The maximum aluminum and silicon levels should each be limited

to 0.005 percent to enhance pressure tightness and surface

quality.

(b) Class 7 material must satisfy the ultimate tensile strength

acceptance criterion and the elongation acceptance criterion.

(5) JIS class 1 alloy from JIS H5111-76 is not generally equivalent to

alloy C84400 in ASTM B584-79 because the JIS minimum ultimate

tensile strength and minimum percent elongation values are about

16% and 21%, respectively, below the B584 minimum requirements.

However, as a result of the major influence of both specimen size

and chemical composition, especially impurity level, on measured

mechanical properties of casting alloys, mechanical property

comparisons are less exact. To be acceptable based on the criteria

discussed earlier, JIS class 1 must satisfy the following limitations

(a) The maximum aluminum and silicon levels should each be limited

to 0.005 percent to enhance pressure tightness and surface

quality.

(b) Class 1 material must satisfy the ultimate tensile strength

acceptance criterion and the elongation acceptance criterion.

213
(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)

214
JIS H5 111- 76 //ASTM B584-79

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical compositional ranges for the major alloying elements

copper, tin, lead, and zinc in JIS class 2, class 6, and class 7 alloys

are identical to or very closely overlap the ASTM B584 requirements for

alloys C90300, a tin bronze, C83600, a leaded red brass, and C92200, a leaded tin bronze, respectively. The maximum total impurity levels

permitted in these three JIS classes are very close to the sum of the

maximum levels for nickel, antimony, iron, phosphorus, and sulfur

specified in B584 for the three corresponding alloys.

* The chemical compositional range for the major alloying' elements

copper, tin, and zinc in JIS class 1 alloy very closely overlap the ASTM

B584 requirements for these elements in alloy C84400, a semi-red brass.

The lead compositional range specified in JIS class 1 (3.1% to 7.0%),

however, only partially overlaps the B584 requirement for alloy C84400

(6.0% to 8.0%). The lead is almost totally insoluble in this alloy and

exists as isolated particles in the solid matrix. Further, this leadrich phase is the last to solidify and is believed to fill in some of

the interdendritic porosity common to semi-red brasses. Thus, the

primary function of lead is to improve machinability and to enhance

pressure tightness so that the somewhat lower lead range in JIS class 1

is not inconsistent with the requirements of alloy C84400 in 3584 within

these possible limitations. The total impurity level specified for

class 1 is similar to and consistent with the sum of the maximum levels

for nickel, antimony, iron, phosphorus, and sulfur specified in 3584

for alloy C84400.

Aluminum and silicon are generally very harmful impurities in many

copper casting alloys, including tin bronzes (i.e. C90300) , semi-red

brasses (i.e. C844G0), leaded red brasses (i.e. C83600) , and leaded tin

bronzes (i.e. C922Q0) , and must be limited to extremely low concentrations.

Aluminum strongly influences the solidification behavior of these alloys

resulting in a greater proability of lead sweating, loss of pressure

tightness, and a decrease in ductility. Silicon enhances metal-mold

reactions and lead sweating, degrading surface quality and reducing

mechanical properties, such as ductility. The maximum aluminum and

silicon contents permitted by 3584 alloys are very low but are not

specified in JIS H51.ll for any class material. The strong influence on properties by aluminum and silicon contamination suggests that limits

should be specified for JIS classes which satisfy the other chemical

compositional limits.

The chemical compositional range for JIS H5111 class 3 alloy does

not satisfy the requirements for any alloy in ASTM B584. However, this

JIS alloy is equivalent, based on chemical composition, to a Copper

Development Association alloy, C9240Q, a leaded tin bronze.

215
MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS

The determination of mechanical properties of castings requires

careful control over the preparation of the test specimen. The solidification behavior of these chemically complex copper casting alloys is very

important because the cooling rate strongly affects the resultant casting

grain size, extent and location of chemical segregation, and the extent

and location of shrinkage and porosity. These factors dominate the

final mechanical properties of the casting. Not only are mechanical

properties often dependent on the casting size or section thickness, but

separately cast test bars can have markedly different mechanical properties

than the component casting poured at the same time from the same heat of

metal as a result of exaggerated differences in size.

*1 3oth ASTM B584 and JIS H5111 require the determination of mechanical

properties from separately cast test bars, and thus the requirements for

these two specifications do not necessarily correlate directly with

expected properties of the component casting. Depending on the casting

size and geometry, the properties may be higher or lower than properties

measured on test bars. Further, the mechanical properties of test bars

of varying sizes would be expected to behave in a similar manner. The

cross-sectional areas of the B584 specimen blanks (refer to ASTM B208-75)

range from about 180 mm2 to 200 ram2 or a diameter range of about 15 ram to

16 ram. The cross-sectional area of the JIS specimen blank is 3/4 mm2 with

a diameter of 20 mm, larger than the ASTM test bar. In some alloys, this

size difference could result in lower ultimate tensile strength, yield

strength and percent elongation values for the larger test bar.

Strength Requirements

The minimum ultimate tensile strength values for JIS classes 1 and 2 fall about 16% and 11%, respectively, below the B584 minimum values for

alloys C84400 and C90300. The minimum ultimate tensile strength values

for JIS classes 6 and 7 fall about 5% and 3%, respectively, below the 3584

minimum values for alloys C83600 and C92200. Although JIS H5111 does not

specify minimum yield strength values for any class, the expected yield

strength values for the JIS classes would probably fall below the 3584 minimum

values in a manner similar to the ultimate tensile strength behavior.

Ductility Requirements

The JIS test specimen has a circular cross-section with a constant

gage length-to-diameter ratio of 3.54 while the ASTM test specimen (see

ASTM 3208-75) has a circular cross-section with a gage length-to-diameter

ratio of 4. Using the relationship between gage length and cross- sectional area, the equivalent JIS elongation value would be larger,

about 102% of the ASTM value.

The minimum percent elongation requirement for JIS class 2 is less

than 3% below the minimum 3584 requirement for alloy G90300. The minimum

percent elongation requirements for JIS class 1, class 6, and class 7 are about 21%, 26%, and 27%, respectively, below the minimum B584

requirements for alloys C84400, C83600, and C92200.

216
DIN 1705-73//ASTM B584-79

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are similar and

refer to copper alloys for castings. Specification ASTM B584-79 applies

only to copper alloys suitable for sand castings while DIN 1705-73

includes alloys for sand castings, centrifugal castings, and continuous

castings. All of the alloy types specified in B584 are further referenced

in ASTM B30-79 as copper-base alloys in ingot form. As a result of the

complex alloy designations for copper alloys, the ASTM specifications

identify each grade or type by a UNS number (Unified Numbering System)

and these UNS numbers will generally be referred to in this analysis.

The UNS number for copper alloys has a "C" prefix followed by a fivedigit number.

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these

products are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength

and yield strength, and because these products are castings, the associated

criteria of pressure tightness and surface quality. The percent elongation

requirement, characterizing tensile ductility, is not usually considered

to be a useful design parameter because it is not a unique parameter,

depending on specimen geometry and gage length as well as the material's

intrinsic ductility. Percent elongation, however, can be used for

comparison purposes and to show the effect of other variables, such as composition and/or heat treatment on material ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion,

the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence are:

(1) the strength requirements of DIN 1705 are considered equivalent to

the requirements of# ASTM B584 if the DIN values are higher than or within 5% of the 3584 minimum value; (2) the percent elongation requirements

of DIN 1705 are considered equivalent to the requirements of ASTM 3534

if the DIN values are higher than or within 15% of the B584 minimum

value. Allowance of the larger difference for percent elongation is

based on: (1) the actual expected DIN elongation values would normally

exceed the DIN minimum requirement, (2) percent elongation is not a design parameter but rather a measure of the relative response of the

material to plastic deformation, and (3) the unknown precision in the

relationship between gage length, cross-sectional area and percent

elongation. The ultimate determination of equivalence between material

specifications that are not identical, however, depends on the actual

end-use of the material in a structure and the design parameters for

that structure.

There are many copper alloy casting grades which are distinguished

primarily by small differences in chemical composition. In carrying out

this comparison, a high level of agreement in chemical composition is

required before further determinations of equivalence are made.

217
CONCLUSIONS

(1) The DIN grades G-CuSnl2 (2.1052.01) and G-CuSnl2Ni (2.1060.01) from

DIN 1705-73 are not equivalent to any grade in ASTM B584-79 because

the DIN chemical composition ranges for the major alloying elements

do not satisfy the requirements in B584. These two DIN grades are equivalent, based on chemical composition requirements, to sand

casting grades found in another ASTM specification, ASTM B427-76, for

bronze gear castings.

(2) The DIN grades G-CuSnl2Pb (2.1061.01) and G-CuSnlO (2.1050.01) from

DIN 1705-73 are not equivalent to any grade in ASTM B584-79 because

the DIN chemical composition ranges for the major alloying elements

do not satisfy the requirements in B584. These two DIN grades are equivalent, based on chemical composition requirements, to continuous

casting grades found in another ASTM specification, ASTM B505-76, for

copper alloy continuous castings.

(3) DIN grade G-CuSnlOZn (2.1086.01) from DIN 1705-73 is not equivalent

to any grade in ASTM B584-79 because the DIN chemical composition

ranges for all of the major alloying elements do not satisfy the

requirements in B584. This DIN grade, based on chemical composition,

is equivalent to a Copper Development Association grade C92400, a leaded tin bronze.

(4) DIN grade G-CuSn7ZnPb (2.1090.01) from DIN 1705-73 is generally

equivalent to alloy C93200 in ASTM B584-79, based on the criteria

discussed earlier, subject to the following limitation:

(a) The maximum aluminum and silicon levels should be limited to

0.005 percent to improve pressure tightness and surface quality.

(5) DIN grade G-CuSn5ZnPb (2.1096.01) from DIN 1705-73 is generally

equivalent to alloy C83600 in ASTM 3584-79, based on the criteria

discussed earlier, subject to the following limitation:

(a) The maximum aluminum and silicon levels should be limited to

0.005 percent to improve pressure tightness and surface quality.

218
DIN 1705-73//ASTM B584-79

CWKMIGAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical compositional ranges for the major alloying elements

copper, tin, lead, and zinc in DIN grades G—CuSnJZnPb (2.1090.01) and

G-CuSn5ZnPb (2.1096.01) are identical to or very closely overlap the ASTM

B584 requirements for alloys C93200, a high lead tin bronze, and C83600,

a leaded red brass, respectively. The somewhat higher permitted nickel

content for the two DIN grades could result in slightly higher strength

levels for these grades compared to the two 3584 alloys but this difference

is not inconsistent with the overall chemical requirements for C93200

and G83600. The maximum levels for the minor elements antimony, fron,

phosphorus, and sulfur in the two DIN grades are the same or very close

to the maximum levels permitted by C93200 and C83600.

Aluminum and silicon are generally very harmful impurities in many

copper casting alloys, including leaded red brasses (i.e. C83600) and

leaded tin bronzes (i.e. C932Q0) and must be limited to extremely low

concentrations. Aluminum strongly influences the solidification behavior

of these alloys resulting in the greater likelihood of lead sweating,

loss of pressure tightness, and a decrease in ductility. Silicon enhances

metal-mold reactions and lead sweating, degrading surface quality and

reducing mechanical properties, such as ductility. The maximum aluminum

and silicon contents permitted by alloys C93200 and C83600 are very low

but are not specified in any alloy grades in DIN 1705. The strong

influence on properties by aluminum and silicon contamination of B584

alloy G93200 and C83600 suggests that limits should be specified for DIN

grades which satisfy the other chemical compositional limits.

The chemical compositional ranges for the other grades in DIN 1705,

including G-CuSnl2 (2.1052.01), G-Cu3nl2Ni (2. 1060. 01), G-CuSnl2Pb

(2.1061.01)

, G-CuSnlO (2.1050.01), G-CuSa6ZnNi (2.1093.01), G-CuSn2ZnPb

(2.1098.01)

, and G-CuSnlOZn (2.1086.01) do not satisfy the chemical

requirements for any alloys in B584. Many of these DIN grades, however,

are equivalent, based on chemical composition, to alloys identified in

other ASTM specifications.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

The determination of mechanical properties of castings requires

careful control over the preparation of the test specimen. The solidification behavior of these chemically complex copper casting alloys is very

important because the cooling rate strongly affects the resultant casting

grain size, extent and location of chemical segregation, and the amount

and location of shrinkage and porosity. These factors dominate the

final mechanical properties of the casting. Not only are mechanical

properties often dependent on the casting size or section thickness, but

separately cast test bars can have markedly different mechanical properties

from the component casting poured at the same time from the same heat of

metal as a result of exaggerated differences in size.

219
Both ASTM B584 and DIN 17Q5 require the determination of mechanical

properties from separately cast test bars, and thus the requirements for

these two specifications do not necessarily correlate directly with

expected casting properties. Depending on the casting size and geometry,

the properties of the casting may he higher or lower than properties

measured on test bars. The cross-sectional areas of the B584 test bars

(refer to ASTM B208-75) range from about 18Q mm2 to 200 mm2 or a diameter

range of about 15 mm to 16 mm while DIN 1705 permits a range of crosssectional areas from about 100 mm2 to 250 mm2 or a diameter range of

about 11 mm to 18 mm. For purposes of this comparison, it is assumed

that the results from the ASTM and DIN test bars can be directly compared

because the DIN size range overlaps the ASTM range.

< * The basis for determining yield strength varies slightly between

B584 and DIN 1705. The B584 yield strength value is calculated for a strain of Q.5% while the DIN yield strength is calculated at 0.2% strain.

Thus the B584 yield strength value would be equal to or somewhat higher

than the DIN value.

Strength Requirements

The minimum ultimate tensile strength and yield strength values for

DIN G-CuSn7ZnPb C2.1Q9_Q.Q1) exceed the minimum requirements for B584

alloy C93200. The minimum ultimate tensile strength value for DIN

G-CuSn5ZnPb (2.1096.01) exceeds the minimum requirement for B584 alloy

C83600 while the DIN minimum yield strength value, based on 0.2% strain,

is probably within 5% of the C83600 alloy requirement, based on 0.5%

strain.

Ductility Requirements

The DIN test specimen has a circular cross-section with a constant

gage length to diameter ratio of 5 while the ASTM test specimen (see

ASTM B208-75) has a circular cross-section with a gage length to diameter

ratio of 4. Based on the relationship between gage length and cross- sectional area, the equivalent DIN elongation value would be about 96%

of the ASTM value.

The minimum percent elongation requirement for DIN G-CuSn/ZnPb

satisfies the minimum requirement for 3584 alloy C93200 while the minimum

requirement for DIN G-CuSn5ZnPb is 5% below the minimum 3584 requirement

for alloy C83600.

220
JIS H3250-77/ /ASTM B124-79

INTRODUCTION

Although the scope statements from these two specifications refer

to copper and copper alloys* primarily in the form of rod and bar, the

focus of each document is different. Specification ASTM B124—79 identifies

a group of 15 alloys capable of being hot forged by various methods.

These alloys, prior to being forged, are normally available in several

tempers depending on method of fabrication, i.e. as hot extruded. Since

these alloys are intended to be subsequently forged, only chemical

requirements are specified because the mechanical properties of any

forging are influenced by size and shape. Thus acceptance of material

under B124 is based on chemistry together with such physical characteristics

as length and straightness. Specification ASTM B283-77 covers the

requirements of 13 of the alloys in 3124 for die forgings produced by

the hot pressing method. Again, mechanical properties are generally not

specified although typical properties for these alloys in the as-forged

condition are quoted for reference. (When three of the alloys are specified as forgings to meet ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code

requirements reduced tensile requirements are given as part of the

Supplementary Requirements section.)

Specification JIS H3250, however, covers copper and copper alloy rod

and bar fabricated as extruded rod, drawn rod, or forged rod. Appropriate

mechanical property requirements together with chemical requirements are assigned to each alloy based on method of fabrication and temper. A more

appropriate comparison would be between JIS H3250 and the individual alloy

ASTM specifications for rod and bar, such as ASTM B21 Nabal Brass Rod, Bar,

and Shapes; ASTM B133 Copper Rod, Bar, and Shapes; ASTM B150 Aluminum Bronze

Rod, Bar, and Shapes; etc. These individual alloy specifications contain in

addition to the chemical requirements, mechanical property requirements based

on temper. Therefore, the present analysis is limited primarily to the chemical

requirements of B124.

The comparisons were not carried out based on descriptive words

such as naval brass, aluminum bronze, high silicon bronze, etc. which do

not always have the same precise meaning. There are many wrought copper

alloys which are distinguished primarily by small differences in chemical

composition. In carrying out this comparison, a high level of agreement

in chemical composition is required. As a result of the complex alloy

designations for copper alloys, the ASTM specifications identify each

grade or type by a UNS number (Unified Numbering System) and these UNS

numbers will usually be referred to in this analysis. The UNS number for

copper alloys is designated by a "C" prefix followed by a five-digit number.

Material furnished under specification B124-79 must conform to the

applicable requirements of ASTM B249-79, General Requirements for Wrought

Copper and Copper-Alloy Rod, Bar, and Shapes. (The appropriate edition

of B249 to use is that edition concurrent with the edition of 3124 of

interest.

221
CONCLUSIONS

(1) JIS class C1100 from JIS H3250-77 is generally equivalent to alloy

C11000, electrolytic tough pitch copper, in ASTM B124-79 based on chemical requirements.

(2) JIS class C3603 from JIS H3250-77 is generally equivalent to alloy

C37700, forging brass, in ASTM B124-79 based on chemical requirements.

(3) JIS class C4641 from JIS H3250-77 is generally equivalent to alloy

C48200, medium leaded naval brass, in ASTM B124-79 based on chemical

requirements

.

(4) JIS class C6161 from JIS H3250-77 is generally equivalent to alloy

C62300, aluminum bronze, in ASTM B124-79 based on chemical requirements

(5) JIS class C6191 from JIS H3250-77 is generally equivalent to alloy

C61900, aluminum bronze, in ASTM B124-79 based on chemical requirements

subject to the following limitation:

(a) The maximum lead content should be limited to 0.02 percent to

maintain ductility for working operations.

(6) The JIS classes C1020, C1201, C1220, C2600, C2700, C2800, C3601,

and C4622 from JIS H3250-77 are not equivalent to any alloy in

ASTM B124-79 because the JIS chemical composition ranges for the

•major alloying elements do not satisfy the requirements in B124.

These JIS classes are equivalent based on chemical composition

requirements to alloys found in other ASTM specifications.

(7) JIS class C3712 from JIS H3250-77 is not equivalent to any alloy

in ASTM 3124-79 because the JIS chemical composition ranges for

ail of the major alloying elements do not satisfy the requirements

in B124. This JIS class, based on chemical composition, is generally

equivalent to a Copper Development Association grade C37100, a leaded brass.

(8) JIS classes C1221, C3602, C3604, C3771, C6241, C6782, and C6783

from JIS E3250-77 are not equivalent to any alloy in ASTM B124-79

because the JIS chemical composition ranges for the major alloying

elements do not satisfy the requirements in B124.

222
JIS H3250-77 / / ASTM B124-79

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical compositional requirement for JIS class C11Q0 alloy is

identical to the ASTM B124 requirement for alloy C11Q00, electrolytic

tough pitch copper.

The chemical compositional ranges for the major alloying elements

copper, lead, iron, zinc, aluminum, manganese, and nickel in JIS class

C4641 and class C6161 alloys are identical to or very closely overlap the

ASTM B124 requirements for alloys C48200, a medium leaded uaval brass, and

C62300, an aluminum bronze, respectively. The maximum levels of jianganese

and nickel in JIS class C6161 exceed the limits in C62300 from B124. These

higher JIS limits for manganese, used primarily as a secondary alloying

element for modifying the grain structure, and nickel, used for increasing

strength and hardness, are not inconsistent with the requirements of 3124.

The chemical compositional ranges for the major alloying elements

copper, lead, iron, zinc, aluminum, manganese, and nickel in JIS class

G3603 and Class C6191 alloys are within or closely overlap the ASTM B124

requirements for alloys C37700, forging brass, and C61900, an aluminum

bronze, respectively. The maximum levels of nickel and manganese in JIS

class C6191 exceed the limits in C61900 in 3124. The somewhat higher JIS

limits for manganese and nickel are not inconsistent with the requirements

of B124. A maximum level for lead is specified for C61900 in B124 and is

not specified in JIS class C6191. Lead will severely reduce the ductility

of this alloy during working operations and thus should be limited.

The chemical compositional ranges for the other classes in JIS

H3250 , including C1020, C1201, C1220, C1221, C26Q0, C2700, C28C0, C3601,

C3602 , C3604 , C3712, C3771, C4622, C6241, C6782, and C6733 do not satisfy

the chemical requirements for any alloys in ASTM 3124. Many of these

JIS classes, however, are equivalent based on chemical composition to

alloys identified in other ASTM specifications.

MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS

Mechanical property requirements are not specified in ASTM 3124

because these alloys are intended to be subsequently forged and thus

their final properties will depend on various forging parameters. The use of these alloys in rod and bar form as the final shape is described

in a number of other ASTM specifications for the specific copper alloys

indentified in B124. These additional specifications containing mechanical

property requirements are listed in the general requirement specification

for copper alloy rod, bar, and shapes, ASTM B249-79. The JIS specification,

H3250, covers a variety of copper alloys in rod and bar form in their

as-fabricated condition, i.e. extruded, drawn, and forged and includes

both chemical and mechanical requirements. The comparison between

ASTM B124 and JIS H3250, therefore, can only be made based on chemical

composition. A more appropriate comparison would be between the individual

alloy specifications listed in B249 and JIS H3250.

223
u

(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)

224
Jis H3300-77 / / ASTM B88-78

INTRODUCTION

The scope statement for these two specifications are similar and

refer to seamless copper pipes and tubes. Specification ASTM 388-78

applies only to copper tubes for general plumbing applications while JIS

H3300 includes all copper and copper alloy seamless pipes and tubes in

two quality grades for many applications in both ambient and elevated

temperature environments. Both specifications permit tubing to be

supplied in the annealed or drawn condition in both coils and straight

lengths. As a result of the complex alloy designations for copper

alloys, the ASTM specification identifies each grade or type by a UNS

number (Unified Numbering System) and these UNS numbers will generally

be referred to in this analysis. The UNS number for copper alloys is

designated by a "C" prefix followed by a five-digit number.

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these

products are the static strength properties and hardness as well as qualitative tests for material soundness and pressure tightness. These

qualitative tests include expansion and flattening tests, hydrostatic

tests, and eddy-current tests.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous

discussion, the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence

are: (1) the strength requirements of JIS H3300 are considered

equivalent to the requirements of ASTM 388 if the JIS values exceed or are within 5% of the B88 maximum or minimum values; and (2) the hardness

requirements of JIS H3300 are considered equivalent to the requirements

of B83 if the JIS values are within 5Z of the B88 maximum or minimum

values; and (3) JIS H33GQ pipe to be equivalent must satisfy the

qualitative test requirements of B88. The ultimate determination of

equivalence between material specif ications that are not identical,

however, depends on the actual end-use of the material in a structure

and the design parameters for that structure.

There are many wrought copper and copper alloy grades which are distinguished primarily by small differences in chemical composition.

In carrying out this comparison, a high level of agreement in chemical

composition is required.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) JIS class C1020TS, Special Grade, and class C1220TS, Special Grade,

from JIS H3300-77 in coiled form and the 0 temper or annealed condition

?»tc generally equivalent to ASTM 388-78 alloys C10200 and Cl 2200 in

coiled form and the 0 temper or annealed condition based on the criteria

discussed earlier, subject to the following limitations:

(a) JIS class C1020TS and C1220TS tube should be in the 0 temper

or annealed condition after coiling.

225
(b) If acceptance is based on hardness measurements, JIS tubes

greater than 25 mm outside diameter must be subjected to the

hardness test.

(c) If the JIS eddy-current test is used to satisfy the

nondestructive test requirements of B88, the correlation between

the JIS and ASTM techniques must be established.

(1)

JIS tube greater than 50 mm outside diameter must be

tested.

(d) If the JIS hydrostatic test is used to satisfy <phe

nondestructive test requirements of B88, all JIS diameter tubes

must be hydrostatically tested except for those sizes specified in

B88 that may be pneumatically tested.

(2) JIS class C1020TS, Special Grade, and class C1220TS, Special Grade,

from JIS H3300-77 in straight length form and the 0L temper condition

are generally equivalent to ASTM B88-78 alloys C10200 and C12200 in

straight length form and the 0 temper or annealed condition based on the

criteria discussed earlier, subject to the following limitations:

(a) If acceptance is based on hardness measurements, JIS tube

greater than 25 mm outside diameter must be subjected to the

hardness test.

(b) If the JIS eddy-current test is used to satisfy the

nondestructive test requirements of B88, the correlation between

the JIS and ASTM techniques must be established.

(1) JIS tube greater than 50 mm outside diameter must be

tested.

(c) If the JIS hydrostatic test is used to satisfy the

nondestructive test requirements of B88, all JIS diameter tubes

must be hydrostatically tested except for those sizes specified in

B88 that may be pneumatically tested.

(3) JIS class C1020TS, Special Grade, and class C1220TS, Special Grade,

from JIS H3300-77 in straight length form and the H temper or drawn

condition are generally equivalent to ASTM B88-78 alloys C10200 and

C12200 in straight length form and the H temper condition based on the

criteria discussed earlier, subject to the following limitations:

(a) If acceptance is based on hardness measurements, JIS tube

greater than 25 mm outside diameter must be subjected to the

hardness test.

(b) If the JIS eddy-current test is used to satisfy the

nondestructive test requirements of B88 , the correlation between

the JIS and ASTM techniques must be established.

(1) JIS tube greater than 50 mm outside diameter must be

tested.

226
(c) If the JIS hydrostatic test is used to satisfy the

nondestructive test requirements of B88, all JIS diameter cubes

must be hydrostatically tested except those sizes specified in 388

that may be pneumatically tested.

(4) JIS class Cl 100 from JIS H3300-77 is not equivalent to ASTM B88-78

because the JIS chemical composition range for copper does not satisfy

the requirements of any grade in B88. This JIS class is equivalent co grade Cl 1000 found in ASTM specification, ASTM B188-75, Seamless Copper

3us Pipe and Tube.

(5) JIS class C1201 and class C1221 from JIS H3300-77 are not

equivalent to ASTM B88-73 because the JIS chemical composition range' for

copper does not satisfy the requirements of any grade in B88. These two

classes do not correspond to any UNS numbered grade.

227
(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)
JIS H3300-77//ASTM 288-78

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The basic chemical composition limits for 388 are limited to almost

pure copper and phosphorized copper grades with a minimum copper content

of at least 99.9 weight percent. Five UNS grades are identified as being interchangeable, differing only in the residual phosphorus levels.

The chemical composition limits for JIS class C1020 and class C1220 are essentially identical to the B88 composition limits for UNS grades

C10200 and C12200. The chemical composition requirements for the other

classes in JIS H3300, including Cl 100, C1201, C1221, C220$, C2300,

C2600 , C2700 , C2800, C6561, C4430, C6870, C6871, C6872, G7060, C7100,

and C7150, do not satisfy the chemical requirements for the other UNS

grades in ASTM B88.

For ASTM alloy C10200, specification 388 requires a microscopic

examination to insure the absence of cuprous oxide. The presence of

cuprous oxide enhances the susceptibility of the alloy to hydrogen

embrittlement. Dexodized coppers (e.g. C12200) are generally not

subject to hydrogen embrittlement. Although specification JIS H3300

does not require an examination for cuprous oxide, a specific test for

hydrogen embrittlement is required, and thus is consistent with the

requirement in B88

HEAT TREATMENT

Specification 388 requires the seamless copper tube to be furnished

in one of two temper conditions: annealed-0 or drawn-H. Coiled tube

must be annealed after coiling while straight lengths are normally in

the drawn condition but may also be in the annealed condition.

Specification JIS H3300 also calls for tube to be furnished in a number

of temper conditions included drawn-H and two annealed designations 0

and 0L. However, JIS H3300 does not distinguish between coils and

straight lengths and temper condition. Thus, to be equivalent, the JIS

classes in the coiled form should be annealed while straight lengths can

be either as drawn or annealed.

DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCE

Specification 388 contains standard tube sizes from nominal 1/4

inch outside diameter to nominal 12 inch outside diameter in three

standard wall thickness types: Type K, Type L, and Type M. Dimensional

tolerance requirements are specified for the outside diameter, wall

thickness, and roundness for all three types. Specification JIS H3300

includes two quality grades based on dimensional tolerance requirements:

Common Grade and Special Grade. The JIS Special Grade dimensional

tolerance requirements for wall thickness and roundness for JIS class

C1020 and class C1220 satisfy the 388 requirements for Type K, Type L,

and Type M pipe. The JIS outside diameter dimensional tolerance

requirements for JIS Type K, Type L, and Type M pipe for class C1020 and

class 1220 satisfy the 388 requirements for Type K, Type L, and Type M

pipe in both the annealed and drawn condition.

229
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Strength and Hardness Requirements

Specification B88 requires either the strength and grain size

requirement or the hardness requirements to be satisfied for annealed

tube. For drawn tube, either the strength or hardness requirement must

be satisfied. Specification JIS H3300, however, requires tension tests

for class C1020 and class C1220 in both the annealed temper and drawn

temper. Hardness tests are optional for both classes in both the

annealed temper and drawn temper. Grain size measurements are optional

for the annealed temper for both JIS classes. However, wi^en hardness

tests are required, tension tests need not be performed/'1 For purposes

of this comparison, the strength and hardness requirements will be

assumed to be mandatory.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength requirements for JIS class

C1020 and class C1220 tube in the annealed or 0 and OL temper conditions

slightly exceed the B88 minimum requirements for UNS alloys C10200 and

C12200 in the 0 temper or annealed condition. The minimum ultimate

tensile strength requirements for JIS class C1020 and class C1220 tube

in the drawn or H temper condition substantially exceed the B88 minimum

requirements for UNS alloys C10200 and C12200 in the H temper condition.

The maximum allowed hardness for JIS class C1020 and class C1220

tube in the 0 temper condition is identical to the B88 requirements for

alloys C10200 and C12200 in coil form in the 0 temper condition. The

maximum allowed hardness for JIS class C1020 and class C1220 tube in the

OL temper condition is identical to the B88 requirement for alloys

C10200 and C12200 in straight lengths in the 0 temper condition. The

minimum required hardness for JIS class C1020 and C1220 in the drawn or

H temper condition for tube 25 mm or less in outside diameter

substantially exceeds the minimum required hardness for the B88 alloys

C10200 and C12200. This is consistent with the comparison of the

minimum ultimate tensile strengths. For JIS class C1020 and C1220 tube

greater than 25 mm diameter, a minimum hardness is not required. Since

B88 allows hardness tests to replace the tension test requirements, JIS

class C 10200 and C12200 tube over 25 mm diameter in the H temper

condition must satisfy the B88 hardness requirement if tension tests are omitted.

Grain size requirements for these alloys are used primarily to

insure adequate cold formability, especially for coiled tube. Fine

grain material, typically 0.025 mm or less, have a lower formability

than material with grain sizes greater than 0.035 mm. Thus, B88

specifies a larger average grain size for coiled tube than for straight

lengths of tube in the 0 temper condition. The JIS average grain size

range requirements for classes C10200 and C12200 in the 0 temper

condition overlaps the B88 minimum grain size for alloys C1020 and C1220

in coil form in the 0 temper condition. The lower grain size limit of

the JIS range falls below the minimum B88 requirement. However, the JIS

tensile strength and hardness requirements satisfy the B88 requirements

so the lower minimum JIS grain size limit should not result in

unacceptable performance. The JIS maximum grain size limit for classes

230
C1020 and C1220 in the OL temper condition is not inconsistent with the

minimum B88 grain size requirement for straight lengths of alloys C10200

and C 12200 in the 0 temper condition.

Expansion Test and Flattening Test Requirements

Specification B88 requires tubes in the 0 temper condition to be

expanded on a hardened, tapered steel pin with an included angle of 60°

to a 40% or 30% expansion of the outside diameter depending on the

outside diameter. This qualitative test characterizes the ability of

the tube to be flared for fittings. Specification JIS H3300 requires

the identical test for tubes 100 mm or under in outside diameter except

the more severe 40% expansion is also required on larger sizes of pipe

than specified by B88

Alternatively B88 permits a flattening test for tube greater than

100 mm in diameter while 0 temper instead of the expansion test.

Specification JIS H3300, however, requires the expansion test for tubes

100 mm or less in diameter and requires the flattening test for tubes

greater than 100 mm in diameter in both the 0 and 0L temper. Both B88

and JIS H3300 specify the identical flattening test and acceptance

criteria.

Nondestructive Test Requirements

Specification 388 requires all tubes to be subjected to either an eddy-current test or a hydrostatic test. The B88 eddy-current test uses notch-depth standards as the testing criterion, while the hydrostatic

test requirement permit pneumatic testing for specific sizes and tube

wail thicknesses. Specification JIS H3300 contains as optional

requirements the use of eddy-current, hydrostatic, or pneumatic tests on tubes 50 mm or less in outside diameter. The JIS eddy-current test uses holes as reference defects and thus cannot be directly compared to the

B88 eddy-current requirements.

Both 388 and JIS H3300 use the same relationship to calculate the

applied hydrostatic pressure and use the identical maximum stress in the

tube wall and the identical maximum hydrostatic pressure limit.

Specification B88 permits pneumatic testing of straight lengths, drawn

or annealed, less than 12.7 mm in outside diameter and less than 1.52 mm

wall thickness. Further, for tube furnished in coils, hydrostatic or pneumatic tests are allowed. The minimum JIS H3300 pneumatic pressure

satisfies or is within 5% of the B88 minimum pressure. In JIS H3300,

each of the three nondestructive tests are treated as being equally

acceptable while ASTM B88 specifies the pneumatic test only for special

situations. Although the JIS test acceptance criteria for the

hydrostatic and pneumatic tests are identical to or satisfy the 388

requirements, the choice of test should follow the 388 requirements.

231
(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)

232
I DIN 1767 1-74,7ASTM B88-78

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are similar and

refer to seamless copper tubes. Specification ASTM B88 applies only to

copper tubes for general plumbing applications while DIN 17671 includes

all copper and copper alloy seamless tubes. Both specifications permit

tubes to be supplied in several thermo /mechanical or temper conditions.

As a result of the complex alloy designations for copper alloys,

the ASTM specification identifies each grade or type by a JJNS number

(Unified Numbering System) and these UNS numbers will generally be

referred to in this analysis. The UNS number for copper alloys is

designated by a "C" prefix followed by a five-digit number.

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these

products are the static strength properties and hardness as well as qualitative tests for material soundness and pressure tightness. These

qualitative tests include expansion and flattening tests, hydrostatic

tests, and eddy-current tests.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous

discussion, the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence

are: (1) the strength requirements of DIN 17671 are considered

equivalent to the requirements of ASTM B88 if the DIN values exceed or are within 5% of the B88 minimum values; (2) the hardness requirements

of DIN 17671 are considered equivalent to the requirements of B88 if the

DIN values are within 5% of the B88 maximum or minimum values; and (3)

DIN tubes to be equivalent must satisfy the qualitative test

requirements of B88. The ultimate determination of equivalence between

material specifications* that are not identical, however, depends on the

actual end-use of the material ?ln a structure and the design parameters

for that structure.

There are many wrought copper and copper alloy grades which are distinguished primarily by small differences in chemical composition.

In carrying out this comparison, a high level of agreement in chemical

composition is required.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) DIN grade SW-Cu (2.0076.10) and grade SF-Cu (2.0090.10) from DIN

17671-74 in the annealed condition are generally equivalent to ASTM

B88-78 alloys C12000 and C12200 in the annealed or 0-temper condition

based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to the following

limitations

(a) The average DIN grain size should satisfy the B88 requirement.

(b) The DIN hardness tests should be carried out with a scale that can be converted to the B88 hardness scale for comparison.

233
(c) The DIN tubes- must be shown to satisfy the B88 expansion test

requirements, or as an alternative test for tubes over 102 mm in

diameter, the DIN tubes must satisfy the B88 flattening test.

(d) The DIN tubes must be shown to satisfy the B88 nondestructive

test requirements using eddy-current, hydrostatic, or pneumatic

tests as described in B88.

(2) DIN grade SW-Cu (2.0076.26) and grade SF-Cu (2.0090.26) from DIN

17671-74 in the drawn condition are generally equivalent to B88-78

alloys C12000 and C12200 in the drawn or H-temper condition based on the

criteria discussed earlier, subject to the following limitations:

(a) The DIN hardness tests should be carried out with a scale that can be converted to the B88 hardness scale for comparison.

(b) The DIN tubes must be shown to satisfy the B88 nondestructive

test requirements using eddy-current, hydrostatic, or pneumatic

tests as described in B88.

234
•DIN 17671-74/ /ASTM B88-78

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The basic chemical composition limits for B88 are limited to almost

pure copper and phosphorized copper grades with a minimum copper content

of at least 99.9 weight percent. Five UNS grades are identified as being interchangeable, differing only in the residual phosphorus levels.

The chemical composition limits for copper and phosphorized copper

grades are given in DIN 1787-73. The chemical composition limits for

DIN grade SW-Cu (2.0076) are almost identical to the B88 composition

limits for UNS grade C12000. The slightly higher residual phosphorus

level in DIN SW-Cu results from the deoxidation practice followed. The

chemical composition limits for DIN grade SF-Cu (2.0090) are identical

to the B88 composition limits for UNS grade C12200.

Copper alloys containing residual cuprous oxide are susceptible to

hydrogen embrittlement in certain environments. Specification 388

requires a microscopic inspection of tube samples for the presence of

cuprous oxide in alloy C12000. Specification DIN 17671 specifies for

the oxygen-free grades of copper, including grades SW-Cu and SF-Cu, the

exposure of tube samples to a reducing atmosphere at elevated

temperatures and then flattening the samples without cracking. The DIN

test procedure which measures the susceptibility of the whole tube

sample rather than the limited microscopic examination satisfies the

intent of the 388 requirement.

HEAT TREATMENT

Specification B83 requires the seamless tube to be furnished in one

of two temper conditions: annealed - 0 or drawn - H. Coiled tube must

be annealed after coiling while straight tube lengths are normally in

the drawn, condition but may also be annealed. Specification DIN 17671

also calls for tube to be furnished in a number of temper conditions

which are identified by appended numbers on the alloy grade code, e.g.

.01 for annealed. However, DIN 17671 does not distinguish between

coils, straight lengths, and temper condition, and thus DIN coiled tubes

should be annealed while straight lengths can be either as-drawn or annealed

DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCE

Specification 388 contains standard tube sizes from nominal 1/4

inch to nominal 12 inch outside diameter in three standard wall

thickness types: Type K, Type L, and Type M. Dimensional tolerance

requirements are specified for the outside diameter, wall thickness,

roundness, and tube length for all three types.

Specification DIN 17671 through DIN 1754 contains standard tube

sizes from 3 mm to 210 mm outside diameter in nine standard wall

thicknesses. Dimensional tolerance requirements for roundness, tube

length, wall thickness, inside diameter, and outside diameter are specified. Further, DIN 1754 specifies three tolerance categories. A,

B, or C, depending on the parameters for which tolerance requirements

235
are required. DIN tolerance level A includes the B88 required

parameters of outside tube diameter and wall thickness together with the

required roundness and tube length tolerances. As a result of the lack

of agreement between the B88 and DIN 17671 standard sizes, one English

and one metric, comparison have been carried out between similar sizes.

The DIN dimensional tolerance requirements for wall thickness,

roundless, an d tube length satisfy the B88 requirements' for similar

sized tubes. The DIN dimensional tolerance limits for outside tube

diameter exceed the B88 requirements for all tube sizes for both drawn

and annealed tempers and thus do not satisfy B88. However, this

deficiency generally would not affect performance and is 'pot

inconsistent with the intent of B88. r

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Strength and Hardness Requirements

Specification B88 requires either the strength and grain size

requirements or the hardness requirements to be satisfied for annealed

tube. For drawn tube, either the strength or hardness requirement must

be satisfied. Grain size requirements for these annealed alloys are used primarily to insure adequate cold formability, especially for

coiled tube. Fine grain material, typically 0.25 mm or less, has a lower formability than material with a grain size greater than 0.035 mm. Thus, B88 specifies a larger average minimum grain size for coiled tube

than for straight tube lengths. Specification DIN 17671, however,

requires tension tests and hardness tests for grades SW-Cu and SF-Cu in

all temper conditions but does not specify grain size requirements for

the annealed temper and the hardness values are not guaranteed. For

purposes of this comparison, the strength, grain size, and hardness

requirements will be assumed to be mandatory.

The minimum ultimate tensile strength requirements for DIN grades

SW-Cu and SF-Cu in the annealed condition (2.0076.10 and 2.0090.10) for

wall thickness 3 mm or greater are 3% below the B88 requirements for UNS

alloys C12000 and C12200 in the annealed temper. The minimum ultimate

tensile strength requirements for DIN grades SW-Cu and SF-Cu in the

annealed condition (2.0076.10 and 2.0090.10) for wall thickness less

than 3 mm satisfy the B88 requirements for UNS alloys C12000 and C12200

in the annealed temper. The minimum ultimate tensile strength

requirements for DIN grades SW-Cu and SF-Cu in the drawn condition

(2.0076.26 and 2.0090.26) are 4% below the B88 requirements for UNS

alloys C12000 and C12200 in the drawn temper.

The expected Brinell hardness values contained in DIN 17671 are based on a 2.5 mm diameter ball with an applied load of 62.5 Kg. The

hardness requirements contained in B88 are based on the Rockwell F and

30T scales. ASTM E140 contains conversion tables for the Rockwell

scales and Brinell scales for 2 mm balls and 20 Kg loads or 10 mm balls

and 500 Kg loads for copper alloys. However, a conversion between

different Brinell scales is not available and thus the DIN 17671 and 388

hardness data cannot be compared.

236
Expansion Test and Flattening Test Requirements

Specification DIN 17671 does not include expansion test or flattening test requirements.

Nondestructive Test Requirements

Specification DIN 17671 does not include eddy-current test or hydrostatic test requirements.

237
(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)

238
JIS H3632-73//ASTM B1 11-79

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are similar and

refer to seamless copper and copper alloy tubes for condensers and heat

exchanger applications. Specification ASTM Bill —7 9 includes copper,

brass, bronze, and copper nickel alloys in a variety of

thermo/mechanical or temper conditions. Specification JIS H3632-73,

however, is limited to brass alloys in the annealed condition. As a result of the complex alloy designations for copper alloys, the ASTM

specification identifies each grade or type by a UNS number (Unified

Numbering System) and these UNS numbers will generally be referred to in

this analysis. The UNS number for copper alloys is designated by a "C"

prefix followed by a five-digit number.

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these

products are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength

and yield strength. In addition, qualitative tests for corrosion

resistance, formability, and pressure tightness are also specified in

Bill. These qualitative tests include expansion and flattening tests,

corrosion tests, hydrostatic tests, pneumatic tests, and eddy-current

tests

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous

discussion, the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence

are: (1) the strength requirements of JIS H3632 are considered

equivalent to the requirements of ASTM Bill if the JIS values exceed or are within 5 % of the Bill minimum strength values; (2) the JIS tube and

pipe must satisfy the qualitative test requirements of Bill. The

ultimate determination of equivalence between material specifications

that are not identical, however, depends on the actual end-use of the

material in a structure and the design parameters for that structure.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) JIS class 1, C443CTS, Special Grade, from JIS H3632-73 is generally

equivalent to ASTM B1 11-79 alloy C44300 based on the criteria discussed

earlier, subject to the following limitations:

(a) Both tension tests and a grain size determination must be

conducted on the JIS alloy.

(b) To be equivalent, JIS class 1 tube must be shown to satisfy

the yield strength acceptance criterion.

(c) If the JIS eddy-current test is used to satisfy the

nondestructive test requirement, the ASTM hold sensitivity

requirements must be satisfied.

(d) • To be equivalent, JIS class 1 tube must satisfy the longer

ASTM mercurous nitrate immersion test.

239
(2) JIS class 4, C6870TS, Special Grade, from JIS H3632-73 is generally

equivalent to ASTM Bl 11-79 alloy C68700 based on the criteria discussed

earlier, subject to the following limitations.

(a) Both tension tests and a grain size determination must be

conducted on the JIS alloy.

(b) To be equivalent, JIS class 4 tube must be shown to satisfy

the yield strength acceptance criterion.

(c) If the JIS eddy-current test is used to satisfy the

nondestructive test requirement, the ASTM hole sensitivity

requirements must be satisfied. r

(d) To be equivalent, JIS class 4 tube must satisfy the longer

ASTM mercurous nitrate immersion test.

(3) JIS class 2, C6871TS, and class 3, C6872TS, from JIS H3632-73 are not equivalent to ASTM Bl 11-79 because the JIS chemical composition

limits do not satisfy the requirements of any grade in Bill. These two

classes do not correspond to any UNS numbered grade.

240
JIS H3632-73//ASTM Blll-79

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical composition ranges for all alloying elements in JIS

class 1 (C4430) are identical to or very closely overlap the ASTM 3111

requirements for alloy C44300, arsenical admiralty brass. The minimum

tin level for the JIS grade is slightly below the Bill minimum

requirement but this should not have an impact on the behavior of these

materials. The chemical composition ranges for all alloying elements in

JIS class 4 (C6870) are identical to the Bill requirements for alloy

C68700, arsenical aluminum brass.

i r

l The chemical composition requirements for the other' classes in JIS

H3632, including class 2 (C6871) and class 3 (C6872) do not satisfy She

chemical requirements for any of the other UNS grades in Bill.

HEAT TREATMENT

Specification Bill specifies that alloys C44300 and C68700 are normally furnished in the annealed or 0 temper condition. Specification

JIS H3632 also requires class 1 and class 4 tube to be furnished in the

0 temper condition.

D IMENSIONAL TOLERANCE

Specification Bill includes standard tube sizes up to 50 mm outside

diameter. Dimensional tolerance requirements are specified for the

outside diameter, wall thickness, and tube length. Specification JIS

H3632 includes two quality grades for each alloy grade based on dimensional tolerance requirements: Common Grade and Special Grade.

The JIS Special Grade dimensional tolerance requirements for outside

diameter, wall thickness, and tube length satisfy the Bill requirements.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Strength and Grain Size Requirements

Specification Bill requires both strength and grain size

requirements to be satisfied for annealed tube. Specification H3632

requires one or the other, either strength requirements or grain size

limits. To be considered equivalent, JIS tube must satisfy both

requirements

The minimum ultimata tensile strength for class 1 (C4430) and class

4 (C687C) exceed the Bill minimum requirement for UNS alloys C44300 and

C68700. Specification JIS H3632 does not contain minimum yield strength

requirements as specified by Bill for both alloys. To be acceptable,

JIS class 1 and class 4 tubes must be shown to satisfy the 3111

requirements

The grain size requirements specified in both Bill and JIS H3632

are identical. Specification Bill also uses the microscopical grain

size determination to insure complete recrystallization while JIS H3632

241
does not explicitly require evidence of recrystallization except through

the specified grain size range.

Expansion Test and Flattening Test Requirements

Specification Bill requires tube specimens to be expanded on a tapered pin with an included angle of about 7° to a 20% expansion of the

inside diameter without cracking, for alloys C44300 and C68700.

Specification JIS H3632 requires tube specimens to be expanded about a pin with an included angle of 60° to a 25% expansion of the outside

diameter. The large included angle for the tapered pin in the JIS

procedure probably results in a locally greater strain gfpdient, and

combined with the larger percent expansion based on outside diameter vs. inside diameter results in the JIS test requirement being more severe

than the ASTM requirement.

Specifications Bill and JIS H3632 specify the identical flattening

test requirement.

Nondestructive Test Requirements

Specifications Bill and JIS H3632 require either an eddy-current

test, a hydrostatic pressure test, or a pneumatic test to fulfill the

nondestructive test requirements.

Specification Bill allows either notches or holes to be used to

calibrate the eddy-current equipment while JIS H3632 requires only a hole calibration. The hole calibration sensitivity in the JIS procedure

is lower than in the ASTM procedure so that if the JIS eddy-current test

is used for acceptance, the higher ASTM sensitivity requirements must be

met

.

Specifications Bill and JIS H3632 use the same relationship to

compute the applied hydrostatic pressure. The JIS procedure requires a 4% higher outer fiber stress than the ASTM procedure and thus the JIS

test is more severe. Both ASTM and JIS have the identical maximum

hydrostatic pressure limit.

The minimum pneumatic pressure required by JIS H3632 satisfies or

is within 5% of the Bill minimum pressure.

CORROSION REQUIREMENTS

Specifications 3111 and JIS H3632 require tube specimens to be

immersed in a mercurous nitrate solution to determine the susceptibility

to stress corrosion cracking. Copper alloys containing 20% or more zinc

(e.g. ASTM C44300 or JIS C4430) are highly susceptible to stress

corrosion cracking. The presence of residual stresses due to incomplete

annealing and recrystallization can be detected by this test through the

appearance of cracks as a result of immersion.

Although there are differences in the composition of the mercurous

nitrate solution, the major difference lies in the ASTM requirement for

a 30 minute immersion while JIS H3632 specifies only a 15 minute

242
immersion,, Since second order effects stich as grain size and

microstructure can affect the rate at which cracks develop, the longer

ASTM test time would provide a more conservative test of susceptibility.

243
(THIS PAGE IS 3LANK)

.

244
DIN 1785-67/ /ASTM Blll-79

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are very similar

and refer to seamless copper and copper alloy tubes for surface

condensers and heat exchanger applications. Specification ASTM Blll-79

includes copper, brass, bronze, and copper nickel alloys in a variety of

thermo /mechanical or temper conditions. Specification DIN i 7 85—6 7 also

includes copper, brass, bronze, and copper nickel alloys but only in a stress-free condition. The DIN temper condition probably corresponds to

either the stress relieved (HR50) or the annealed (0) condition.

As a result of the complex alloy designations for copper alloys,

the ASTM specification identifies each grade or type by a UNS number

(Unified Numbering System) and these UNS numbers will generally be

referred to in this analysis. The UNS number for copper alloys is

designated by a "C" prefix followed by a five-digit number.

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these

products are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength

and yield strength. In addition, qualitative tests for stress corrosion

-resistance, formability, and pressure tightness are also specified in

Bill. These qualitative tests include expansion and flattening tests,

corrosion tests, hydrostatic tests, pneumatic tests, and eddy-current

tests

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous

discussion, the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence

are: (1) the strength requirements of DIN 1785 are considered

equivalent to the requirements of ASTM Bill if the DIN values exceed or

are within 5% of the Bill minimum strength values; (2) the DIN tubes

must satisfy the qualitative test requirements of Bill. The ultimate

determination of equivalence between material specifications that are

not identical, however, depends on the actual end-use of the material in

a structure and the design parameters for that structure.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) DIN alloys SB-Cu and SF-Cu from DIN 1785-67 are not generally

equivalent to ASTM Blll-79 alloys C14200 and C12200, respectively,

because of the substantial difference between the permitted 3111 temper

conditions, various drawn conditions, and the permitted DIN temper

condition, annealed.

(2) DIN alloy (CuZn 30 (2.0265) from DIN 1785-67 is not equivalent to

ASTM Blll-79 because the DIN chemical composition limits do not satisfy

the requirements of any grade in Bill. This alloy, based on chemical

composition, is equivalent to UNS alloy C26000, cartridge brass, which

is not included in Bill.

245
(3) DIN alloy CuZn 28 SnF 33 (2.0470.19) from DIN 1785-67 is generally

equivalent to ASTM Blll-79 alloy C44300 based on the criteria discussed

earlier, subject to the following limitations:

(a) The minimum DIN yield strength must be shown to satisfy the

Bill acceptance criterion.

(b) All DIN tube sizes must satisfy the Bill hydrostatic test

requirements.

(4) DIN alloy CuZn 20 A1F 40 (2.0460.29) from DIN 1785-67 is generally

equivalent to ASTM Blll-79 alloy C68700 based on the criteria discussed

earlier, subject to the following limitation: V

(a) All DIN tube sizes must satisfy the Bill hydrostatic test

requirements.

(5) DIN alloy CuAl 5 As F35 (2.0918.19) from DIN 1785-67 is generally

equivalent to ASTM Blll-79 alloy C60800 based on the criteria discussed

earlier, subject to the following limitation:

(a) All DIN tube sizes must satisfy the Bill hydrostatic test

requirements.

(6) DIN alloy CuNi 10 FeF 30 (2.0872.19) from DIN 1785-67 is generally

equivalent to ASTM Blll-79 alloy C70600 in the annealed condition, based

on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to the following limitations:

(a) The minimum DIN yield strength must be shown to satisfy the

Bill acceptance criterion.

(b) All DIN tube sizes must satisfy the Bill hydrostatic test

requirements

.

(7) DIN alloy CuNi 30 FeF 37 (2.0822.29) from DIN 1785-67 is generally

equivalent to ASTM Blll-79 alloy C71500 in the annealed condition based

on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to the following limitations:

(a) The minimum DIN yield strength must be shown to satisfy the

Bill acceptance criterion.

(b) All DIN tube sizes must satisfy the 3111 hydrostatic test

requirements

.

246
DIN 1785-67//ASTM Blll-79

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical composition. ranges for the alloying elements in DIN

Sb-Cu and SF-Cu alloys are identical to or very closely overlap the ASTM

Bill requirements for phosphorized copper alloys C14200 and C12200,

respectively. The slightly higher residual phosphorus levels permitted

in the DIN alloys is a result of the deoxidation practice and is

consistent with the Intent of Bill.

The chemical composition ranges for the alloying elements in DIN

CuZn 28 Sn fall within or very closely overlap the Bill requirements for

C44300, admiralty metal.

The chemical composition ranges for the alloying elements in DIN

CuZn 20 AL are within or very closely overlap the Bill requirements for

C68700, aluminum brass.

The chemical composition ranges for the alloying elements in DIN

CuAl 5 As are within or very closely overlap the Bill requirements for

C60800, aluminum bronze.

The chemical composition ranges for the alloying elements in DIN

CuNi 10 Fe are identical to or within the Bill requirements for C70600,

90-10 copper nickel.

The chemical composition ranges for the alloying elements in DIN

CuNi 30 Fe are identical to or within the Bill requirements for C71500,

70-30 copper nickel.

The chemical composition ranges for alloying elements in DIN CuZn

30 do not satisfy the chemical requirements for any UNS grade in 3111.

The chemical composition limits do satisfy the requirements for UNS

alloy C26000, cartridge brass.

HEAT TREATMENT

Specification Bill requires alloys C44300, C60800, C68700 to be

furnished in the annealed condition; alloy C71500 to be furnished either

annealed or drawn and stress relieved; alloy C70600 to be furnished

either annealed or light drawn; and alloys C12200 and C14200 to be

furnished either light-drawn, hard-drawn, or hard-drawn, end annealed.

Further, all Bill alloys in the annealed condition must satisfy grain

size requirements.

Specification DIN 1785 requires only that all alloys be in the

stress-free condition while also containing grain size requirements.

The lack of clarity with regard to temper condition for the DIN alloys,

either stress relieved or annealed, is not significant provided good

agreement is obtained between the strength requirements and the stress

corrosion tests.

247
DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCE

Specification 3111 includes standard tube sizes up to 50 mm outside

diameter. Dimensional tolerance requirements are specified for the

outside diameter, wall thickness, and tube length. Specification DIN

1785 includes standard tube sizes up to 30 mm outside diameter. The DIN

wall thickness tolerance limit for all wall thicknesses except 1.5 mm

and 2 mm satisfy the Bill requirements. The DIN limits for 1.5 mm wall

thickness tubes are 7% to 9% greater than the Bill requirements while

for 2 mm wall thickness the DIN limits are 6% to 7% greater. These

deficiencies should not be significant provided the Bill hydrostatic

test requirements are satisfied.

^

fl The DIN outside diameter tolerance limits are within and thus

satisfy the Bill diameter tolerance limits.

The DIN tube length tolerance limits for tubes less than 2.4 meters

long and tubes more than 9 meters long satisfy the Bill requirements.

For tubes between 2.4 meters and 9 meters in length, the DIN tolerance

limits are up to 60% greater than the Bill limits. However, these

differences are less than 3 mm in length and thus are not important in

this comparison.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Strength and Grain Size Requirements

Specifications Bill and DIN 1785 specify both strength and grain

size requirements. The DIN grain size range is almost identical to the

Bill requirements suggesting that the DIN tubes are in the annealed or 0

temper condition.

The minimum DIN ultimate tensile strength and yield strength values

for DIN alloys SB-CuF 25 and SF-CuF 25, are 2% and 28% below the Bill

and C12200 minimum requirements for alloys C14200 and C12200 in the

light drawn (H55) condition. This further suggests that the DIN alloys

are in the annealed condition.

The minimum DIN ultimate tensile strength for DIN alloy CuZn 28 SnF

33 satisfies the requirements of Bill for alloy C44300 while the DIN

minimum yield strength is 7% below the Bill requirement.

The minimum DIN ultimate tensile strength and yield strength

requirements for alloy CuZn 20 A1F 40 satisfy the 3111 requirements for

alloy C68700.

The minimum DIN ultimate tensile strength and yield strength

requirements for alloy CuAl 5 AsF 35 satisfy the Bill requirements for

alloy C60800

.

The minimum DIN ultimate tensile strength for alloy CuNi 10 FeF 30

satisfies the requirements of Bill for alloy C70600 in the annealed

condition while the DIN minimum yield strength is 7% below the 3111

requirement

.

248
The minimum DIN ultimate tensile strength for alloy CuNi 30 Fe

satisfies the requirements of Bill for alloy C71500 in the annealed

temper, while the DIN minimum yield strength is 6% below the Bill

requirement

Expansion Test and Flattening Test Requirements

Specification Bill requires tube specimens to be expanded without

cracking on a tapered pin with an included angle of about 7° to a 20% or

30% expansion of the inside diameter depending on the alloy.

Specification DIN 1785 requires specimens to be expanded on a pin with

an included angle of 45° to a 30% expansion of the inside,( diameter for

all alloys. The larger included angle used in the DIN test should

result in a locally greater strain gradient and combined with an equal

or larger expansion requirement results in a more severe test than the

ASTM procedure.

Specification DIN 1785 specifies that a tube specimen be completely

flattened without cracking while Bill specifies flattening a specimen

only to a distance equal to three wall thicknesses, a less severe requirement.

Nondestructive Test Requirements

Specification DIN 1785 requires either an undefined eddy-current

test or a hydrostatic pressure test to verify pressure tightness.

Specification Bill permits either an eddy-current test, a hydrostatic

pressure test, or a pneumatic test. For this analysis, the hydrostatic

pressure test requirements will be compared.

The hydrostatic test pressure required in 3111 is computed from a relationship between maximum surface stress, tube diameter, and wall

thickness while in DIN 1785, a fixed pressure is used for all tube

sizes. Only two DIN tube sizes, the 23 mm 0D and 1 mm wall thickness

and the 28 mm 0D and 1 mm wall thickness, satisfy the Bill requirements.

The test pressure for all other tube sizes are from 2% to 29% below the

Bill requirements.

CORROSION REQUIREMENTS

Specifications 3111 and DIN 1785 require tube specimens to be

immersed in a mercurous nitrate solution to determine the susceptibility

to stress corrosion cracking. The ASTM and DIN test procedures are very

similar.. Copper alloys containing 20% or more zinc (e.g. C44300 and

C68700) are highly susceptible to stress corrosion cracking. The

presence of residual stresses due to incomplete annealing and

recrystallization can be detected by this test through the appearance of

cracks after immersion.

249
i

r. <

(THIS PAGE IS BLANK)

250
JIS H5111-76/ /A3TM B62-76

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are similar and

refer to copper casting alloys. Specification ASTM 362-76 applies to one specific alloy composition, so-called ounce metal, for application

as valves, flanges, and fittings while JIS H5 111-76 covers bronze castings

for general use without regard to casting method. However, comparisons

are not carried out based on descriptive words such as bronze, brass,

tin bronze, etc. which do not always have precise meanings. As a result

of the complex alloy designations for copper alloys, the ASTM specifications

identify each grade or type by a UNS number (Unified Numbering System)

and these UNS numbers will generally be referred to in this analysis.

The UNS number for copper alloys is designated by a "C" prefix followed

by a five-digit number.

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these

products are the static strength properties, and because these products

are castings, the associated criteria of pressure tightness and surface

quality. The percent elongation requirement, characterizing tensile

ductility, is not usually considered to be a useful design parameter

because it is not a unique material parameter, depending on specimen

geometry and gage length as well as the material's intrinsic ductility.

Percent elongation, however, can be used for comparison purposes and to

show the effect of other variables, such as composition and/or heat

treatment on material ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion,

the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence are: (1)

the strength requirements of JIS H5I11 are considered equivalent to the

requirements of ASTM if the JIS values are higher than or within 5% of

the B62 minimum value; (2) the percent elongation requirements of JIS

H5111 are considered equivalent to the requirements of ASTM 362 if the

JIS values are higher than or within 15% of the 362 minimum value.

Allowance of the larger difference for percent elongation is based on:

(1) the actual expected JIS elongation values would normally exceed the

JIS minimum requirement, (2) percent elongation is net a design parameter

but rather a measure of the relative response of the material to plastic

deformation, and (3) the unknown precision in the relationship between

gage length, cross-sectional area and percent elongation. The ultimate

determination of equivalence between material specifications that are

not identical, however, depends on the actual end-use of the material in

a structure and the design parameters for that structure.

There are many copper alloy casting grades which are distinguished

primarily by small differences in chemical composition. In carrying out

this comparison, a high level of agreement in chemical composition is

required before further determinations of equivalence are made.

251
CONCLUSIONS

(1) JIS class 6 alloy from JIS H5 111-76 is generally equivalent to ASTM

B62-76, alloy C83600, Based on the criteria discussed earlier,

subject to the following limitations:

(a) The maximum aluminum and silicon levels should each be limited

to 0.005 percent to enhance pressure tightness and surface

quality.

(b) The JIS minimum percent elongation requirement is about 26%

below the S62 minimum requirement. However, test specimen

blank size and chemical composition, especially impurity

levels, have a major influence on measured mechanical properties

of casting alloys. To be acceptable, JIS class 6 must be

shown to fall within the percent elongation acceptance criterion.

252
JIS H5111-76//ASTM B62-76

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical compositional ranges for the major alloying elements

copper, tin, lead, and zinc in JIS class 6 are identical to or very

closely overlap the ASTM B62 requirements for leaded red brass. The

maximum total impurity level permitted for JIS class 6 is slightly

greater than the sum of the maximum B62 levels for nickel, antimony,

iron, phosphorus, and sulfur.

Aluminum and silicon are generally very harmful impurities in many

copper casting alloys, including leaded red brasses (i.e. C83600) < and

must be limited to extremely low concentrations. Aluminum strongly

influences the solidification behavior of these alloys resulting in a greater probability of lead sweating, loss of pressure tightness, and a decrease in ductility. Silicon enhances metal-mold-reactions and lead

sweating, degrading surface quality and reducing mechanical properties,

such as ductility. The maximum aluminum and silicon contents permitted

by the 362 alloy is very low but are not specified in JIS H5111 for any

class material. The strong influence on properties by aluminum and

silicon contaminations suggests that limits should be specified.

MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS

The determination of mechanical properties of castings requires

careful control over the preparation of the test specimen. The solidification behavior of these chemically .complex copper casting alloys is very

important because the cooling rate strongly affects the resultant

casting grain size, extent and location of shrinkage and porosity.

These factors dominate the fine mechanical properties of the casting.

•Jot only are mechanical properties often dependent on the casting size

or section thickness, but separately cast test bars can have markedly

different mechanical properties than the component casting poured at the same time from the same heat of metal as a result of exaggerated differences

in size.

3oth ASTM B62 and JIS H5111 require the determination of mechanical

properties from separately cast test bars, and thus the requirements for

these two specifications do not necessarily correlate directly with

expected properties of the component casting. Depending on the casting

size and geometry, the properties may be higher or lower than properties

measured on test bars. Further, the mechanical properties of test bars

of varying sizes would be expected to behave in a similar manner. The

cross-sectional areas of the B62 specimen blanks (refer to ASTM 3208-75)

range from about 180 mm2 to 200 mm2 or a. diameter range of about 15 mm

to 16 mm. The cross-sectional area of the JIS specimen blank is 314 mm2 with a diameter of 20 mm, larger than the ASTM test bar. In seme alloys,

this size difference could result in lower ultimate tensile strength,

yield strength and percent elongation values for the larger test bar.

253
Strength Requirements

The minimum ultimate tensile strength value for JIS class 6 falls

about 4% below the B62 minimum value. Although JIS H5111 does not

specify minimum yield strength values for any class, the expected yield

strength value for class 6 would probably fall below the B62 minimum

value .in a manner similar to that observed for the ultimate tensile strength

behavior.

Ductility Requirements

The JIS test specimen has a circular cross-section with a constant

gage lengtn-to-diameter ratio of 3.54 while the ASTM test specimep. (see

ASTM B208-75) has a circular cross-section with a gage length-to«-diameter

ratio of 4. Using the relationship between gage length and crosssectional area, the equivalent JIS elongation value would be larger,

about 102% of the ASTM value. The minimum percent elongation requirement

for JIS class 6 is about 26% below the minimum B62 requirement.

254
DIN 1705-73//ASTM B62-76

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are similar and

refer to copper alloys for castings. Specification ASTM B62-76 applies

only to one alloy composition suitable for sand casting of valves,

flanges, and fittings while DIN 1705-73 includes alloys for sand castings,

centrifugal castings, and continuous castings. The alloy specified in

B62 is further referenced in ASTM B30-79 as a copper-base alloy in ingot

form. As a result of the complex alloy designations for copper alloys,

the ASTM specifications identify each grade or type by a TJNS number

(Unified Numbering System) and these UNS numbers will also be referred

to in this analysis. The UNS number for copper alloys has a "C" prefix

followed by a five-digit number.

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these

products are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength

and yield strength, and because these products are castings, the associated

criteria of pressure tightness and surface quality. The percent elongation

requirement, characterizing tensile ductility, is not usually considered

to be a useful design parameter because it is not a unique parameter,

depending on specimen geometry and gage length as well as the material's

intrinsic ductility. Percent elongation, however, can be used for

comparison purposes and to show the effect of other variables, such as composition and/or heat treatment on material ductility.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion,

the acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence are;

(1) the strength requirements of DIN 1705 are considered equivalent to

the requirements of ASTM B62 if the DIN values are higher than or within

5% of the B62 minimum value; (2) the percent elongation requirements of

DIN 1705 are considered equivalent to the requirements of ASTM 362 if

the DIN values are higher than or within 15Z of the B62 minimum value.

Allowance of the larger difference for percent elongation is based on:

(1) the actual expected DIN elongation values would normally exceed the

DIN minimum requirement, (2) percent elongation is nor. a design parameter

but rather a measure of the relative response of the material to plastic

deformation, and (3) the unknown ‘precision in the relationship between

gage length, cross-sectional area and percent elongation. The ultimate

determination of equivalence between material specifications that are

not identical, however, depends on the actual end-use of the material in

a structure and the design parameters for that structure.

There are many copper alloy casting grades which are distinguished

primarily by smal l differences in chemical composition. In carrying cut

this comparison, a high level of agreement in chemical composition is

required before further determinations of equivalence are made.

255
CONCLUSIONS

CD DIN grade G-CuSn5ZnPb C2. 1096. 01) from DIN 1705-73 is generally

equivalent to E62 (alloy C836QQ1, based on the criteria discussed

earlier, subject to the following limitation:

Ca) The maximum aluminum and silicon levels should be limited to

0.005 percent to improve pressure tightness and surface quality.

* r

i

256
DIN 1705-73//ASTM B62-76

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical composition ranges for the major alloying elements

copper, tin, lead, and zinc in DIN G—CuSn5ZnPh (,2.1096.01) are identical

to the ASTM B62 requirements (alloy C83600) for a leaded red brass. The

somewhat higher permitted nickel level for the DIN grade could result in

slightly higher strength levels compared to B62 but this difference is

not inconsistent with the overall chemical requirements for B62. The

maximum levels for the minor elements iron and phosphorus in the DIN

grade are identical to the maximum levels permitted by B62. ,

t

Aluminum and silicon are generally very harmful impurities in many

copper casting alloys, including leaded red brasses such as B62 and

should be limited to extremely low concentrations. Aluminum strongly

influences the solidification behavior of this alloy resulting in increased

lead sweating, loss of pressure tightness, and a decrease in ductility.

Silicon enhances metal-mold reactions and lead sweating, degrading

surface quality and reducting mechanical properties such as ductility.

Maximum aluminum and silicon contents are not, however, specified in B62

or DIN 1705. The ingot form of the B62 alloy used for remelting for the

manufacture of castings is specified in ASTM B30-79. Maximum aluminum

and silicon levels are specified for alloy C83600 in B30 at very low

levels. The strong influence on properties by aluminum and silicon

contamination of alloy C83600, recognized in B30, suggests that limits

should be specified for DIN grade G-CuSn5ZnPb (2.1096.01).

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

The determination of mechanical properties of castings requires

careful control over the preparation of the- test specimen. The solidification behavior of chemically complex copper casting alloys is very important

because the cooling rate strongly affects the resultant casting grain

size, extent and location of chemical segregation, and the amount and

location of shrinkage and porosity. These factors dominate the final

mechanical properties of the casting. Not only are mechanical properties

often dependent on the casting size or section thickness, but separately

cast test bars can have markedly different mechanical properties from

the component casting poured at the same time from the same heat of

metal as a result of exaggerated differences in size.

Both ASTM 362 and DIN 1705 require the determination of mechanical

properties from separately cast test bars, and thus the requirements for

these two specifications do not necessarily correlate directly with

expected casting properties. Depending on casting size and geometry,

the casting properties may be higher or lower than properties determined

from test bars. The cross-sectional areas of the B62 test bars (refer

to ASTM 3208-75) range from about 180 to 200 mm" or a diameter range

257
of about 15 mm to 16 mm while DIN 17Q5 permits a range of areas from

about 100 mm2 to 25Q mm2 or a diameter range of about 11 mm to 18 mm. For purposes of this comparison, it is assumed that the results from the

ASTM and DIN test bars can be directly compared because the DIN size

range overlaps the ASTM range.

The basis for determining yield strength varies slightly between

B62 and DIN 1705. The B62 yield strength value is calculated at a strain of 0.5% while the DIN yield strength is calculated at Q. 2% strain.

Thus, the B62 calculated value would be equal to or somewhat higher than

the DIN value.

i Strength Requirement \

1

The minimum ultimate tensile strength requirement for DIN G-CuSn5Zn?b

C2. 1096. 01) exceeds the B62 minimum requirement while the DIN minimum

yield strength requirement, based on 0.5% strain, is probably within 5%

of the B62 minimum requirement.

Ductility Requirement

The DIN test specimen has a circular cross-section with a constant

gage length to diameter ratio of 5 while the ASTM test specimen (see

ASTM R208-75) has a circular cross-section with a gage length to diameter

ratio of 4. Based on the relationship between gage length and cross- sectional area, the equivalent DIN elongation value would be about 96%

of the ASTM value.

The minimum percent elongation requirement for DIN G-CuSn5ZnPb is

5% below the minimum R62 requirement.

258
DIN 17671-74/ /ASTM B43-79

INTRODUCTION

The scope statements for these two specifications are quite similar and

refer to seamless brass pipe. The ASTM specification, B43-79, covers one brass

alloy (Copper Alloy UNS No. C23000) in the annealed condition while DIN 17671

covers copper and copper alloys, including brass, tin bronze, nickel silver,

copper-nickel, aluminum bronze, and copper-zinc-lead in a variety of thermo/

mechanical conditions. Mechanical properties are not specified in B43 although

minimum strength properties are quoted for annealed material which must meet

requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. For this analysis,

the mechanical property requirements of DIN 17671 will be compared to these ASME

minimum properties. r

The major design criteria for the intended applications of these materials

are the static strength properties, ultimate tensile strength and yield strength.

There are additional criteria specified in B43 which must be satisfied for the

particular applications for this alloy in plumbing and boiler feed lines. These

additional criteria include expansion/ flattening tests, bend tests, stress

corrosion cracking tests, and nondestructive tests.

For purposes of this comparison and based on the previous discussion, the

acceptance criteria for the determination of equivalence are: (1) the strength

requirements of DIN 17671 are considered equivalent to the requirements of ASTM

B43 if the DIN values exceed or are within 5% of the B43 minimum value; and (2)

the DIJJ alloy is considered equivalent to the expansion, bending, stress corrosion,

and nondestructive test requirements of B43 if the DIN samples pass these GO-NO GO

requirements. The ultimate determination of equivalence between material specifications that are not identical, however, depends on the actual end-use of the

material in a structure and the design parameters for that structure.

CONCLUSIONS

(1) DIN grade CuZn 15p (2.0240.10) from DIN 17671-74 is generally equivalent to

ASTM B43-79 based on the criteria discussed earlier, subject to the following

limitations

(a) DIN grade CuZn 15 (2.0240.10) specifies a minimum ultimate tensile

strength 7% below the B43 minimum and does not specify a minimum yield

strength to be acceptable, CuZn 15 (2.0240.10) must be shown to satisfy

the strength acceptance criteria.

(b) DIN grade CuZn 15 (2.0240.10, to be acceptable, must be shown to

pass the mercurous nitrate test. Section 9 of B43-79.

(c) DIN grade CuZn 15 (2.0240.1) annealed tubes, to be acceptable must

be shown to pass the expansion/flattening test, Section 7 of 343-79.

(d) For applications involving bending of the tubes, DIN CuZn 15 (2.0240.10),

to be acceptable, must be shown to pass the bend test. Section S of 3^3-79.

259
(e) For all tubing and pipe, DIN CuZn 15 C2. 0240.10), to be acceptable,

must be shown to pass one of the two nondestructive tests, section 10

of B43-79.

260
DIN 17671-74//ASTM B43-79

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

The chemical composition limits for DIN CuZn 13 (2.0240) in DIN 17671-74

are found in DIN 17660-74 and are identical to the chemical composition limits

for B43 (copper alloy UNS No. C23000) , a red brass.

Mercurous Nitrate Test

Specification B43-79 requires all sizes of tube and pipe to withstand

without cracking a 30-minute immersion in a mercurous nitrate solution as described in ASTM B154, Mercurous Nitrate Test for Copper and Cojdper Alloys.

This test is an accelerated test for detecting the presence of residual

stresses that could cause failure through stress corrosion cracking. Specification DIN 17671-74 does not contain this test requirement or any similar test

procedure.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Specification 343-79 does not provide for mechanical property requirements

unless the material is to satisfy the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

For this situation, minimum strength properties are required for pipe in the

annealed condition. Specification DIN 17671-74 permits the alloys to be

produced in a variety of thermo /mechanical conditions including annealed pipe.

The mechanical property test specimens permitted by B43 include full pipe

sections, or a rectangular specimen 12.5 mm wide, gage length of 50 mm, and

full pipe thickness. The full pipe section specimen is preferred and its

results take precedence over data from rectangular specimens. Specification

DIN 17671-74 through reference to DIN 50140-80 also calls for the tensile test

specimens to be full pipe sections and thus the requirements of the two

specifications can be directly compared.

Strength Requirements

The minimum ultimate tensile strength requirement specified for CuZn 15

in the annealed condition (material 2.0240.10) is 7% below the minimum B^3

requirement to satisfy the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. The minimum

yield, strength requirement in 343 is specified for at 0.5% extension while DIN

CuZn 15 specifies a maximum yield strength at 0.2% extension. Thus, the DIN

maximum yield strength limit could be somewhat larger if measured at the 343

requirement of 0.5% extension. Although DIN CuZn 15 does not specify a minimum

yield strength, its maximum value is almost twice that of the B43 minimum,

and therefore probably would satisfy the B43 requirement.

Expansion Test

Specification B43-79 requires annealed tubes to successfully withstand the

expansion of the inside tube diameter by 25%, without cracking following the

procedure of ASTM 3153-77, Expansion of Copper and Copper Alloy Tubing. This

test is designed to test the ability of the tube to be expanded, as might be

261
required for applications with flared fittings, or to reveal the presence of

longitudinal defects in the tubing. For tubing over 102 mm in diameter, B153

permits an alternative flattening test whereby a section of pipe is flattened

in one stroke so that its final height is equal to or less than three times the

wall thickness. Specification DIN 17671-74 does not contain this test or any

similar test procedure.

Bend Test

For annealed tube and pipe 50 mm or less in outside diameter for applications

requiring bending, B43 requires that full sections of pipe be successfully bent

around a pin 1.5 times the inside pipe diameter without cracking bn the outside

or tensile portion of the pipe. Specification DIN 17671-74 does hot contain this

test or any similar test procedure.

NONDESTRUCTIVE TEST REQUIREMENTS

According to B43, tubing and pipe must successfully pass either an eddycurrent test, ASTM E243, Electromagnetic Testing of Seamless Copper and Copper

Alloy Tubes, or a hydrostatic pressure test, depending on tubing or pipe

diameter. These tests are designed to detect defects likely to cause failure in

service (eddy current test) or lack of pressure tightness (hydrostatic test)

.

Specification DIN 17671-74 does not contain this test requirement or any similar

test procedure.

262
llBS-lUA iwev. 2-«0) u.». ocpt. or comm. BIBLIOGRAPHIC DATA

SHEET (See instructions)

1. PUBLICATION OR

REPORT NO.

2. Performing Organ. Report No. 3. Publication Date

NBSIR 82-2481 May 1982

4. TITLE ANO SUBTITLE

ANALYSIS OF FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SHIPS COMPONENTS

5. AUTHOR(S)

J. G. Early and L. D. Ballard

S. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION (If joint or other than MBS, see instructions)

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

WASHINGTON, O.C. 20234

7. Contract/Granc No. Z70099-9-95106-4B

t. Type of Report & Period Covered

Final Report

9. SPONSORING ORGANIZATION NAME ANO COMPLETE AOORESS (Street. City, State, ZIP)

Commandant (G-MMT-2/32) ( U.S. Coast Guard

Washington, D.C. 20590

io. supplementary notes

Documen: describes a computer orogram; SF-185, FIPS Software Summary, s attached.

11.

ABSTRACT (A 200-word or less factual summary of most significan t in formation, if document includes a si gniflcant

bi bliograpny or literature survey, mention it here)

Under United States law, United States flag vessels must satisfy applicable

United States codes, and further, the materials of construction of these vessels must

satisfy the material requirements specified in these codes. For vessels manufactured

in foreign countries, a determination must be made as to whether materials of

construction produced under foreign specifications for specific components such as piping and flanges, are acceptable in performance to materials produced under approvea

U.S. specifications.

A program has been initiated at the National Bureau of Standards under the

sponsorship of the United States Coast Guard to develop a manual of equivalent

engineering standards which specifies those foreign specifications that are equivalent to acceptable domestic specifications, those foreign specifications that are not equivalent, and those that would be equivalent if certain additional criteria

are met. Results are presented here of a detailed technical comparison between

coreign specifications, principally Deutsche Industrie-Normen (DIN) standards and

Japanese Industrial Standards (JIS) , and selected domestic material specifications

issued by the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and the American

Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) . This comparison has identified technical

I areas of commonality, difference, and omission that could have a significant impact

, on component performance.

12.

KEY WORDS ('Six :o twelve entries; alphabetical order; capitalize only proper names; and separate key words by semicoions)

ASTM; copper alloys; DIN; equivalency; foreign specifications; JIS; metal

specifications; ships components; specifications; steel

13.

AVAILABILITY

i X Unl i mi ted

1

j For Official Distribution. Oo Not Release to NTIS

i

1 Order From Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, O.C.

20402.

~<~j Order From National T echnical Information Service (NTIS), Springfield, VA. 22161

14. NO. OF

PRINTED PAGES

266

15. Price

S21 .00

USCOMM-OC 5043-3JO